OWNER'S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

2022 KICKSOWNER’S MANUAL

and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGWARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passengervehicle or off-highwaymotor vehicle can expose you tochemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoidbreathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except asnecessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated areaand wear gloves or wash your hands frequently whenservicing your vehicle. For more information go towww.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help you un-derstand the operation and maintenanceof your vehicle so that you may enjoy manymiles (kilometers) of driving pleasure.Please read through this manual beforeoperating your vehicle.A separate Warranty Information Book-let explains details about the warrantiescovering your vehicle. The “Maintenanceand schedules” section of this manualexplains details about maintaining andservicing your vehicle. You will also re-ceive a separate Customer Care/LemonLaw Booklet (U.S. only) that will explainhow to resolve any concerns you mayhave with your vehicle, and clarify yourrights under your state's lemon law. Ad-ditionally, you may receive a separateNissanConnect ® Owner’s Manual thatwill explain the various features andfunctions your system may have.

In addition to factory-installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed prior to de-livery. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped. It is important that youfamiliarize yourself with all disclosures,warnings, cautions and instructions con-cerning proper use of such accessoriesprior to operating the vehicle and/or ac-cessory. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for details concerning theparticular accessories with which your ve-hicle is equipped.A NISSAN dealership knows your vehiclebest. When you require any service or haveany questions, they will be glad to assistyou with the extensive resources availableto them.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner's Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements assisting you in the safe op-eration of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable tripfor you and your passengers!• NEVER drive under the influence of

alcohol or drugs.• ALWAYS observe posted speed limits

and never drive too fast for conditions.• ALWAYS give your full attention to

driving and avoid using vehicle fea-tures or taking other actions thatcould distract you.

• ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap-propriate child restraint systems.Preteen children should be seated inthe rear seat.

• ALWAYS provide information aboutthe proper use of vehicle safety fea-tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its perfor-mance, safety, emissions or durabilityand may even violate governmentalregulations. In addition, damage or per-formance problems resulting frommodifications may not be covered un-der NISSAN warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di-agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that usesthe port during normal driving, for ex-ample remote insurance companymonitoring, remote vehicle diagnos-tics, telematics or engine reprogram-ming, may cause interference or dam-age to vehicle systems. We do notrecommend or endorse the use of anyaftermarket OBD plug-in devices, un-less specifically approved by NISSAN.The vehicle warranty may not coverdamage caused by any aftermarketplug-in device.

This manual includes information for allfeatures and equipment available on thismodel. Features and equipment in your ve-hicle may vary depending on model, trimlevel, options selected, order, date of pro-duction, region or availability. Therefore,you may find information about features orequipment that are not included or in-stalled on your vehicle.All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. NISSAN reserves theright to change specifications, perfor-mance, design or component supplierswithout notice and without obligation.From time to time, NISSAN may update orrevise this manual to provide Owners withthe most accurate information currentlyavailable. Please carefully read and retainwith this manual all revision updates sentto you by NISSAN to ensure you have ac-cess to accurate and up-to-date informa-tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver-sions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and anyupdates can also be found in the Ownersection of the NISSAN website at https://owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you havequestions concerning any information inyour Owner's Manual, contact NISSAN Con-sumer Affairs. For contact information, re-

fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO-GRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause death or se-rious personal injury. To avoid or re-duce the risk, the procedures must befollowed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence ofa hazard that could cause minor ormoderate personal injury or damage toyour vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followedcarefully.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points to thefront of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in theillustration.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium bat-teries, may contain perchlorate material.The following advisory is provided: “Per-chlorate Material – special handling mayapply. For additional information, referto www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

BLUETOOTH® is atrademark owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. andlicensed toPanasonic.

© Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V.All rights reserved. No part of this Owner'sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or oth-erwise, without the prior written permis-sion of Nissan Mexicana, S. A. de C. V.

APD1005

NISSAN CARES . . .Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourNISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.However, if there is something that yourNISSAN dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide NISSAN directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:For U.S. customers

1-800-NISSAN-1(1-800-647-7261)

For Canadian customers1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:– Your name, address, and telephone

number– Vehicle identification number (attached

to the top of the instrument panel on thedriver's side)

– Date of purchase– Current odometer reading– Your NISSAN dealer's name– Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to NISSAN with the informa-tion at:For U.S. customers

Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers)orwww.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofcontents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Front passenger supplemental knee airbag (P. 1-62)

2. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-43)3. Occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) (P. 1-43)4. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-5)5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag (P. 1-60)6. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and

shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-10, 1-17)7. Rear outboard seat mounted side-

impact supplemental air bag (P. 1-60)8. Top tether anchor (located on seat-

back) (P. 1-26)9. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) (P. 1-23)10. Rear seats (P. 1-4)11. Front seat side-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bags (P. 1-60)12. Front seats (P. 1-3)13. Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-62)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2737

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Door locks (P. 3-4)NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (P. 3-6)Keys (P. 3-2)

2. Power windows (P. 2-72)3. Windshield (P. 8-16)4. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-41)5. Engine hood (P. 3-21)6. Front view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-16)7. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P. 2-44)Replacing bulbs (P. 8-24)

8. Fog light switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-51)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system(if so equipped) (P. 2-49)

9. Tire pressure (P. 8-27)Flat tire (P. 6-3)Tire chains (P. 8-35)

10. Mirrors (P. 3-28)Side camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-16)

Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2673

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Antenna (P. 4-62)2. Rear window defroster switch (P. 2-43)3. High mount stop light (P. 8-24)4. Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-42)5. Liftgate release (P. 3-22)

Rearview camera (P. 4-8, 4-16)6. Parking sensor(s) (if so equipped)

(P. 5-140)7. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-24)8. Fuel-filler door (P. 3-25)

Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-25)Fuel recommendation (P. 10-3)

9. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-6)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2672

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Glove box (P. 2-64)2. Rearview mirror (P. 3-28)3. Map lights (P. 2-76)4. Sun visors (P. 3-27)5. Luggage hooks (P. 2-67)6. Center console storage (P. 2-64)Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

LII2738

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vents (P. 4-31)2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/

turn signal switch (P. 2-44)3. Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-43)

Horn (P. 2-51)4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)

Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-11)Trip computer (if so equipped) (P. 2-9)Vehicle information display(if so equipped) (P. 2-24)

5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-41)6. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-54)7. Center display controls (if so equipped)

(P. 4-2, 4-3, 4-43)Audio controls (P. 4-2, 4-3, 4-43)

8. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)9. Center display (P. 4-2, 4-3, 4-43)10. Passenger's supplemental air bag

(P. 1-43)11. Glove box (P. 2-64)12. Front passenger supplemental knee air

bag (P. 1-62)13. Climate controls (P. 4-32, 4-40)

Heated seat switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-52)

14. Shift lever (P. 5-18)15. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-11)

LII2739

INSTRUMENT PANEL


16. Electronic parking brake(if so equipped) (P. 5-23)Automatic brake hold switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-25)

17. Power outlet (P. 2-59)USB connection port (P. 4-2, 4-43)AUX jack (if so equipped) (P. 4-2, 4-53)

18. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(P. 4-2, 4-66)Cruise control switches (if so equipped)(P. 5-55)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-57)

19. Driver supplemental knee air bag(P. 1-62)

20. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel locklever (P. 3-26)

21. Hood release (P. 3-21)Fuel-filler door release (P. 3-25)

22. Steering wheel switches for audiocontrol (P. 4-2, 2-24)Control panel and vehicle informationdisplay switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-24)

23. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-53)Drive Systems OFF switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-54)Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-54)Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-55)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (if so equipped) (P. 2-56)Instrument panel pocket (if soequipped) (P. 2-63)Enter/select switch for trip computer(if so equipped) (P. 2-9)

* Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner's Manual (if so equipped).Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.


1.6L 4 cylinder (HR16DE engine model)1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)2. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-10)3. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-5)4. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-5)5. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-9)6. Fuse box (P. 8-18)7. Battery (P. 8-11)8. Fuse box (P. 8-18)9. Air cleaner (P. 8-15)10. Engine drive belt location (P. 8-13)NOTE:

Your vehicle may not be equipped withan engine cover.

LDI3471

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warning/Indicatorlight (red)

Name Page

or

Brake warninglight (if soequipped)

2-13

Charge warninglight

2-14

Door openwarning light (if soequipped)

2-14

or

Electronic parkingbrake indicatorlight (if soequipped)

2-14


Name Page

Engine oil pres-sure warning light

2-14

High temperaturewarning light (if soequipped)

2-15

LED Headlightsystem warninglight (if soequipped)

2-15

Master warninglight (if soequipped)

2-15

Rear seat beltwarning light andchime (if soequipped)

2-15


Name Page

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-15

Security indicatorlight

2-16

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-16

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

2-16

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Automatic Emer-gency Braking(AEB) systemwarning light (if soequipped)

2-16

Automatic Emer-gency Braking(AEB) with Pedes-trian Detectionsystem warninglight (if soequipped)

2-17

Blind SpotWarning (BSW)indicator light (ifso equipped)

2-17

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

or

Electronic parkingbrake warninglight (if soequipped)

2-17

Engine start op-eration indicatorlight (if soequipped)

2-17

Front passengerair bag statuslight

2-17

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)indicator light (ifso equipped)

2-18

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Low fuel warninglight (if soequipped)

2-18

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-18

Low windshield-washer fluidwarning light (if soequipped)

2-20

Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL)

2-20

Master warninglight (if soequipped)

2-20


Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

NISSAN IntelligentKey® warning light(if so equipped)

2-20

Power steeringwarning light

2-20

Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB)warning light (if soequipped)

2-21

Shift P (Park)warning light (if soequipped)

2-21

Slip indicator light 2-21

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) OFFindicator light

2-21

Warning/Indicator

light(other)

Name Page

Automatic brakehold indicatorlight (white/green) (if soequipped)

2-22

CRUISE indicatorlight (green) (if soequipped)

2-22

Front fog light in-dicator light(green) (if soequipped)

2-22

Warning/Indicator

light(other)

Name Page

High Beam Assistindicator light(green) (if soequipped)

2-22

High beam indi-cator light (blue)

2-22

Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)indicator light(green) (if soequipped)

2-22

NISSAN IntelligentKey® warning light(green) (if soequipped)

2-22

SET indicator light(green) (if soequipped)

2-23


Warning/Indicator

light(other)

Name Page

Side light andheadlight indica-tor light (green)

2-23

SPORT mode indi-cator light (green)(if so equipped)

2-23

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights (green)

2-23


1 Safety-Seats, seat belts andsupplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3Folding rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4Armrest (if so equipped for driver’s sideonly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Non-adjustable head restraint/headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Removable (without Bose headrestraint/headrest speaker systemonly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10Seat belt warning light and chime . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Three-point type seat belt withretractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-31Forward-facing child restraintinstallation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40Precautions on booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40Booster seat installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-64Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . 1-65

WARNING

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

• For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat properly. For additional infor-mation, see “Precautions on seat beltusage” (P. 1-10).

• After adjustment, gently rock in theseat to make sure it is securelylocked.

• Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved inserious accidents.

• To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

• Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be givento vehicle operation. The seat maymove suddenly and could cause lossof control of the vehicle.

• The seatback should not be reclinedany more than needed for comfort.Seat belts are most effective whenthe passenger sits well back andstraight up in the seat. If the seatbackis reclined, the risk of sliding underthe lap belt and being injured isincreased.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, besure not to contact any moving parts toavoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT MANUAL SEATADJUSTMENTYour vehicle seats can be adjusted manu-ally. For additional information about ad-justing the seats, refer to the steps outlinedin this section.

Forward and backwardPull the center of the bar up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position. Release thebar to lock the seat in position.

RecliningTo recline the seatback, pull the lever upand lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward, pull the lever up and lean your bodyforward. Release the lever to lock the seat-back in position.The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. For additional informa-tion, see “Precautions on seat belt usage”(P. 1-10). Also, the seatback can be reclinedto allow occupants to rest when the vehicleis stopped and the shift lever is in P (Park).

LRS2795 LRS2814

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter (driver's seat)Pull up or push down the adjusting lever toadjust the seat height until the desired po-sition is achieved.

FOLDING REAR SEATPull the knob OA to fold each seatbackdown.

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to ride in thecargo area or on the rear seat when itis in the fold-down position. Use ofthese areas by passengers withoutproper restraints could result in seri-ous injury or death in an accident orsudden stop.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it from slid-ing or shifting. Do not place cargohigher than the seatbacks. In a sud-den stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

• When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latchedposition. If they are not completelysecured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

LRS2202 LRS3072


ARMREST (if so equipped fordriver’s side only)To use the armrest, pull it down to the rest-ing position.

WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplementthe other vehicle safety systems. Theymay provide additional protectionagainst injury in certain rear end colli-sions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly,as specified in this section. Check theadjustment after someone else usesthe seat. Do not attach anything to thehead restraint/headrest stalks or re-move the head restraint/headrest. Donot use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed. If the headrestraint/headrest was removed, rein-stall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to fol-low these instructions can reduce theeffectiveness of the head restraints/headrests. This may increase the risk ofserious injury or death in a collision.

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with headrestraints/headrests.� Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.� Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest(if applicable).• Your vehicle is equipped with a head

restraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

LRS2339

�A Stowed position

�B Resting position

LRS2695

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


• Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalk(s)to lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

• The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

• Proper Adjustment:– For the adjustable type, align the head

restraint/headrest so the center ofyour ear is approximately level with thecenter of the head restraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher thanthe recommended alignment, placethe head restraint/headrest at thehighest position.

• If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in that des-ignated seating position.

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

LRS2300 LRS2299


REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest:1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to

the highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loose inthe vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

REMOVABLE (without Bose headrestraint/headrest speakersystem only)

CAUTION

Do not remove head restraint/headrestfrom vehicles equipped with Bose headrestraint/headrest speaker system.Removal will damage the systemwiring.

LRS2302 LRS2302


INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks

with the holes in the seat. Make sure thatthe head restraint/headrest is facing thecorrect direction. The stalk with thenotch (notches) O1 must be installed inthe hole with the lock knob O2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrestAdjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrestMake sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

LRS2303 WRS0134 LRS2351


RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

LRS2305 LRS2306


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured or killedin a collision and/or the severity of injurymay be greatly reduced. NISSAN stronglyencourages you and all of your passengersto buckle up every time you drive, even ifyour seating position includes a supple-mental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times. Children should be in therear seats and in an appropriaterestraint.

WARNING

• The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do somay reduce the effectiveness of theentire restraint system and increasethe chance or severity of injury in anaccident. Serious injury or death canoccur if the seat belt is not wornproperly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING

• Always route the shoulder belt overyour shoulder and across your chest.Never put the belt behind your back,under your arm or across your neck.The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off yourshoulder.

• Position the lap belt as low and snugas possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOTTHE WAIST. A lap belt worn too highcould increase the risk of internal in-juries in an accident.

• Be sure the seat belt tongue is se-curely fastened to the proper buckle.

• Do not wear the seat belt inside outor twisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

• Do not allow more than one personto use the same seat belt.

• Never carry more people in the ve-hicle than there are seat belts.

• If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition isturned ON with all doors closed andall seat belts fastened, it may indi-cate a malfunction in the system.Have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• No changes should be made to theseat belt system. For example, do notmodify the seat belt, add material, orinstall devices that may change theseat belt routing or tension. Doing somay affect the operation of the seatbelt system. Modifying or tamperingwith the seat belt system may resultin serious personal injury.

• Once seat belt pretensioner(s) haveactivated, they cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with theretractor. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware,should be inspected after any colli-sion. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.NISSAN recommends that all seatbelt assemblies in use during a colli-sion be replaced unless the collisionwas minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if eitherdamage or improper operation isnoted.

• All child restraints and attachinghardware should be inspected afterany collision. Always follow the re-straint manufacturer's inspection in-structions and replacement recom-mendations. The child restraintsshould be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT ANDCHIMEThe driver and front passenger seat isequipped with an enhanced seat belt re-minder function. If your vehicle is equippedwith an enhanced seat belt reminder func-tion, a visual and audible alert will operate ifa driver or front passenger seat belt is un-buckled at speeds of approximately 9 mph(15 km/h) or more under the following con-ditions:• If the driver seat belt is not fastened.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and the seat is occupied by a pas-senger for 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and objects or external force onthe passenger seat change the seat beltreminder classification to Occupied.

The seat belt warning light will flash underthe conditions shown above until the nec-essary seat belt is securely fastened.A warning chime will sound for approxi-mately 95 seconds or until one of the fol-lowing conditions is met:• The unbuckled front occupant’s seat belt

is securely fastened.• The seat belt reminder function in the

front passenger seat no longer detectsthat the front passenger seat is occupied.

• The ignition is turned off.The below situations could result in theseat belt reminder light being illuminatedand the chime sounding, even with no oc-cupant present in the passenger seat:• Heavy objects placed on the seat.• Someone pushing or pulling on the front

passenger seat.

• An object placed under the front passen-ger seat.

• An object placed between the seat cush-ion and center console or between theseat cushion and the door.

• An object hanging on the seat or placedin the seatback pocket.

• A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

PREGNANT WOMENNISSAN recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat belt shouldbe worn snug and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips, notthe waist. Place the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Never runthe lap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specificrecommendations.

INJURED PERSONSNISSAN recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

LRS0786


THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides inthis vehicle should use a seat belt atall times.

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle whenthe seatback is reclined. This can bedangerous. The shoulder belt will notbe against your body. In an accident,you could be thrown into it and re-ceive neck or other serious injuries.You could also slide under the lap beltand receive serious internal injuries.

• For the most effective protectionwhen the vehicle is in motion, theseat should be upright. Always sitwell back and upright in the seat withboth feet on the floor and adjust theseat belt properly.

• Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) mode seat belts. Ifthe seat belt becomes wrappedaround a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can be se-riously injured or killed if the seat beltretracts and becomes tight. This canoccur even if the vehicle is parked.Unbuckle the seat belt to release thechild. If the seat belt cannot be un-buckled or is already unbuckled, re-lease the child by cutting the seatbelt with a suitable tool (such as aknife or scissors) to release the seatbelt. Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-tion, see “Seats” (P. 1-2).

LRS2795


2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac-tor and insert the tongue into the buckleOA until you hear and feel the latchengage.• The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact. Aslow pulling motion permits theseat belt to move, and allows yousome freedom of movement in theseat.

• If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips OB as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack OC . Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rearseating positions’ three-point seat beltshave two modes of operation:• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex-tend and retract to allow the driver andpassengers some freedom of movementin the seat. The ELR locks the seat beltwhen the vehicle slows down rapidly orduring certain impacts.The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locksthe seat belt for child restraint installation.When the ALR mode is activated, the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat belt re-turns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information,see “Child restraints” (P. 1-21).The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During nor-mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it is ac-tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension. It can also change the op-eration of the front passenger air bag.For additional information, see “Supple-mental air bag warning light” (P. 1-65).

LRS3087 LRS2675


WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be cer-tain that the seatbacks are completelysecured in the latched position. If theyare not completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an accident orsudden stop.

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, press the buttonon the buckle O1 . The seat belt automati-cally retracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:• When the seat belt is pulled quickly from

the retractor• When the vehicle slows down rapidly

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:• Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward

quickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service, or to learn more about seatbelt operation.

WRS0139


Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Foradditional information, see “Precautions onseat belt usage” (P. 1-10). To adjust, pull outthe adjustment button O1 and move theshoulder belt anchor to the desired posi-tion O2 , so the belt passes over the centerof the shoulder. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but not falling offyour shoulder. Release the adjustment but-ton to lock the shoulder belt anchor intoposition.

WARNING

• After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed inposition.

• The shoulder belt anchor heightshould be adjusted to the positionbest for you. Failure to do so may re-duce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase thechance or severity of injury in anaccident.

Seat belt hookWhen the seat belt is not in use and whenfolding down the rear seats, hook the rearseat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap/shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available for purchase. The ex-tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm)of length and may be used for either thedriver or front passenger seating position.It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN

LRS0242 LRS3082


dealer for assistance with purchasing anextender if an extender is required.

WARNING

• Only NISSAN seat belt extenders,made by the same company whichmade the original equipment seatbelts, should be used with NISSANseat belts.

• Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary usecould result in serious personal injuryin the event of an accident.

• Never use seat belt extenders to in-stall child restraints. If the child re-straint is not secured properly, thechild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution rec-ommended for cleaning upholstery orcarpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allowthe seat belts to dry in the shade. Do notallow the seat belts to retract until theyare completely dry.

• If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seatbelts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoul-der belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

• Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components, suchas buckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors, work properly. If looseparts, deterioration, cuts or other dam-age on the webbing is found, the entireseat belt assembly should be replaced.

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomestight. This can occur even if the vehicleis parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re-lease the child. If the seat belt cannotbe unbuckled or is already unbuckled,release the child by cutting the seatbelt with a suitable tool (such as a knifeor scissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protectthem. They need to be properlyrestrained.In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:

CHILD SAFETY


• Rear-facing child restraints• Forward-facing child restraints• Booster seatsThe proper restraint depends on the child'ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placedin rear-facing child restraints. Forward-facing child restraints are available for chil-dren who outgrow rear-facing child re-straints and are at least 1 year old. Boosterseats are used to help position a vehiclelap/shoulder belt on a child who can nolonger use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro-tection. The vehicle's seat belts maynot fit them properly. The shoulder beltmay come too close to the face or neck.The lap belt may not fit over their smallhip bones. In an accident, an improp-erly fitting seat belt could cause seriousor fatal injury. Always use appropriatechild restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. Foradditional information, see “Child re-straints” (P. 1-21).

A child restraint may be secured in the ve-hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An-chors and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. For additionalinformation, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-21).NISSAN recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.This is especially important becauseyour vehicle has a supplemental re-straint system (air bag system) for thefront passenger. For additional informa-tion, see “Supplemental air bag warninglight” (P. 1-65).

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.NISSAN recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer's instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long as pos-sible up to the height or weight limit of thechild restraint. Children who outgrow theheight or weight limit of the rear-facingchild restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to the manu-facturer’s instructions for minimum andmaximum weight and height recommen-dations. NISSAN recommends that smallchildren be placed in child restraints thatcomply with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle and al-ways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraintmanufacturer.


Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, thebooster seat should raise the child so thatthe shoulder belt is properly positionedacross the chest and the top, middle por-tion of the shoulder. The shoulder beltshould not cross the neck or face andshould not fall off the shoulder. The lap beltshould lie snugly across the lower hips orupper thighs, not the abdomen.A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seatbelt. The booster seat should fit the vehicleseat and have a label certifying that it com-plies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Once the child hasgrown so the shoulder belt is no longer onor near the face and neck and the lap beltcan be positioned properly across thelower hips or upper thighs, use the seat beltwithout the booster seat.

A booster seat should be used until thechild can pass the seat belt fit test below:• Are the child’s back and hips against the

vehicle seatback?• Is the child able to sit without slouching?• Do the child’s knees bend easily over the

front edge of the seat with feet flat on thefloor?

• Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lapbelt low and snug across the hips andshoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

• Is the child able to use the properly ad-justed head restraint/headrest?

• Will the child be able to stay in position forthe entire ride?

If you answered no to any of these ques-tions, the child should remain in a boosterseat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may followdifferent guidelines. Check local andstate regulations to confirm your child isusing the correct restraint system beforetraveling.

LRS2690


WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on anyseat and do not allow a child in thecargo area. The child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a sudden stop orcollision.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installationof child restraints could result in seriousinjury or death of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:– The child restraint must be used

and installed properly. Always fol-low all of the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions for instal-lation and use.

– Infants and children should neverbe held on anyone's lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around botha child and another passenger.

– NISSAN recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that childrenare safer when properly re-strained in the rear seat than inthe front seat. If you must install aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, see “Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts” (P. 1-35).

ARS1098 WRS0256

CHILD RESTRAINTS


– Even with the NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System, never install arear-facing child restraint in thefront seat. An inflating air bagcould seriously injure or kill a child.A rear-facing child restraint mustonly be used in the rear seat.

– Be sure to purchase a child re-straint that will fit the child andvehicle. Some child restraints maynot fit properly in your vehicle.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only loads im-posed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstancesare they to be used to attach adultseat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchor-ages. The child restraint will not beproperly installed using the dam-aged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in acollision.

– Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or other items.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in thefront passenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the childrestraint.

– Infants and children should al-ways be placed in an appropriatechild restraint while in the vehicle.

• When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH sys-tem or a seat belt. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose objects can injure oc-cupants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seatingsurface and buckles before placing achild in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system. Some child restraintsinclude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to these an-chors. For additional information, see“LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system” (P. 1-23).

If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts can beused.Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:• Choose only a restraint with a label certi-

fying that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle'sseat and seat belt system.

• If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in the childrestraint and check the various adjust-ments to be sure the child restraint iscompatible with your child. Choose achild restraint that is designed for yourchild's height and weight. Always followall recommended procedures.

• If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg),you may use the LATCH anchors to installthe child restraint (not both at the sametime).


• If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not thelower anchors) to install the childrestraint.

• Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructions forinstallation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated. Canadian law re-quires the top tether strap on forward-facing child restraints be secured to thedesignated anchor point on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) SYSTEMYour vehicle is equipped with special an-chor points that are used with LATCH sys-tem compatible child restraints. This sys-tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIXor ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys-tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seatbelt to secure the child restraint unless thecombined weight of the child and child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and child restraintis greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the ve-hicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to

install the child restraint. Be sure to followthe child restraint manufacturer's instruc-tions for installation.The LATCH anchor points can be used toinstall child restraints in either of the rearoutboard seating positions or in the centerrear seating position. Please refer to thefollowing section of this Owner’s Manual forspecific information about installing a childrestraint in the center rear seating positionusing LATCH anchors.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child orother passengers in a sudden stop orcollision:• Only attach LATCH system compat-

ible child restraints to the Lower An-chors shown in the illustration. Foradditional information, refer to thefollowing sections of this Owner’sManual for installation guidance.

LRS3073LATCH system lower anchor locations


• Inspect the lower anchors by insert-ing your fingers into the lower an-chor area. Feel to make sure there areno obstructions over the anchorssuch as seat belt webbing or seatcushion material. The child restraintwill not be secured properly if thelower anchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damage thechild restraint anchorages. The childrestraint will not be properly installedusing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH lower anchors are located asshown. A label is attached to the seatbackto help you locate the LATCH loweranchors.

LATCH in the center rear seatingpositionThere are no LATCH anchors dedicated tothe center rear seating position. However,the inboard LATCH anchors belonging tothe two outboard seating positions (indi-cated by the arrows) can be used togetherto secure a CRS in the center rear seatingposition. These anchors are separated by adistance OA of 13 in (330 mm). Before at-tempting to secure a CRS in this seatingposition, ensure that the CRS manufactur-er’s instructions permit the use of LATCHanchors with the spacing indicated above.

LRS3036 LRS3318


(These are sometimes referred to as“shared anchors” or “borrowed anchors.”)CRS with rigid lower attachments cannotbe installed in the center seat. This type ofCRS should only be installed in the out-board seating positions.

WARNING

Never attach two CRS attachments tothe same LATCH anchor. This may over-load the anchor in a collision, whichcould increase the risk of the occu-pant’s serious injury or death.When installing the CRS in the centerrear seating position with the inboardLATCH anchors, be careful to ensure anyoccupant or CRS in the outboard seat-ing positions is properly restrained us-ing the vehicle seat belt and there is nointerference with the center CRS instal-lation. If the outboard occupants can-not be properly restrained, consider us-ing the vehicle seat belt to restrain theCRS in the center seating position, ormoving the CRS to another positioninstead.

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to two an-chors located at certain seating positionsin your vehicle. With this system, you do nothave to use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint. Check your child restraint fora label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

LRS0661LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

LRS0662LATCH rigid-mounted attachment


Top tether anchorWARNING

• Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached tothe top tether anchor. Properly se-cure the cargo so it does not contactthe top tether strap. Cargo that is notproperly secured or cargo that con-tacts the top tether strap may dam-age it during a collision. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed ina collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

• The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact with thetonneau cover or items in the cargoarea. Remove the tonneau cover (if soequipped) from the vehicle or secureit in the cargo area. Also secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed ina collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

• Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts,harnesses or for attaching otheritems or equipment to the vehicle.Doing so could damage the child re-straint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installedusing the damaged anchorage, and achild could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the back ofthe rear seats.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHFor additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” (P. 1-18)and “Child restraints” (P. 1-21) before install-ing a child restraint.

LRS3329


Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

LRS2997Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2996Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2


3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing ofthe anchor attachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint or try installing by using the

vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not allchild restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. For additional informa-tion, see “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” (P. 1-54).

For additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” (P. 1-18)and “Child restraints” (P. 1-21) before install-ing a child restraint.

LRS0673Rear-facing – step 3



Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), usethe vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation.Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.

WRS0256Rear-facing – step 1



3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the ELR mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rearwardfirmly in the center of the child restraintto compress the vehicle seat cushionand seatback while pulling up on theseat belt.





6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Tryto tug it forward and check to see if thebelt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior to eachuse. If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 2 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGLATCHFor additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” (P. 1-18)and “Child restraints” (P. 1-21) before install-ing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg) usethe vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions.



2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors. Checkto make sure the LATCH attachment isproperly attached to the lower anchors.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. For additional infor-mation, see “Installing top tether strap”(P. 1-34). Do not install child restraintsthat require the use of a top tether strapin seating positions that do not have atop tether anchor.

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the child re-straint is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-5) for head restraint/headrest ad-justment information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position ora different child restraint.

LRS2995Forward-facing webbing-mounted –

step 2

LRS2994Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2


4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while tightening the webbing ofthe anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer's instructions to re-move any slack.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should notmove more than 1 inch (25 mm), fromside to side. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the LATCH attachmentholds the restraint in place. If the re-straint is not secure, tighten the LATCHattachment as necessary, or put the re-straint in another seat and test it again.You may need to try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 1through 6.

LRS0671Forward-facing – step 4

WRS0697Forward-facing – step 6


Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments.First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard posi-tions only).

Rear bench seatOUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS1. Remove the head restraint/headrest

and store it in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information, see “Headrestraints/headrests” (P. 1-5).

2. Position the top tether strap as shown.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-chor point as shown.

4. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNING


LRS3412Rear seats

�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point


FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATION USINGTHE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must beused when installing a child restraint.Failure to use the ALR mode will resultin the child restraint not being properlysecured. The restraint could tip over orbe loose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. For additional informa-tion, see “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” (P. 1-54). For additional information, see all Warnings

and Cautions in the “Child safety” (P. 1-18)and “Child restraints” (P. 1-21) before install-ing a child restraint.Do not use the lower anchors if the com-bined weight of the child and the child re-straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com-bined weight of the child and the childrestraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg) usethe vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an-chors) to install the child restraint. Be sureto follow the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the front passen-ger seat:1. If you must install a child restraint in

the front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Movethe seat to the rearmost position.Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction and,therefore, must not be used in thefront seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the child re-straint is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-5) for head restraint/headrest ad-justment, removal and installationinformation.

WRS0699Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –

step 1


If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position ora different child restraint.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the child re-straint manufacturer’s instructions forbelt routing.If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installa-tion only). For additional information, see“Installing top tether strap” (P. 1-39).

Do not install child restraints that requirethe use of a top tether strap in seatingpositions that do not have a top tetheranchor.



4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to Emergency LockingRetractor (ELR) mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the child re-straint with your knee to compress thevehicle seat cushion and seatback whilepulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer's instructions to removeany slack.





8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. Thechild restraint should not move morethan 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Tryto tug it forward and check to see if thebelt holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten the seatbelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seat and test it again. You mayneed to try a different child restraint. Notall child restraints fit in all types ofvehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is not illu-minated, see “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P. 1-54). Move the childrestraint to another seating position.Have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.




Installing top tether strapThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withseat belts.First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.

Rear bench seatOUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS1. Remove the head restraint/headrest

and store it in a secure place. Be sure toreinstall the head restraint/headrestwhen the child restraint is removed. Foradditional information, see “Headrestraints/headrests” (P. 1-5).

2. Position the top tether strap as shown.



CENTER SEATING POSITION1. Position the top tether strap as shown.



If you have any questions when install-ing a top tether strap, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNING


LRS3331Rear seats

�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point


For additional information on installing abooster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-structions outlined in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTERSEATS

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured or killed in a sudden stop or col-lision greatly increases:– Make sure the shoulder portion of

the belt is away from the child's faceand neck and the lap portion of thebelt does not cross the stomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child'sarm.

– A booster seat must only be installedin a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:• Choose only a booster seat with a label

certifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Ca-nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the booster seat in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle’sseat and seat belt system.

LRS2479

A. Low back booster seat

B. High back booster seat

LRS0453

BOOSTER SEATS


• Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or abovethe center of the child’s ears. For example,if a low back booster seat is chosen, thevehicle seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback islower than the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat should be used.

• If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place the child in the boosterseat and check the various adjustmentsto be sure the booster seat is compatiblewith the child. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approvedchild restraint at all times while the ve-hicle is being operated.The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use thelap/shoulder belt in the AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when us-ing a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, see all Warningsand Cautions in the “Child safety” (P. 1-18)and “Child restraints” (P. 1-21) and “Boosterseats” (P. 1-40) before installing a childrestraint.Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the rear seat or in the front passengerseat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front-facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions.

LRS0464 WRS0699


3. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the boosterseat is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-5).

LRS0454Front passenger position

LRS0451Rear center position

LRS0452Rear outboard position


If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest andit is interfering with the proper boosterseat fit, try another seating position or adifferent booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Be sureto follow the booster seat manufactur-er’s instructions for adjusting the seatbelt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt toward the retractor to take up ex-tra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Three-point type seat beltwith retractor” (P. 1-14).

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switchin the ON position. The front passengerair bag status light may or may notilluminate, depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat beingused. For additional information, see“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P. 1-54).

PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important infor-mation concerning the following systems:• Driver and front passenger supplemental

front-impact air bag (NISSAN AdvancedAir Bag System)

• Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

• Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag

• Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

• Driver and front passenger supplementalknee air bag

• Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats)

Supplemental front-impact air bagsystemThe NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

LRS0865

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM(SRS)


Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag systemThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver andfront passenger in certain side-impact col-lisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag systemThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the rear outboardseat passengers in certain side-impactcollisions. The side air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted.Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag systemThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in front andrear outboard seating positions in certainside-impact collisions. The curtain air bagsare designed to inflate on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, thecurtain air bags are designed to inflate andremain inflated for a short time.

Driver and front passenger supplemen-tal knee air bagsThis system can help cushion the impactforce to the driver’s and front passenger’sknees in certain collisions.The SRS is designed to supplement thecrash protection provided by the driver andfront passenger and rear seat belts and isnot a substitute for them. Seat beltsshould always be correctly worn and theoccupant seated a suitable distance awayfrom the steering wheel, instrument paneland door finishers. For additional informa-tion, see “Seat belts” (P. 1-10).The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in theON position.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.


WARNING

• The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact,rear impact, rollover, or lower sever-ity frontal collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk orseverity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents

• The front passenger air bag and frontpassenger supplemental knee airbag will not inflate if the passengerair bag status light is lit. For addi-tional information, see “Front pas-senger air bag and status light”(P. 1-54).

• The seat belts and the front air bagsare most effective when you are sit-ting well back and upright in the seat.The front air bags inflate with greatforce. Even with the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System, if you are un-restrained, leaning forward, sittingsideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injuryor death in a crash. You may also re-ceive serious or fatal injuries fromthe front air bag if you are up againstit when it inflates. Always sit backagainst the seatback and as far awayas practical from the steering wheelor instrument panel. Always properlyuse the seat belts.

• The driver and front passenger seatbelt buckles are equipped with sen-sors that detect if the seat belts arefastened. The NISSAN Advanced AirBag System monitors the severity ofa collision and seat belt usage, theninflates the air bags as needed. Fail-ure to properly wear seat belts canincrease the risk or severity of injuryin an accident.

WRS0031


• The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sen-sor (weight sensor) that turns thefront passenger air bag and frontpassenger supplemental knee airbag OFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat. Fail-ure to be properly seated and wear-ing the seat belt can increase the riskor severity of injury in an accident.For additional information, see“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P. 1-54).

• Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them insidethe steering wheel rim could increasethe risk that they are injured whenthe front air bag inflates.

ARS1133


WARNING

• Never let children ride unrestrainedor extend their hands or face out ofthe window. Do not attempt to holdthem in your lap or arms. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the illustrations.

WARNING

• Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teens and children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat, ifpossible.

ARS1041 ARS1042 ARS1043


WARNING

• Even with the NISSAN Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. For ad-ditional information, see “Child re-straints” (P. 1-21).

ARS1044 ARS1045 ARS1046


WARNING

Front and rear outboard seat-mountedside-impact supplemental air bags androof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags:• The side air bags and curtain air bags

ordinarily will not inflate in the eventof a frontal impact, rear impact, orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reducethe risk or severity of injury in variouskinds of accidents.

WARNING

• The seat belts, the side air bags andcurtain air bags are most effectivewhen you are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feet onthe floor. The side air bag and curtainair bag inflate with great force. Do notallow anyone to place their hand, legor face near the side air bag on theside of the seatback of the front andrear seat or near the side roof rails.Do not allow anyone sitting in thefront seats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the windowor lean against the door. Some ex-amples of dangerous riding posi-tions are shown in the previousillustrations.

WRS0431 LRS3119


WARNING

• When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the frontseat. If the side air bag inflates, youmay be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, whoshould always be properly re-strained. Some examples of danger-ous riding positions are shown in theillustrations.

• Do not use seat covers on the front orrear seatbacks. They may interferewith side air bag inflation.

WRS0032 SSS0162 SSS0159


NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Supplemental front-impact air bagmodules

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

3. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bags

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags

5. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags (driver’sside shown; front passenger sidesimilar)

6. Side satellite sensors (driver’s sideshown; front passenger side similar)

7. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontseats) (driver’s side shown; front passen-ger side similar)

8. Front door satellite sensor (driver’s sideshown; front passenger side similar)

9. Occupant classification sensor (weightsensor — located in front passengercushion frame)

10. Driver and front passenger supple-mental knee air bag

11. Crash zone sensor

LRS3523


WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the pas-senger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys-tem, please observe the followingitems.• Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket.

• Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,head restraint/headrest or in theseatback pocket.

• Make sure that there is nothingpressing against the rear of the seat-back, such as a child restraint in-stalled in the rear seat or an objectstored on the floor.

• Make sure that there is no objectplaced under the front passengerseat.

• Make sure that there is no objectplaced between the seat cushion andcenter console or between the seatcushion and the door.

• If a forward-facing child restraint isinstalled in the front passenger seat,do not position the front passengerseat so the child restraint contactsthe instrument panel. If the child re-straint does contact the instrumentpanel, the system may determine theseat is occupied and the passengerair bag may deploy in a collision. Alsothe front passenger air bag statuslight may not illuminate. For addi-tional information, see “Child re-straints” (P. 1-21).

• Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag statuslight.

• If you notice that the front passengerair bag status light is not operatingas described later in this section, getthe occupant classification systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Until you have confirmed with adealer that your front passenger seatoccupant classification system isworking properly, position the occu-pants in the rear seating positions.

• Do not position the front passengerseat so it contacts the rear seat. If thefront seat does contact the rear seat,the air bag system may determine asensor malfunction has occurredand the front passenger air bag sta-tus light may illuminate and thesupplemental air bag warning lightmay flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirementsunder U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada. All of the information, cautionsand warnings in this manual still applyand must be followed.The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in thedashboard above the glove box. The frontair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity frontal impact. They may not in-flate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle


damage (or lack of it) is not always an indi-cation of proper front air bag systemoperation.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle sensors and occupant classifi-cation sensor (weight sensor). Inflator op-eration is based on the severity of a colli-sion and seat belt usage for the driver. Forthe front passenger, the occupant classifi-cation sensors are also monitored. Basedon information from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash, depend-ing on the crash severity and whether thefront occupants are belted or unbelted. Ad-ditionally, the front passenger air bag andfront passenger supplemental knee airbag may be automatically turned OFF un-der some conditions, depending on theweight detected on the front passengerseat and how the seat belt is used. If thefront passenger air bag and front passen-ger supplemental knee air bag are OFF, thefront passenger air bag status light will beilluminated. For additional information, see“Front passenger air bag and status light”(P. 1-54). One front air bag inflating does notindicate improper performance of thesystem.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, it is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer. If you are consideringmodification of your vehicle due to a dis-ability, you may also contact NISSAN. Con-tact information is contained in the front ofthis Owner's Manual.When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by the re-lease of smoke. This smoke is not harmfuland does not indicate a fire. Care should betaken to not inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe face and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduce seri-ous injuries. However, an inflating front airbag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags, other than the driv-er’s and front passenger’s supplementalknee air bag, do not provide restraint to thelower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and front passenger seated uprightas far as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front airbags inflate quickly in order to help protectthe front occupants. Because of this, theforce of the front air bag inflating can in-crease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, the front air bagmodule during inflation.The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is placed in the ONposition.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.


Front passenger air bag and statuslight

WARNING

The front passenger air bag and frontpassenger supplemental knee air bagare designed to automatically turn OFFunder some conditions. Read this sec-tion carefully to learn how it operates.Proper use of the seat, seat belt, andchild restraints is necessary for mosteffective protection. Failure to follow allinstructions in this manual concerningthe use of seats, seat belts, and childrestraints can increase the risk or se-verity of injury in an accident.

Status lightThe front passenger seat is equipped withan occupant classification sensor (weightsensor) that turns the front passenger airbag and front passenger supplementalknee air bag on or off depending on theweight applied to the front passenger seat.The status of the front passenger air bagand front passenger supplemental kneeair bag (ON or OFF) are indicated by thefront passenger air bag status lightwhich is located on the instrument panel.After the ignition switch is placed in the"ON" position, the front passenger air bagstatus light on the instrument panel illumi-nates for about 7 seconds and then turnsoff or remains illuminated depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTION PASSENGER AIR BAGSTATUS LIGHT ( )

FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND FRONT PASSENGERSUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/Somebody Bag or Child or Child Restraint orSmall Adult in front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat mayalso cause the light to operate as de-scribed above depending on their weight.

For additional information related to thenormal operation and troubleshooting ofthis occupant classification sensor system,

please see “Normal operation” (P. 1-56) and“Troubleshooting” (P. 1-57).

LRS0865


Front passenger air bagThe front passenger air bag and front pas-senger supplemental knee air bag are de-signed to automatically turn OFF when thevehicle is operated under some conditionsas described below in accordance with U.S.regulations. If the front passenger air bagand front passenger supplemental kneeair bag are OFF, it will not inflate in a crash.The driver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by requir-ing the air bag to be automatically turnedOFF. Certain sensors are used to meet therequirements.The occupant classification sensor in thisvehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on theseat by weight. For example, if a child is inthe front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe front passenger air bag and front pas-senger supplemental knee air bag OFF inaccordance with the regulations. Also, if achild restraint of the type specified in theregulations is on the seat, its weight and

the child’s weight can be detected andcause the air bags to turn OFF.Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the front passenger air bag andfront passenger supplemental knee airbag to be automatically turned OFF. Forsmall adults it may be turned OFF, howeverif the occupant takes his/her weight off theseat cushion (for example, by not sittingupright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, orby otherwise being out of position), thiscould cause the sensor to turn the frontpassenger air bag and front passengersupplemental knee air bag OFF. Always besure to be seated and wearing the seat beltproperly for the most effective protectionby the seat belt and supplemental air bag.NISSAN recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. NISSAN also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat. Ifthis is not possible, the occupant classifica-tion sensor is designed to operate as de-scribed above to turn the front passengerair bag and front passenger supplementalknee air bag OFF for specified child re-straints as required by the regulations. Fail-

ing to properly secure child restraints andto use the ALR mode may allow the re-straint to tip or move in a collision or sud-den stop. This can also result in the frontpassenger air bag and front passengersupplemental knee air bag inflating in acrash instead of being OFF. For additionalinformation, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-21).If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the front passenger air bag and front pas-senger supplemental knee air bag are de-signed not to inflate in a crash. However,heavy objects placed on the seat could re-sult in air bag inflation, because of the ob-ject’s weight detected by the occupantclassification sensor. Other conditionscould also result in air bag inflation, such asif a child is standing on the seat, or if twochildren are on the seat, contrary to theinstructions in this manual. Always be surethat you and all vehicle occupants areseated and restrained properly.Using the front passenger air bag statuslight, you can monitor when the front pas-senger air bag and front passengersupplemental knee air bag are automati-cally turned OFF.


If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light is illu-minated (indicating that the front passen-ger air bag and front passenger supple-mental knee air bag are OFF), it could bethat the person is a small adult, or is notsitting on the seat properly or not using theseat belt properly.If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated, de-pending on the size of the child and thetype of child restraint being used. If the airbag status light is not illuminated (indicat-ing that the front passenger air bag andfront passenger supplemental knee airbag might inflate in a crash), it could be thatthe child restraint or seat belt is not beingused properly. Make sure that the child re-straint is installed properly, the seat belt isused properly and the occupant is posi-tioned properly. If the air bag status light isstill not illuminated, reposition the occu-pant or child restraint in a rear seat.If the front passenger air bag status lightwill not illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the seat belts andthe occupant are properly positioned, it isrecommended that you take your vehicleto a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN dealer can

check system status by using a specialtool. However, until you have confirmedwith a dealer that your air bag is workingproperly, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light willtake a few seconds to register a change inthe front passenger seat status. This is nor-mal system operation and does not indi-cate a malfunction.If a malfunction occurs in the front passen-ger air bag system, the supplemental airbag warning light , located in the me-ter and gauges area of the instrumentpanel, will be illuminated (blinking orsteadily lit). Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.Normal operationIn order for the occupant classificationsensor system to classify the front passen-ger based on weight, please follow the pre-cautions and steps outlined below:Precautions• Make sure that there are no objects

weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging onthe seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

• Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear ofthe seatback.

• Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of the frontpassenger seat.

• Make sure that the front passenger seator seatback is not forced back against anobject on the seat or floor behind it.

• Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”

(P. 1-2) section of this manual. Sit upright,leaning against the seatback, and cen-tered on the seat cushion with your feetcomfortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” (P. 1-10) section of thismanual. Front passenger seat beltbuckle status is monitored by the occu-pant classification system, and is usedas an input to determine occupancystatus. So, it is highly recommended thatthe front passenger fasten their seatbelt.


4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify the frontpassenger before the vehicle is put intomotion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checkingthe front passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sen-sor system generally keeps the classifica-tion locked during driving, so it is impor-tant that you confirm that the frontpassenger is properly classified prior todriving. However, the occupant classifica-tion sensor may recalculate the weight ofthe occupant under some conditions (bothwhile driving and when stopped), so frontpassenger seat occupants should con-tinue to remain seated as outlined above.TroubleshootingIf you think the front passenger air bagstatus light is incorrect:1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying

the front passenger seat:• Occupant is a small adult — the air bag

light is functioning as intended. Thefront passenger air bag and front pas-senger supplemental knee air bag aresuppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a smalladult, then this may be due to the followingconditions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:• Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning

against the seatback, and centered onthe seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

• A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

• Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floor be-hind it.

• An object placed under the front passen-ger seat.

• An object placed between the seat cush-ion and center console or between theseat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child

or child restraint occupying the frontpassenger seat.This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:• Small adult or child is not sitting up-

right, leaning against the seatback,and centered on the seat cushion withhis/her feet comfortably extended tothe floor.

• The child restraint is not properly in-stalled, as outlined in “Child restraints”(P. 1-21).

• An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg)hanging on the seat or placed in theseatback pocket.


• A child restraint or other object press-ing against the rear of the seatback.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling onthe back of the front passenger seat.

• Forcing the front seat or seatbackagainst an object on the seat or floorbehind it.

• An object placed under the front pas-senger seat.

• An object placed between the seatcushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to astop when it is safe to do so. Check andcorrect any of the above conditions. Re-start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should be re-positioned in the rear seat and the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passengerand no objects on the front passengerseat, the vehicle should be checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer as soon as possible.

Other supplemental front-impact airbag precautions

WARNING

• Do not place any objects on thesteering wheel pad or on the instru-ment panel. Also, do not place anyobjects between any occupant andthe steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the front air bags inflate.

• Do not place objects with sharpedges on the seat. Also, do not placeheavy objects on the seat that willleave permanent impressions in theseat. Such objects can damage theseat or occupant classification sen-sor (weight sensor). This can affectthe operation of the air bag systemand result in serious personal injury.

• Do not use water or acidic cleaners(hot steam cleaners) on the seat. Thiscan damage the seat or occupantclassification sensor. This can alsoaffect the operation of the air bagsystem and result in serious personalinjury.

• Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components willbe hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the supplemental air bag system.This is to prevent accidental inflationof the supplemental air bag or dam-age to the supplemental air bagsystem.

• Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle's electrical system,suspension system or front endstructure. This could affect properoperation of the front air bag system.


• Tampering with the front air bag sys-tem may result in serious personalinjury. Tampering includes changesto the steering wheel and the instru-ment panel assembly by placing ma-terial over the steering wheel padand above the instrument panel orby installing additional trim materialaround the air bag system.

• Removing or modifying the frontpassenger seat may affect the func-tion of the air bag system and resultin serious personal injury.

• Modifying or tampering with thefront passenger seat may result inserious personal injury. For example,do not change the front seats byplacing material on the seat cushionor by installing additional trim mate-rial, such as seat covers, on the seatthat are not specifically designed toassure proper air bag operation. Ad-ditionally, do not stow any objectsunder the front passenger seat or theseat cushion and seatback. Such ob-jects may interfere with the properoperation of the occupant classifica-tion sensor (weight sensor).

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the seat belt system. This may af-fect the front air bag system. Tam-pering with the seat belt system mayresult in serious personal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the front air bag. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. The Supplemental Re-straint System (SRS) wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the airbag system.

• A cracked windshield should be re-placed immediately by a qualified re-pair facility. A cracked windshieldcould affect the function of thesupplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner'sManual.


Front and rear outboardseat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtainside-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag systemsThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front and rear out-board seats. The curtain air bags are lo-cated in the side roof rails. All of the infor-mation, cautions and warnings in thismanual must be followed. The side airbags and curtain air bags are designed toinflate in higher severity side collisions, al-

though they may inflate if the forces in an-other type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity impact. They are de-signed to inflate on the side where the ve-hicle is impacted. They may not inflate incertain side collisions.Curtain air bags are also designed to inflatein certain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper side air bag andcurtain air bag operation.When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by the release of smoke. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indi-cate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvic area of the front andrear outboard occupants. Curtain air bagshelp to cushion the impact force to thehead of occupants in the front and rear

outboard seating positions. They can helpsave lives and reduce serious injuries. How-ever, an inflating side air bag and curtain airbag may cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags and curtain air bags do notprovide restraint to the lower body.The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver, front passenger and rearoutboard occupants seated upright as faras practical away from the side air bag.Rear seat passengers should be seated asfar away as practical from the door finish-ers and side roof rails. The side air bags andcurtain air bags inflate quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the side air bag and curtainair bag inflating can increase the risk ofinjury if the occupant is too close to, or isagainst, these air bag modules during in-flation. The side air bag will deflate quicklyafter the collision is over.The curtain air bag will remain inflated for ashort time.The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bag

LRS3142


warning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

WARNING

• Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front and rear seats.Also, do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between the frontand rear door finisher and the frontand rear seat. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles andcause injury if a side air bag inflate.

• Right after inflation, several side airbag and curtain air bag system com-ponents will be hot. Do not touchthem; you may severely burnyourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the side air bag and curtain air bagsystems. This is to prevent damageto or accidental inflation of the sideair bag and curtain air bag or dam-age to the side air bag and curtain airbag systems.

• Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle's electrical system,suspension system or side panel.This could affect proper operation ofthe side air bag and curtain air bagsystems.

• Tampering with the side air bag sys-tem may result in serious personalinjury. For example, do not changethe front and rear seats by placingmaterial near the seatbacks or by in-stalling additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the sideair bag.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the side air bag and curtainair bag. It is also recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for installa-tion of electrical equipment. The SRSwiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthor-ized electrical test equipment andprobing devices should not be usedon the side air bag or curtain air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner's Manual.


Driver and front passengersupplemental knee air bagThe knee air bag is located in the kneebolster, on the driver’s and passenger’sside. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual apply and mustbe followed. The knee air bag is designedto inflate in higher severity frontal collisions,although it may inflate if the forces in an-other type of collision are similar to those ofa higher severity frontal impact. It may notinflate in certain collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper knee air bagoperation.When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita-tion and choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the im-pact force on the knees of the driver andpassenger. It can help reduce serious inju-ries. However, an inflating knee air bag maycause abrasions or other injuries. The kneeair bag provides restraint to the lower body.The knee air bag inflates quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because ofthis, the force of the knee air bag inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if the occu-pant is too close to, or is against, this air bagmodule during inflation. The knee air bagwill deflate quickly after the collision is overOR the knee air bag will remain inflated fora short time.The knee air bag operates only when theignition switch is placed in the ONposition.After placing the ignition switch in theON position, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system isoperational.

LRS3326Driver’s side

LRS3325Passenger’s side


WARNING

• Do not place any objects between theknee bolster and the driver’s or pas-senger’s seat. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles andcause injury if a knee air bag inflates.

• Right after inflation, the knee air bagsystem components will be hot. Donot touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the knee air bag system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental in-flation of the knee air bag system.

• Do not make unauthorized changesto your vehicle's electrical system orsuspension system. This could affectproper operation of the knee air bagsystem.

• Tampering with the knee air bag sys-tem may result in serious personalinjury. For example, do not changethe driver or passenger knee bolsteror install additional trim materialaround the knee air bag.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work on andaround the knee air bag. It is also rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for installation of electricalequipment. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electri-cal test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the kneeair bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectorsare yellow or orange for easyidentification.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the knee airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s)(front seats)

WARNING

• The pretensioner(s) cannot be re-used after activation. They must bereplaced together with the retractorand buckle as a unit.

• If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but pretensioner(s) are notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if neces-sary, replaced. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiringof the pretensioner system. This is toprevent damage to or accidental ac-tivation of the pretensioner(s). Tam-pering with the pretensioner systemmay result in serious personal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for work around andon the pretensioner system. It is alsorecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for installation of elec-trical equipment. Unauthorized elec-trical test equipment and probingdevices should not be used on thepretensioner system.

• If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.


The pretensioner system may activatewith the supplemental air bag system incertain types of collisions. Working with theseat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) helptighten the seat belt when the vehicle be-comes involved in certain types of colli-sions, helping to restrain front seatoccupants.The pretensioner(s) are encased with theseat belt retractor. These seat belts areused the same way as conventional seatbelts.When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indi-cate a fire. Care should be taken not toinhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh air promptly.After the pretensioner(s’) activation, loadlimiters allow the seat belt to release web-bing (if necessary) to reduce forces againstthe chest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in the

pretensioner(s) system. For additional in-formation, see “Supplemental air bagwarning light” (P. 1-65). If the operation of thesupplemental air bag warning light indi-cates there is a malfunction, have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the preten-sioner system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner'sManual.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag system are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restrainton a seat protected by an air bag infront of it. If the air bag deploys, it maycause serious injury or death.

LRS3235

1. SRS Air Bag Warning Labels (located onthe sun visors)


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the Air bag ControlUnit (ACU), satellite sensors, crash zonesensor, occupant classification sensor, thesupplemental front-impact air bags, seat-mounted side-impact supplemental airbags, knee air bags, roof-mounted curtainside-impact supplemental air bags andseat belt pretensioner systems. The moni-tored circuits include air bag systems, pre-tensioner(s) and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, knee air bags and pretensioner sys-tems need servicing:• The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bags,side air bags, curtain air bags, knee air bagsor pretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked and re-paired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,knee air bag and/or pretensioner sys-tems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others,have your vehicle checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Repair and replacementprocedureThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) aredesigned to inflate on a one-time-only ba-sis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light re-mains illuminated after inflation has oc-curred. These systems should be repairedand/or replaced as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LRS0100


When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, knee air bags, pretension-er(s) and related parts should be pointedout to the person performing the mainte-nance. The ignition switch should alwaysbe in the LOCK position when working un-der the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

• Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur-tain air bag, or knee air bag has in-flated, the air bag module will notfunction again and must be replaced.Additionally, the activated preten-sioner(s) must also be replaced. Theair bag module and pretensioner(s)should be replaced. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. However, theair bag module and pretensioner(s)cannot be repaired.

• The front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag, knee air bag systems and thepretensioner system should be in-spected if there is any damage to thefront end or side portion of the ve-hicle. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• If you need to dispose of a supple-mental air bag or pretensioner sys-tems or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer. Incorrect disposal procedurescould cause personal injury.

• If there is an impact to your vehiclefrom any direction, your OccupantClassification Sensor (OCS) should bechecked to verify it is still functioningcorrectly. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The OCS should be checked even if noair bags deploy as a result of the im-pact. Failure to verify proper OCSfunction may result in an improperair bag deployment resulting in in-jury or death.


MEMO


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Distance To Empty (DTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Trip computer (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Eco Drive Report (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Warning/Indicator lights (red) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Warning/Indicator lights (yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16Warning/Indicator lights (other) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

Vehicle information display (if so equipped) . . . . . 2-24How to use the vehicle informationdisplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25Vehicle information display warningsand indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Security systems (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38Vehicle security system (if so equipped) . . . . . 2-38NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Rear switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system(Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system (Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-53Blind Spot Warning (BSW) switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Drive Systems OFF switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . 2-54Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Emergency call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . 2-57Rear Door Alert (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57USB/iPod® charging ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

12v outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61

Front-door pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61Rear-door pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62Seatback pockets (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Console box (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Luggage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Grocery hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Personal Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-76Luggage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-77

1. Vents (P. 4-31)2. Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/

turn signal switch (P. 2-44)3. Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-43)

Horn (P. 2-51)4. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)

Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-11)Trip computer (if so equipped) (P. 2-9)Vehicle information display (if soequipped) (P. 2-24)

5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-41)6. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-54)7. Center display controls (if so equipped)

(P. 4-2, 4-3, 4-43)Audio controls (P. 4-2, 4-3, 4-43)

8. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)9. Center display (P. 4-2, 4-3, 4-43)10. Passenger's supplemental air bag

(P. 1-43)11. Glove box (P. 2-64)12. Front passenger supplemental knee air

bag (P. 1-62)13. Climate controls (P. 4-32, 4-40)

Heated seat switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-52)

14. Shift lever (P. 5-18)15. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-11)

LII2739

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

16. Electronic parking brake(if so equipped) (P. 5-23)Automatic brake hold switch(if so equipped) (P. 5-25)

17. Power outlet (P. 2-59)USB connection port (P. 4-2, 4-43)AUX jack (if so equipped) (P. 4-2, 4-53)

18. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System(P. 4-2, 4-66)Cruise control switches (if so equipped)(P. 5-55)Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches(if so equipped) (P. 5-57)

19. Driver supplemental knee air bag(P. 1-62)

20. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel locklever (P. 3-26)

21. Hood release (P. 3-21)Fuel-filler door release (P. 3-25)

22. Steering wheel switches for audiocontrol (P. 4-2, 2-24)Control panel and vehicle informationdisplay switches (if so equipped)(P. 2-24)

23. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-53)Drive Systems OFF switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-54)Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-54)Rear Sonar System (RSS) OFF switch(if so equipped) (P. 2-55)Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch (if so equipped) (P. 2-56)Instrument panel pocket (if soequipped) (P. 2-63)Enter/select switch for trip computer(if so equipped) (P. 2-9)

* Refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner's Manual (if so equipped).Refer to the page number indicated inparentheses for operating details.

Instruments and controls 2-3

1. TachometerVehicle information displayOdometerTwin trip odometerFuel gauge

2. Warning and indicator lights3. Speedometer4. Trip reset switch

Instrument brightness control knob

LIC4649Type A (if so equipped)

METERS AND GAUGES


1. Tachometer2. Trip computer

OdometerTwin trip odometer

3. Speedometer4. Trip reset switch

Instrument brightness control knob5. Warning and indicator lights

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETERThis vehicle is equipped with a speedom-eter and odometer. The speedometer islocated on the right side the meter cluster.The odometer is located within the vehicleinformation display (Type A — if soequipped) or the trip computer (Type B —if so equipped) to the left of thespeedometer.

LIC4284Type B (if so equipped)


SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speed. Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer and the twin trip odometerO1 are displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay (Type A) (if so equipped) or the tripcomputer (Type B) (if so equipped) whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the displayPush the TRIP RESET switch O2 on the rightside of the instrument panel to change thedisplay as follows:Trip → Trip → Odometer Mile-age → TripResetting the trip odometerPushing the TRIP RESET switch O2 for morethan 1 second resets the currently dis-played trip odometer to zero.Average fuel economy information is alsoavailable. For additional information, see“Trip computer” (P. 2-9).

LIC2255 LIC4671Type A (if so equipped)



TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not revengine into the red zone O1 .Type A (if so equipped): To access the ta-chometer, use the and on thesteering wheel to navigate to the “Gauges”display. For additional information, see“How to use the vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).

Type B (if so equipped): The tachometer islocated on the left side of the meter cluster.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches thered zone, shift to a higher gear or re-duce engine speed. Operating the en-gine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordown hills.Type A (if so equipped): The low fuelwarning message shows in the vehicle in-formation display when the amount of fuelin the tank is getting low.Type B (if so equipped): The low fuelwarning light illuminates when the amountof fuel in the tank is getting low.





Refill the fuel tank before the gauge reg-isters 0 (Empty).The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the driver's side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

• If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the ve-hicle inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice

• For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)”(P. 2-20).

DISTANCE TO EMPTY (DTE)Displays the estimated distance the ve-hicle can be driven before refueling. Thevalue is calculated based on recent fueleconomy, the amount of fuel remaining inthe fuel tank, and the actual fuelconsumption.Changes in driving patterns or conditionscan cause the DTE value to vary. As a result,the value displayed may differ from the ac-tual distance that can be driven.DTE display will change to “---” when thefuel level in the tank is getting low, prior tothe fuel gauge reaching 0 (Empty).

NOTE:• The DTE value after refill is estimated

based on recent fuel economy andamount of fuel added.

• If a small amount of fuel is added (lessthan 2.7 gallons or 10 liters) or the igni-tion is on during refueling, the displaymay not be updated.

• Conditions that affect the fueleconomy will also affect the estimatedDTE value (city/highway driving, idletime, remote start time, terrain, sea-sonal weather, added vehicle weight,added deflectors, roof racks, etc.).



TRIP COMPUTER (if so equipped)When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, modes of the trip computer canbe selected by pushing the TRIP RESETswitch OA .Each time the TRIP RESET switch is pushed,the display changes as follows:Trip A → Trip B → OdometerThe switch for the trip computer islocated on the lower left side of the instru-ment panel.

Each time the switch is pushed, thedisplay will change as follows:Average fuel economy → Average speed →Trip time → Trip Distance

Average fuel economy (mpg orkm/l)The average fuel economy mode showsthe average fuel economy since the lastreset. Resetting is done by pressing thechange/reset switch for more than ap-proximately 1 second. The display is up-dated every 30 seconds. At about the first1/3 mi (500 m) after a reset, the displayshows (----).

Average speed (mph or km/h)The average speed mode shows the aver-age vehicle speed since last reset. Reset-ting is done by pressing the change/resetswitch for more than approximately 1 sec-ond. The display is updated every 30 sec-onds. The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows (----).

Trip timeThe trip time mode shows the time sincethe last reset. The displayed time can bereset by pressing the change/trip switchfor more than approximately 1 second.

Trip distanceThe trip distance mode shows the distancetraveled since the last reset. The trip dis-tance can be reset by pressing thechange/trip switch for more than approxi-mately 1 second.

Shipping modeThis message may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thismessage appears, push in the extendedstorage switch to turn off the warning. Foradditional information, see “Extended stor-age switch” (P. 2-60).

LIC3594


ECO DRIVE REPORT (if soequipped)When the ignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion, ECO management display appears.

�1 Previous 5 times (History)

�2 Current fuel economy

�3 Best fuel economyThe result of ECO evaluation is displayed 30seconds after the ignition switch is placedin the ON position and the vehicle is drivenat least 500 meters (1/3 miles).

�1 The average fuel economy for the pre-vious five times will be displayed.

�2 The average fuel economy since thelast reset will be displayed.

�3 The best fuel economy of the past his-tory will be displayed.

The ECO drive report can be set to be ON orOFF.

LSD4103


Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)

or Brake warning light(if so equipped)

or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light

Automatic brake hold indicator light(white/green) (if so equipped)

Charge warning light Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system warning light (if so equipped)

CRUISE indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

Door open warning light (if so equipped) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection system warning light(if so equipped)

Front fog light indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

or Electronic parking brakeindicator light (if so equipped)

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator light(if so equipped)

High Beam Assist indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

Engine oil pressure warning light or Electronic parking brakewarning light (if so equipped)

High beam indicator light (blue)

High temperature warning light(if so equipped)

Engine start operation indicator light(if so equipped)

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight (green) (if so equipped)

LED Headlight system warning light(if so equipped)

Front passenger air bag status light NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning light(green) (if so equipped)

Master warning light (if so equipped) Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicatorlight (if so equipped)

SET indicator light (green) (if so equipped)

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTSAND AUDIBLE REMINDERS



Rear seat belt warning light and chime(if so equipped)

Low fuel warning light (if so equipped) Side light and headlight indicator light(green)

Seat belt warning light and chime Low tire pressure warning light SPORT mode indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

Security indicator light (if so equipped) Low windshield-washer fluid warning light(if so equipped)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (green)

Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Master warning light (if so equipped)

NISSAN Intelligent Key® warning light(if so equipped)

Power steering warning light

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light(if so equipped)

Shift P (Park) warning light (if so equipped)



Slip indicator light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFindicator light

CHECKING LIGHTSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (ifso equipped) will come on:

or , , , , , ,,

The following lights (if so equipped) willcome on briefly and then go off:

, or , , , , ,,

If any light does not come on or operate ina way other than described, it may indicatea burned-out bulb and/or a system mal-function. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red)For additional information on warningsand indicators, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

or Brake warninglight (if soequipped)

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.Parking brake indicatorWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning lightWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engineis running with the parking brake not ap-plied, stop the vehicle and perform thefollowing:1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake

fluid as necessary. For additional infor-mation, see “Brake fluid” (P. 8-9).

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.


WARNING

• Your brake system may not be work-ing properly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If youjudge it to be safe, drive carefully tothe nearest service station for re-pairs. Otherwise, have your vehicletowed because driving it could bedangerous.

• Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brakefluid level may increase your stop-ping distance and braking will re-quire greater pedal effort as well aspedal travel.

• If the brake fluid level is below theMINIMUM or MIN mark on the brakefluid reservoir, do not drive until thebrake system has been checked. It isrecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the charging sys-tem is not functioning properly. Turn theengine off and check the generator belt. Ifthe belt is loose, broken, missing, or if the

light remains on, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION

• Do not ground electrical accessoriesdirectly to the battery terminal. Do-ing so will bypass the variable volt-age control system and the vehiclebattery may not charge completely.For additional information, see “Vari-able voltage control system” (P. 8-13).

• Do not continue driving if the genera-tor belt is loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light (ifso equipped)

This light comes on when any of the doorsare not closed securely while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

or Electronic parkingbrake indicatorlight (if soequipped)

This light illuminates when the electronicparking brake system is operating.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the electronic parking brake indi-cator light illuminates. When the engine isstarted and the parking brake is released,the indicator light turns off.If the parking brake is not released, theelectronic parking brake indicator light re-mains illuminated. Ensure the electronicparking brake indicator light has turned offbefore driving.If the electronic parking brake indicatorlight illuminates or flashes while the elec-tronic parking brake system warning light

or (yellow) illuminates, it may in-dicate that the electronic parking brakesystem is not functioning properly. Havethe system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.For additional information, see “Parkingbrake” (P. 5-22).

Engine oil pressurewarning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during nor-mal driving, pull off the road in a safe area,


stop the engine immediately and call aNISSAN dealer or other authorized repairshop.The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. Foradditional information, see “Engine oil”(P. 8-5).

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could causeserious damage to the engine almostimmediately. Such damage is not cov-ered by the NISSAN New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. Turn off the engine as soonas it is safe to do so.

High temperature warninglight (if so equipped)

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the high temperature warninglight illuminates and then turns off. This in-dicates that the high temperature sensorin the engine coolant system isoperational.When driving, the high temperaturewarning light may turn off. This indicates

that the engine coolant temperature iswithin the normal range.

CAUTION

If the high temperature warning lightilluminates while the engine is running,it may indicate the engine temperatureis extremely high. Stop the vehiclesafely as soon as possible. If the vehicleis overheated, continuing vehicle op-eration may seriously damage the en-gine. For additional information, see “Ifyour vehicle overheats” (P. 6-12).

LED Headlight systemwarning light (if soequipped)

This light illuminates when there is an errorwith the system.For additional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” (P. 2-44).

Master warning light (if soequipped)

This light illuminates red when various ve-hicle information display warnings appear.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

Rear seat belt warning lightand chime (if so equipped)

This warning light appears for 65 secondsafter the ignition is placed in the ON posi-tion and the engine is started.This warning light shows the status of thethree rear seat belts. When one of the rearseat belts are buckled, the correspondingrear seat belt indicator will appear white ornot illuminate for models with a trip com-puter. When one of the rear seat belts areunbuckled, the corresponding rear seatbelt indicator will appear red.After a change in buckle status, a chime willsound and the warning will appear for an-other 65 seconds.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenthe driver and front passenger seat belts.For additional information, see “Seat belts”(P. 1-10).


Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF or LOCK position.The blinking security indicator light indi-cates that the security systems equippedon the vehicle are operational.For additional information, see “Securitysystems” (P. 2-38).

Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the system isoperational.If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,and pretensioner seat belt systems needservicing:• The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or the pretensioner(s) may not func-tion properly. For additional information,see “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)”(P. 1-43).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warninglight is on, it could mean that the frontair bag, side air bag, curtain air bagand/or pretensioner systems will notoperate in an accident. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have yourvehicle checked as soon as possible. Itis recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS(yellow)For additional information on warningsand indicators, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminatesand then turns off. This indicates the ABS isoperational.If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally but without anti-lock assistance. For additional information,see “Brake system” (P. 5-132).

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) systemwarning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. It turnsoff after the engine is started.


This light illuminates when the AEB systemis set to off in the vehicle information dis-play (if so equipped), set to off using theDrive Systems OFF switch (if so equipped),or the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem is turned off.If the light illuminates when the AEB sys-tem is on, it may indicate that the system isunavailable. For additional information, see“Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)”(P. 5-87) and “Intelligent Forward CollisionWarning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-109).

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) withPedestrian Detectionsystem warning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. It turnsoff after the engine is started.This light illuminates when the AEB withPedestrian Detection system is set to off inthe vehicle information display (if soequipped), set to off using the Drive Sys-tems OFF switch (if so equipped), or theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system isturned off.

If the light illuminates when the AEB withPedestrian Detection system is on, it mayindicate that the system is unavailable. Foradditional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection” (P. 5-97) and “Intelligent ForwardCollision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-109).

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)indicator light (if soequipped)

This indicator light will illuminate when theBSW system is operating. If the light illumi-nates yellow while the system is on, it mayindicate a malfunction. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.For additional information, see “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P. 5-34) and “Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-46).

or Electronicparking brakewarning light (ifso equipped)

The electronic parking brake systemwarning light functions for the electronicparking brake system. If the warning lightilluminates, it may indicate the electronic

parking brake system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.For additional information, see “Parkingbrake” (P. 5-22).

Engine start operationindicator light (if soequipped)

For vehicles equipped with push-button ig-nition this indicator illuminates when theignition switch is in the LOCK, OFF or ONposition with the shift lever in the P (Park)position.This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the push-button ignitionswitch with the brake pedal depressed.

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light willbe lit and the passenger front air bag will beoff depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.For additional information, see “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” (P. 1-54).


Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (if soequipped)

If this indicator light illuminates yellowwhile the system is on, it may indicate amalfunction. Have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.For additional information, see “Lane De-parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-28).

Low fuel warning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thefuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will bea small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty).

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-tors the tire pressure of all tires except thespare.

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure or indicates that theTPMS is not functioning properly.After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1second and turns off.Low tire pressure warningIf the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illumi-nate. The “CHECK TIRE PRES” (vehicleswithout a vehicle information display)also appears in the trip computer or the“Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” (vehicleswith a vehicle information display) ap-pears in the vehicle information display.When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure of all four tires to the rec-ommended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label lo-cated in the driver’s door opening. The lowtire pressure warning light does not auto-matically turn off when the tire pressure isadjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle mustbe driven at speeds above 16 mph (25km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn offthe low tire pressure warning light. Use atire pressure gauge to check the tirepressure.

For vehicles without a vehicle informationdisplay, the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated until the tires are in-flated to the recommended COLD tirepressure. The “CHECK TIRE PRES” warningmessage is displayed each time the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON position aslong as the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated.For vehicles with a vehicle information dis-play, the “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24), “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and(P. 6-3).TPMS malfunctionIf the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.The "CHECK TIRE PRES" warning message/”Tire Pressure Low— Add Air” warning does


not appear if the low tire pressure warninglight illuminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and“Tire pressure” (P. 8-27).

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Thosewho use a pacemaker should contactthe electric medical equipmentmanufacturer for the possible influ-ences before use.

• If the light does not illuminate withthe ignition switch placed in the ONposition, have the vehicle checked assoon as possible. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

• If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehiclespeed, pull off the road to a safe loca-tion and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. Driving with under-inflatedtires may permanently damage thetires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an acci-dent and could result in serious per-sonal injury or death. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust thetire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tireand Loading Information label lo-cated in the driver’s door opening toturn the low tire pressure warninglight off. If the light still illuminateswhile driving after adjusting the tirepressure, a tire may be flat or theTPMS may be malfunctioning. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a sparetire as soon as possible. If no tire isflat and all tires are properly inflated,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• When using a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tirepressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.

• Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could af-fect the proper operation of theTPMS.

CAUTION

• The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sureto check the tire pressure regularly.

• If the vehicle is being driven atspeeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h),the TPMS may not operate correctly.

• Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.


Low windshield-washerfluid warning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Addwindshield-washer fluid as necessary. Foradditional information, see “Windshield-washer fluid” (P. 8-10).

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it mayindicate a potential emission controlmalfunction.The MIL may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.If this indicator light comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emission

control system inspection/maintenancetest. For additional information, see “Readi-ness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test”(P. 10-22).

Master warning light (if soequipped)

This light illuminates yellow when variousvehicle information display warningsappear.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

NISSAN Intelligent Key®warning light (if soequipped)

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2seconds and then turns off. This light illumi-nates or blinks as follows:• The light blinks in yellow when the door is

closed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theON position. Make sure that the IntelligentKey is inside the vehicle.

• The light illuminates in yellow when itwarns of a malfunction with the electricalsteering lock system or the Intelligent Keysystem.

If the warning light illuminates in yellowwhile the engine is stopped, it may be im-possible to free the steering lock or to startthe engine. If the light comes on while theengine is running, you can drive the vehicle.However, in these cases, have the vehiclechecked and repaired as soon as possible.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key® System” (P. 3-6).

Power steering warninglight

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

• When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates the power steering is operational.If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering is not function-ing properly and may need servicing. Havethe power steering checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering, but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.For additional information, see “Powersteering” (P. 5-131).

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) warning light (if soequipped)

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. It turnsoff after the engine is started.

This light illuminates when the RAB systemis turned off in the vehicle information dis-play or set to off using the Drive SystemsOFF switch.If the light illuminates when the RAB sys-tem is on, it may indicate that the system isunavailable. For additional information, see“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-80).

Shift P (Park) warning light(if so equipped)

This light blinks red and the key reminderchime sounds if the shift lever is in anyposition other than P (Park) and the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position. Return theshift lever to P (Park) with the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and the light willturn off. Place the ignition switch in theLOCK position and the chime will turn off.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key® System” (P. 3-6).

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is op-erating, thus alerting the driver to the factthat the road surface is slippery and thevehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working;this is normal.The light will blink for a few seconds afterthe VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.The indicator light also comes onwhen you place the ignition switch in theON position. The light will turn off after ap-proximately 2 seconds if the system is op-erational. If the light does not come onhave the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when theVDC is turned off in the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped) or by pushing theVDC OFF switch (if so equipped). This indi-cates the VDC has been turned off.Turn the VDC on using the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped) or by restartingthe engine. For additional information, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”(P. 5-134).The VDC light also comes on when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position.The light will turn off after a period of time ifthe system is operational. If the light stays


on or comes on along with the indica-tor light while you are driving, have the VDCsystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

VDC should remain on unless freeing avehicle from mud or snow.

While the VDC system is operating, youmight feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-tem working when starting the vehicle oraccelerating, but this is normal.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS(other)For additional information on warningsand indicators, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

Automatic brake holdindicator light (white/green)(if so equipped)

The automatic brake hold indicator light(white) illuminates when the automaticbrake hold system is on standby.The automatic brake hold indicator light(green) illuminates when the automaticbrake hold system is operating.

For additional information, see “Automaticbrake hold” (P. 5-25).

CRUISE indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

The light comes on when the cruise controlswitch is pushed. The light goes out whenthe switch is pushed again. When thecruise indicator light comes on, the cruisecontrol system is operational. For addi-tional information, see “Cruise control”(P. 5-55).

Front fog light indicatorlight (green) (if soequipped)

The front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on. Foradditional information, see “Fog lightswitch” (P. 2-51).

High Beam Assist indicatorlight (green) (if so equipped)

This indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with the highbeams selected. This indicates that thehigh beam assist is operational.

For additional information, see “Headlightand turn signal switch” (P. 2-44).

High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the head-light high beams are on and goes out whenthe low beams are selected.The high beam indicator light also comeson when the passing signal is activated.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

This indicator light will blink when the LDWsystem is operating.For additional information, see “Lane De-parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-28).

NISSAN Intelligent Key®warning light (green) (if soequipped)

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light comes on for about 2seconds and then turns off. This light illumi-nates or blinks as follows:


• The light blinks in green when the Intelli-gent Key battery is running out of power.Replace the battery with a new one. Foradditional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-22).

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, you can drive the vehicle. However,in these cases, have the vehicle checkedand repaired as soon as possible. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key® System” (P. 3-6).

SET indicator light (green)(if so equipped)

This light comes on while the vehicle speedis controlled by the cruise control system. Ifthe light blinks while the engine is running,it may indicate the cruise control system isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.For additional information, see “Cruise con-trol” (P. 5-55).

Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator lightilluminates when the side light or head-lights are on. If the headlight switch is in theAUTO position, the side light and headlightindicator light will illuminate when theheadlights turn on. For additional informa-tion, see “Headlight and turn signal switch”(P. 2-44).

SPORT mode indicatorlight (green) (if soequipped)

This light illuminates and then turns offwhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, and when the SPORT mode isselected.For additional information, see “Drive Sportmode switch” (P. 5-21).

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights (green)

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

NOTE:

In case of a turn signal light bulb mal-function, the turn signal will flash at ahigher frequency when the turn signalswitch is activated.Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.For additional information, see “Lights”(P. 8-24).

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a disc brake pad requiresreplacement, it makes a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion, whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked as soonas possible if the warning sound is heard. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Light reminder chimeWith the ignition switch placed in the OFFposition, a chime sounds when the driver'sdoor is opened if the headlights or parkinglights are on.


Turn the headlight control switch off or toAUTO before leaving the vehicle.

NISSAN Intelligent Key® doorchimeThe Intelligent Key door chime sounds ifany one of the following improper opera-tions is found.• The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle

when locking the doors.• The Intelligent Key is taken outside the

vehicle when operating the vehicle.When the chime sounds, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Sys-tem. For additional information, see“NISSAN Intelligent Key® System” (P. 3-6).

Parking brake reminder chimeA chime sounds if the parking brake is setand the vehicle is driven. The chime willstop if the parking brake is released or thevehicle speed returns to zero.

The vehicle information display is locatedto the left of the speedometer. It displayssuch items as:• Audio Information• Drive Computer Information• Fuel Economy Information• Indicators and Warnings• Vehicle and Meter Display Settings• Odometer/twin trip odometer• Gear Position Indicator (P, R, N, D, L)• Distance To Empty and Fuel Indicator

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAYThe vehicle information display can bechanged using the ,

, and OK buttons located on the steer-ing wheel.

�1 - Use these buttonsto navigate the vehicle informationdisplay.

�2 OK - Change or select an item in thevehicle information display.

�3 (if so equipped) — Returns to theprevious menu.

LIC4650 LIC3566

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY (ifso equipped)


The OK, and buttons alsocontrol audio and control panel functionsin some conditions. Most screens andmenus offer instruction prompts of thesteering switch buttons to indicate how tocontrol the vehicle information display.Dots on the left side of the vehicle informa-tion display will appear if there is more thanone page of menu items. The OK buttonchanges the audio source and the

buttons also control voice recognitionmanual mode. For additional information,refer to the separate NissanConnect®Owner’s Manual.

STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle in placed in the ON posi-tion the screens that display in the vehicleinformation display include:• Gauges• Audio• Fuel Economy• Drive Computer• Warning Review• SettingsFor additional information on warningsand indicators, see “Vehicle informationdisplay warnings and indicators” (P. 2-32).To control what items display in the vehicleinformation display, see to “Customize dis-play” (P. 2-27).

SETTINGSThe setting mode allows you to change theinformation displayed in the vehicle infor-mation display as well as the model forseveral vehicle functions:• VDC Setting• Driver Assistance• Customize Display• Vehicle Settings• TPMS Settings• Maintenance• Clock• Unit/Language• Factory Reset

VDC SettingThe VDC Setting menu allows the user to enable or disable the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationSystem Allows the user turn the VDC system on or off. For additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)

system” (P. 5-134).


Driver AssistanceThe driver assistance menu allows the user to change the various driving aids and assistance options.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationLane Displays the available lane options.

Lane Departure Warning Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system on or off. For additional information, see “LaneDeparture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-28).

Blind Spot Displays the available blind spot options.Blind Spot Warning Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system on or off. For additional information, see “Blind Spot

Warning (BSW)” (P. 5-34).Side Indicator Brightness Allows user to change the brightness of the side indicator.

Emergency Brake Displays the available emergency brake options.Front Allows user to turn the emergency brake on or off. For additional information, see “Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB)” (P. 5-87) or “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” (P. 5-97).Rear Allows user to turn the emergency brake on or off. For additional information, see “Rear Automatic Braking

(RAB)” (P. 5-80).Parking Aids Displays the available parking aids options.

Sonar Displays the available sonar options For additional information, see “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P. 5-140).Rear Sensor Allows user to turn the rear sensor on or off.Display Allows user to turn the display on or off.Volume Allows user to adjust the volume to High/Med/Low.Range Allows user to adjust the range to Far/Mid/Near.

Moving Object Allows user to turn moving object detection on or off. For additional information, see “Moving Object Detection(MOD)” (P. 4-27).

Cross Traffic Allows user to turn Rear Cross Traffic Alert on or off. For additional information, see “Rear Cross Traffic Alert(RCTA)” (P. 5-46).

Driver Attention Alert Allows user to turn the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system on or off. For additional information, see Intelli-gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) (P. 5-124).


Menu item ExplanationTimer Alert Allows user to set or reset an alert at a specific time interval.Low Temperature Alert Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off.Chassis Control Displays the available chassis control options.

Active Trace Control Allows the user to turn the Intelligent Trace Control (I-TC) feature on or off. For additional information, see“Chassis Control” (P. 5-137).

Active Engine Brake Allows the user to turn the Intelligent Engine Brake (I-EB) feature on or off. For additional information, see“Chassis Control” (P. 5-137).

Customize DisplayThe customize display menu allows the user to customize the information that appears in the vehicle information display.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationMain Menu Selection Displays available screens that can be shown in the vehicle information display.

Status Allows user to turn the status screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Drive Computer Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Driving Aids Allows user to turn the driving aids screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Coolant Temp. Allows user to turn the coolant temp. screen on or off in the vehicle information display.Chassis Control Allows user to turn the chassis control screen on or off in the vehicle information display.

ECO Info Settings Displays the available ECO info settings.ECO Drive Report Select to display this report when the ignition in switch is placed in the ON position.View History Select to view the vehicle’s history.

Welcome Effect Displays the available welcome effect settings.Gauges Allows user to turn the gauges effect on or off.Animation Allows user to turn the animation effect on or off.


Vehicle SettingsThe vehicle settings allow the user to change the settings for lights, wipers, locking, keys, and other vehicle settings.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationRear Door Alert Displays the available Rear Door Alert options. For additional information, see “Rear Door Alert” (P. 2-57).

Horn & Alert When selected, the alert is displayed and the horn sounds.Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed.OFF When selected, no alert or horn will be active.

Lighting Displays the available lighting settings.Welcome Headlight Displays the available welcome headlight options.

Welcome & Farewell Allows user to set the headlights to turn on when they approach and leave the vehicle.Welcome Allows user to set the headlights to turn on when they approach the vehicle.Farewell Allows user to set the headlights to turn on when they leave the vehicle.OFF Allows user to set the headlights to turn off when not driving.

Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off.Light Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.Auto Light Allows user to turn the auto light feature on or off.Light Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time, from 0 to 180 seconds, that the automatic headlights stay on af-

ter the vehicle is shut off.Turn Indicator Displays the available turn indicator settings.

3 Flash Pass Allows user to turn the 3 flash pass feature on or off. For additional information, see “Headlight and turn sig-nal switch” (P. 2-44).

Locking Displays the available locking settings.Ext. Door Switch Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is acti-

vated.


Menu item ExplanationSelective Unlock Allows user to turn selective unlock on or off. When turned on, only the driver’s door is unlocked after the

door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front passenger’s side door ispushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if thedoor unlock operation is performed again within 5 seconds. When this item is turned off, all the doors will beunlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.

Auto Door Unlock Displays the available auto door unlock options.Shift to P Doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).IGN OFF Doors will unlock when the ignition is turned off.OFF Doors will have to be manually unlocked.

Answer Back Horn Allows user to turn the answer back horn feature on or off. When turned on, the horn will chirp and the haz-ard indicators will flash twice when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.

Wipers Displays the available wipers settings.Speed Dependent Allows user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.Reverse Link Allows user to turn the reverse link feature on or off.Wiper with Speed Allows user to turn the wiper with speed feature on or off.

Remote Engine Start Allows user to turn the Remote Engine Start feature on or off. When turned off, the vehicle cannot be startedremotely.

TPMS SettingsThe TPMS settings menu allows the user to change the tire pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationTPMS Settings Displays available TPMS Settings.

Tire Pressure Unit Allows user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.


MaintenanceThe maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. For additional informa-tion, see “Changing wheels and tires” (P. 8-36). Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditionsaffect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does notmean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks.Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.

Menu item ExplanationOil and Filter Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.Tire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.Other Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.

ClockSome menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationClock Allows user to adjust the clock settings and time within the vehicle information display. Adjustments that can

be made include manually setting the time and 12H/24H format.If these options do not appear, the clock must be set within the center display. For additional information, re-fer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).


Unit/LanguageThe unit/language menu allows the user to change the units shown in the vehicle information display.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item ExplanationMileage/Fuel Displays the available mileage/fuel display units and allows user to select preferred unit for display.Tire Pressures Allows user to select the tire pressure display units.Temperature Allows user to select the temperature display units.Language Displays the available language options and allows user to select preferred language for display.

Factory ResetThe factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status.Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item Explanation

Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once selected,the user can confirm or cancel the reset.


VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAYWARNINGS AND INDICATORSThe following messages may appear inyour vehicle information display.

Engine start operation forIntelligent Key system (ifI-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery ofthe Intelligent Key is low and when the In-telligent Key system and the vehicle are notcommunicating normally.If this appears, touch the ignition switchwith the Intelligent Key while depressingthe brake pedal. For additional information,see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dis-charge” (P. 5-13).

Key System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this warning appears for a periodof time and then turns off.The I-Key System Error message warns ofa malfunction with the Intelligent Key sys-tem. If the warning appears while the en-gine is stopped, it may be impossible tostart the engine.

If the warning appears while the engine isrunning, you can drive the vehicle. However,in these cases, have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Key Battery LowThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.If this indicator appears, replace the bat-tery with a new one. For additional infor-mation, see “Battery replacement” (P. 8-22).

No Key DetectedThis warning appears when the IntelligentKey is left outside the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in the ON position. Make surethe Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key® System” (P. 3-6).

Alarm - Time for a break?This indicator appears when the driver en-ables the Timer Alert function within theDriving Assistance settings and the se-lected set time is expired. The time is basedon ignition on time and can be set up to sixhours.

Chassis Control System Error SeeOwner’s ManualThis warning appears if the chassis controlis not functioning properly. Have the sys-tem checked by a NISSAN dealer. For addi-tional information, see “Chassis Control”(P. 5-137).

Caution Steep slopeThis warning appears when the automaticbrake hold function is activated while thevehicle is on a steep hill.. For additional in-formation, see “Automatic brake hold”(P. 5-25).Rear Door Alert is activatedWhen the system is enabled, this messageappears when the Rear Door Alert systemis active and can remind the driver to checkthe back seat.• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver

can select “Dismiss Message” to clear thedisplay for a period of time. If no selectionis made, this message automaticallyturns off after a period of time.

• Using the steering wheel switch, a drivercan select “Disable Alert” to disable thehorn alert for the remainder of the cur-rent trip.


WARNING

Selecting “Dismiss Message” during astop within a trip temporarily dis-misses the message for that stop with-out turning the system off. Alerts canbe provided for other stops during thetrip. Selecting “Disable Alert” turns offthe Rear Door Alert system for the re-mainder of a trip and no audible alertwill be provided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“How to use the vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).For additional information, see “Rear DoorAlert” (P. 2-57).Check Back Seat For All ArticlesWhen the system is enabled, this messageappears when the vehicle comes to a com-plete stop, the vehicle is transitioned fromthe D (Drive) position to P (Park) position,and the driver exits the vehicle. This mes-sage alerts the driver, after a period of time,to check for items in the rear seat after theaudible alert has been provided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en-ables it using the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see“How to use the vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).For additional information, see “Rear DoorAlert” (P. 2-57).

Door/liftgate OpenThis warning appears when a door or theliftgate has been opened.Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManualThis warning appears when there is an er-ror with the system. For additional informa-tion, see “Headlight and turn signal switch”(P. 2-44).

High Coolant Temp: SeeOwner’s Manual

This warning appears when the tempera-ture of the engine coolant is too high. Stopthe vehicle in a safe location as soon aspossible. Avoid quick starting or abrupt ac-celeration. When the warning turns off, thevehicle can be driven.

If the warning appears again soon after itturns off, have the vehicle checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Illumination indicatorThis indicator shows the illumination ad-justment of the instrument panel. For addi-tional information, see “Instrument bright-ness control” (P. 2-50).

Low FuelThis warning appears when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soonas it is convenient, preferably before thefuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will bea small reserve of fuel in the tank whenthe fuel gauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).

Low Outside TemperatureThis warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 37°F (3°C). The tempera-ture can be changed to display in Celsius orFahrenheit. For additional information, see“Settings” (P. 2-25).


Oil and FilterThis indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for changing the en-gine oil and filter. You can set or reset thedistance for checking or replacing theseitems. For scheduled maintenance itemsand intervals, see “Maintenance andschedules” (P. 9-7).

OtherThis indicator appears when the customerset distance is reached for checking or re-placing maintenance items other than theengine oil, oil filter and tires. Other mainte-nance items can include such things as airfilter or tire rotation. The distance forchecking or replacing the items can be setor reset.

Outside TemperatureDisplay

The outside temperature display appearsin the center region of the vehicle informa-tion display.

Parking Sensor Error: See Owner’sManualThis warning appears when there is an er-ror with the system. For additional informa-tion, see “Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P. 5-140).Parking SensorThis indicator appears when the sensor isactivated. For additional information, see“Rear Sonar System (RSS)” (P. 5-140).Power will turn off to save the batteryThis message appears in the vehicle infor-mation display after a period of time if theignition switch is in the ON position and ifthe vehicle is in P (Park). For additional infor-mation, see “Push-button ignition switchpositions” (P. 5-12).Power turned off to save the batteryThis message appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned off. For addi-tional information, see “Push-button igni-tion switch positions” (P. 5-12).Press Brake PedalThis warning appears in the following situ-ations:• The driver tires to release the electronic

parking brake manually without depress-ing the brake pedal.

• The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill andthere is a possibility of moving backward,even if the electronic parking brake isapplied.

• This warning appears if the vehiclemoves while the automatic brake hold isactivated.

Press brake to operateswitch

This warning appears if the automaticbrake hold switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal while the auto-matic brake hold function is activated. De-press the brake pedal and push the switchto deactivate the automatic brake holdfunction.For additional information, see “Automaticbrake hold” (P. 5-25).

Push brake and startswitch to drive

This indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.This indicator also appears when the ve-hicle has been started using the RemoteEngine Start (if so equipped) function.


This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed. You can startthe engine from any position of the ignitionswitch.

Rear seat belt reminderThis warning appears for 65 seconds afterthe ignition is placed in the ON position andthe engine is started.This warning message shows the status ofthe three rear seat belts. When one of therear seat belts are buckled, the corre-sponding rear seat belt indicator will ap-pear white. When one of the rear seat beltsare unbuckled, the corresponding rear seatbelt indicator will appear red.After a change in buckle status, a chime willsound and the warning will appear for an-other 65 seconds.Release Parking BrakeThis warning appears in the message areaof the vehicle information display when theparking brake is set and the vehicle isdriven.

Reminder: Turn OFFHeadlights

This warning appears when the headlightsare left in the ON position when exiting thevehicle. Place the headlight switch in theOFF (if so equipped) or AUTO position. Foradditional information, see “Headlight andturn signal switch” (P. 2-44).

Shift to Park

This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position and the shiftlever is not in the P (Park) position. Also, achime sounds when the ignition switch isin the OFF position.If this warning appears, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and start the engine.Shipping Mode On Push Storage FuseThis warning may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thiswarning appears, push in the extendedstorage switch to turn off the warning. Foradditional information, see “Extended stor-age switch” (P. 2-60).

Steep slope Apply footbrake

This warning appears if the “Caution Steepslope” warning has appeared over about 3minutes. Then the parking brake will auto-matically be applied and the brake force ofthe automatic brake hold will be released,and the vehicle may move or roll away un-expectedly. Apply the foot brake to stop thevehicle from moving.For additional information, see “Automaticbrake hold” (P. 5-25).

Steering lock releasemalfunction indicator

This indicator appears when the steeringlock cannot be released.If this indicator appears, push the ignitionswitch while lightly turning the steeringwheel right and left.

TireThis indicator appears when the customerset distance is reached for replacing tires.You can set or reset the distance for replac-ing tires.


WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, in-cluding tire pressure checks. For addi-tional information, see “Changingwheels and tires” (P. 8-36). Many factorsincluding tire inflation, alignment, driv-ing habits and road conditions affecttire wear and when tires should be re-placed. Setting the tire replacement in-dicator for a certain driving distancedoes not mean your tires will last thatlong. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always performregular tire checks. Failure to performregular tire checks, including tire pres-sure checks could result in tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to a collision, which couldresult in serious personal injury ordeath.

Tire Pressure Low - Add AirThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected. Thewarning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning light re-mains illuminated. If this warning appears,

stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pres-sures of all four tires to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. For additionalinformation, see “Low tire pressure warninglight” (P. 2-18) and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” (P. 5-5).TPMS Error: See Owner’s ManualThis warning appears when there is an er-ror with your TPMS. If this warning comeson, have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Transmission Shift Positionindicator

This indicator shows the transmission shiftposition.

CVT Error: See Owner'sManual

This warning appears when there is aproblem with the CVT system. If thiswarning appears, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) emergencywarning indicator

This indicator appears along, with an au-dible warning, when the system detectsthe possibility of a forward collision.For additional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB)” (P. 5-87), “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe-destrian Detection” (P. 5-97) and “IntelligentForward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-109).

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)indicator

This indicator appears when the BSW sys-tem is engaged.For additional information, see “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P. 5-34).

Cruise control indicatorThis indicator shows the cruise control sys-tem status.For additional information, see “Cruise con-trol” (P. 5-55).


Drive Sport mode indicator

A small “S” appears to the right of the Trans-mission Shift Position indicator in the ve-hicle information display when the DriveSport mode is engaged.Activate the Drive Sport mode by pressingthe switch on the shift lever while the shiftlever is in the D (Drive) position.For additional information, see “Drive sportmode switch” (P. 5-21).

Driver Attention Alert —System Fault

This warning appears when the IntelligentDriver Alertness (I-DA) system is not func-tioning properly. For additional information,see Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)(P. 5-124).

Driver Attention Alert -Take a Break?

This alert appears when the system hasdetected that the driver may be displayingfatigue or a lack of attention.

Forward Driving Aids TemporarilyDisabled Front Sensor Blocked SeeOwner’s ManualThis message appears when the front ra-dar sensor may be obstructed due to:• mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc.• inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)All forward driving aids are temporarily dis-abled until the system detects that thefront radar sensor is no longer obstructed.For additional information, see the follow-ing (if so equipped):• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)

(P. 5-87)• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection (P. 5-97)• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (P. 5-57)• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-

FCW) (P. 5-109)Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) indicators

These indicators show the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system status. The sta-tus is shown by color. For additional infor-mation, see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)”(P. 5-57).

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) indicator

This indicator appears when the LDW sys-tem is engaged.For additional information, see “Lane De-parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-28).MalfunctionThis warning appears when one or more ofthe following systems (if so equipped) isnot functioning properly:• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)If one or more of these warning appears,have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) indicator

This indicator appears to indicate the sta-tus of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)system. For additional information, see“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-80).


Side Radar ObstructionThis message appears when the BlindSpot Warning (BSW) or Rear Cross TrafficAlert (RCTA) systems become unavailablebecause a radar blockage is detected. Foradditional information, see “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P. 5-34) or “Rear Cross Traf-fic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-46).System FaultThis warning appears if there is a malfunc-tion in the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)system. For additional information, see“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-80).

Vehicle ahead detectionindicator

This indicator appears when the Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) system isengaged and has detected a vehicle.For additional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB)” (P. 5-87) or “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe-destrian Detection” (P. 5-97).Unavailable: High Cabin TemperatureThis message appears when the cameradetects an interior temperature of morethan approximately 104°F (40°C). For addi-tional information, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)” (P. 5-28).

Your vehicle may have three types of secu-rity systems:• Vehicle security system• NISSAN Anti-Theft System• NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM (if soequipped)The vehicle security system provides visualand audible alarm signals if someoneopens the doors, hood or liftgate when thesystem is armed. It is not, however, a mo-

tion detection type system that activateswhen a vehicle is moved or when a vibra-tion occurs.The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your keys in the vehicle, andalways lock the vehicle when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and park insecure, well-lit areas whenever possible.Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and spe-cialty shops. A NISSAN dealer may also offersuch equipment. Check with your insur-ance company to see if you may be eligiblefor discounts for various theft protectionfeatures.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows. (The system can be

armed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the keys from the vehicle.

LIC3633

SECURITY SYSTEMS (if so equipped)


3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, mechanical key, ordoor handle request switch (if soequipped).

4. Confirm that the security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. The vehicle security system willautomatically shift into the armedphase. The security light begins toflash once every three seconds. If duringthe pre-armed phase one of the follow-ing occurs, the system will not arm:

• Any door is unlocked with the IntelligentKey, mechanical key, or door requestswitch (if so equipped).

• Ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

• Even when the driver and/or passen-gers are in the vehicle, the system willactivate with all the doors, hood andliftgate locked with the ignition switchplaced in the LOCK position. When plac-ing the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:• The headlights or turn lamps blink and

the horn sounds intermittently butsynchronously.

• The alarm automatically turns off after aperiod of time. However, the alarm reacti-vates if the vehicle is tampered withagain.

The alarm is activated by:• opening any door, hood or the liftgate

without using the key or Intelligent Key(even if the door is unlocked by releasingthe door inside lock knob).

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm stops only by unlocking a dooror the liftgate with the key fob, pressing the

button on the Intelligent Key, or push-ing the request switch (if so equipped) onthe driver's or passenger's door with theIntelligent Key in range of the door handle.

NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM(NATS) (if so equipped)The NISSAN Anti-Theft System will not al-low the engine to start without the use of aregistered NATS key.

If the engine does not start using the reg-istered NATS key, it may be due to interfer-ence caused by:• Another NATS key• Automated toll road device• Automated payment device• Other devices that transmit similar

signalsStart the engine using the followingprocedure:1. Remove any items that may be causing

the interference away from the NATS key.

2. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

3. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 again.

5. Start the engine.

6. Repeat the steps above until all possibleinterferences are eliminated.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the regis-tered NATS key separate from other de-vices to avoid interference.


NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM (if so equipped)The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of a registered key.If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedures:1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-

tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredkey.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions; (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user's author-ity to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device contains licence-exempttransmitter(s)/receiver(s) that complywith Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment Canada’s licence-exemptRSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause interference. (2) This de-vice must accept any interference, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

Security indicator light (if soequipped)The security indicator light blinks wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF orLOCK position.This function indicates the NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) is operational.If the NATS is malfunctioning, the light willremain on while the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

LIC0474


If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, seek service for theNATS as soon as possible. Please bring allregistered keys that you have. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

SWITCH OPERATIONWARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the windshieldand obscure your vision which maylead to an accident. Warm the wind-shield with the defroster before youwash the windshield.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

• Do not fill the windshield-washerfluid reservoir with windshield-washer fluid concentrates at fullstrength. Some methyl alcoholbased windshield-washer fluid con-centrates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluidconcentrates with water to themanufacturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid concentrate and water.

NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFFposition and remove the snow or ice thatis on and around the wiper arms. In ap-proximately 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

LIC2661

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knobtoward OA (faster) or OB (slower). Also,the intermittent operation speed variesin accordance with the vehicle speed (ifso equipped). (For example, when thevehicle speed is high, the intermittentoperation speed will be faster.)

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

�3 High — continuous high speedoperation

Push the lever up O4 to have one sweepoperation (MIST) of the wiper.Pull the lever toward you O5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

NOTE:

The Wiper with Speed feature may bedisabled. For additional information, see“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

REAR SWITCH OPERATIONWARNING

In freezing temperatures the washersolution may freeze on the rear windowand obscure your vision which maylead to an accident. Warm the rear win-dow with the defroster before youwash the rear window.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continu-ously for more than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

• Do not fill the windshield-washerfluid reservoir with windshield-washer fluid concentrates at fullstrength. Some methyl alcoholbased windshield-washer fluid con-centrates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluidconcentrates with water to themanufacturer’s recommended levelsbefore pouring the fluid into thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid concentrate and water.

NOTE:

If the rear window wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow, etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow, etc. on and around thewiper arms. After about 1 minute, turnthe switch on again to operate the wiper.

LIC2662


The rear window wiper and washer oper-ate when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. Turn the switch clockwise fromthe OFF position to operate the wiper.

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation(not adjustable)

�2 Low — continuous low speed operationPush the switch forward O3 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.If the windshield wipers are on and the ve-hicle is placed in R (Reverse) the rear wiperwill automatically turn on while the vehicleremains in R (Reverse).

NOTE:

The Reverse Link feature may be dis-abled. For additional information, see“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

To defrost the rear window glass, start theengine and push the rear window defrosterswitch on. The rear window defroster indi-cator light on the switch comes on. Pushthe switch again to turn the defroster off.To defrost the outside mirrors (if soequipped), start the engine and push theoutside mirror defroster switch on. Theoutside mirror defroster indicator light onthe switch comes on. Push the switchagain to turn the defroster off.The rear window/outside mirror defroster(if so equipped) automatically turns off af-ter approximately 15 minutes.

NOTE:

Use defroster and/or outside mirror de-froster when engine is running to avoiddischarging the battery.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window defroster.



REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDEMIRROR (if so equipped)DEFROSTER SWITCH


HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCHLighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position,and the side, tail, license plate, and in-strument panel lights will come on.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position,and the headlights will come on and allthe other lights remain on.

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.



LIC4237Type C (if so equipped)

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNALSWITCH


Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlightsto turn on and off automatically. The auto-light system can:• Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,

license plate and instrument panel lightsautomatically when it is dark.

• Turn off all the lights when it is light.• Keep all the lights on for a period of time

after you place the ignition switch in theOFF position and all doors are closed.

NOTE:Autolight activation sensitivity andthe time delay for autolight shutoffcan be adjusted. For additional infor-mation, see “Vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).To turn on the autolight system:1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO

position O1 .

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.

LIC4498Type D (if so equipped)




3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and a door is opened and leftopen, the headlights remain on for a periodof time. If another door is opened while theheadlights are on, then the timer is reset.To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF (if so equipped), , or

position.The headlights will turn on automatically attwilight or in rainy weather (when the wind-shield wiper is operated continuously).If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and one of the doors is openedand this condition is continued, the head-lights remain on for 5 minutes.

Be sure you do not put anything on topof the autolight sensor located in the topside O1 of the instrument panel. The au-tolight sensor controls the autolight; if itis covered, the autolight sensor reacts asif it is dark out and the headlights willilluminate. If this occurs while parkedwith the engine off and the ignitionswitch placed in the ON position, yourvehicle's battery could becomedischarged.

Headlight beam select�1 To select the high beam function, push

the lever forward while the low beamsare on. The high beam lights come onand the indicator light illuminates.

�2 Pull the lever back to return to the lowbeam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashesthe headlight high beams on and off.The low beams do not need to be onfor this to function.

LIC4006 LIC2637


High Beam Assist (if so equipped)The High Beam Assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap-proximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and above. Ifan oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-pears in front of your vehicle when theheadlight high beam is on, the headlightwill be switched to the low beamautomatically.

WARNING

• The High Beam Assist system is aconvenience but it is not a substitutefor safe driving operation. The drivershould remain alert at all times, en-sure safe driving practices andswitch the high beams and low beammanually when necessary.

• The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the fol-lowing conditions. Switch the highbeam and low beam manually.– During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, wind, etc.).– When a light source similar to a

headlight or tail light is in the vi-cinity of the vehicle.

– When the headlights of the on-coming vehicle or the leading ve-

hicle are turned off, when the colorof the light is affected due to for-eign materials on the lights, orwhen the light beam is out ofposition.

– When there is a sudden, continu-ous change in brightness.

– When driving on a road thatpasses over rolling hills, or a roadthat has level differences.

– When driving on a road with manycurves.

– When a sign or mirror-like surfaceis reflecting intense light towardsthe front of the vehicle.

– When the container, etc. beingtowed by a leading vehicle is re-flecting intense light.

– When a headlight on your vehicleis damaged or dirty.

– When the vehicle is leaning at anangle due to a punctured tire, be-ing towed, etc.

• The timing of switching the lowbeam and high beam may changeunder the following situations.– The brightness of the headlights

of the oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

– The movement and direction ofthe oncoming vehicle and theleading vehicle.

– When only one light on the on-coming vehicle or the leading ve-hicle is illuminated.

– When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

– Road conditions (incline, curve,the road surface, etc.).

– The number of passengers andthe amount of luggage.


High Beam Assist operationTo activate the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTO po-sition O1 and push the lever forward O2

(high beam position). The High BeamAssist indicator light in the meter will illumi-nate while the headlights are turned on.If the High Beam Assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, it mayindicate that the system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 16 mph (25 km/h), the head-light uses the low beam.To turn off the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the posi-tion or select the low beam position byplacing the lever in the neutral position.

Ambient image sensor maintenanceThe ambient image sensor OA for the HighBeam Assist system is located in front ofthe inside mirror. To maintain the properoperation of the high beam assist systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sureto observe the following:• Always keep the windshield clean.• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessorynear the ambient image sensor.

• Do not strike or damage the areasaround the ambient image sensor. Donot touch the sensor lens that is locatedon the ambient image sensor.

LIC3696 LIC4969


If the ambient image sensor is damageddue to an accident, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Battery saver systemThe battery saver system automaticallyturns off the ignition after a period of timewhen the ignition switch is left in the ONposition.The battery saver system automaticallyturns off the following lights after a periodof time when the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position:• Headlights, when the headlight switch is

in the or position• Interior lights, when left in the ON position

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver featureautomatically turns off the headlightsafter a period of time, you should turnthe headlight switch to the OFF posi-tion (if so equipped) when the engine isnot running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL)SYSTEM (Type A) (if so equipped)The DRL portion of the fog light assemblyautomatically illuminates when the engineis started with the parking brake released.The DRL operate with the headlight switchin the OFF or AUTO position. Turn the head-light switch to the position for fullillumination when driving at night. (The DRLwill turn off.)If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the DRL do not illuminate.The DRL illuminate once the parking brakeis released. The DRL will remain on until theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch on for interior controls and switchesto illuminate, as those remain off while theswitch is in the OFF or AUTO position.

WARNING

When the DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It isnecessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could causean accident injuring yourself andothers.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS(DRL) SYSTEM (Type B) (if soequipped)The LED DRL portion of the fog light assem-bly automatically illuminates when the en-gine is started with the parking brake re-leased. The LED DRL operate with theheadlight switch in the OFF or AUTO posi-tion. Turn the headlight switch to theposition for full illumination when driving atnight. (The LED DRL will turn off.)If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the LED DRL do not illumi-nate. The LED DRL illuminate once theparking brake is released. The LED DRL willremain on until the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch on for interior controls and switchesto illuminate, as those remain off while theswitch is in the OFF or AUTO position.

WARNING

When the LED DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It isnecessary at dusk to turn on your head-lights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.


INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLTurn the control knob OA to adjust thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHTurn signal�1 Move the lever up or down to signal the

turning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signal cancelsautomatically.

Lane change signal�2 Move the lever up or down until the turn

signal begins to flash, but the leverdoes not latch, to signal a lane change.Hold the lever until the lane change iscompleted.



LIC2638


Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, and release the lever. The turnsignal will automatically flash three times.Choose the appropriate method to signala lane change based on road and trafficconditions.

NOTE:

The 3 flash pass feature may be disabled.For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P. 2-24).

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the or position, thenturn the fog light switch to theposition.To turn the fog lights on with the headlightswitch in the AUTO position, the headlightsmust be on, then turn the fog light switch tothe position.To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog lightswitch to the OFF position.

To sound the horn, push near the horn iconon the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system.Tampering with the supplementalfront air bag system may result in seri-ous personal injury.

LIC2639 LIC3568

HORN


WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to usethe seat heater if you or the occupantscannot monitor elevated seat tem-peratures or have an inability to feelpain in body parts that contact theseat. Use of the seat heater by suchpeople could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

• The battery could run down if theseat heater is operated while the en-gine is not running.

• Do not use the seat heater for ex-tended periods or when no one is us-ing the seat.

• Do not put anything on the seatwhich insulates heat, such as a blan-ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other-wise, the seat may becomeoverheated.

• Do not place anything hard or heavyon the seat or pierce it with a pin orsimilar object. This may result indamage to the heater.

• Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately witha dry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never usegasoline, benzine, thinner, or anysimilar materials.

• If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turnthe switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters.1. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.

2. Push the switch once for the high (2 in-dicators illuminated) setting. Push theswitch again for the low (1 indicator illu-minated) setting.The heater is controlled by a thermostat,automatically turning the heater on andoff. The indicator light(s) will remain onas long as the switch is on.

3. Push the switch again to turn it off (noindicators illuminated).

4. When the seat is warmed or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to push theswitch to turn it off.

LIC3973

HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if soequipped)


The heated steering wheel system is de-signed to operate only when the surfacetemperature of the steering wheel is below68°F (20°C).Push the heated steering wheel switch towarm the steering wheel after the enginestarts. The indicator light will come on.If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off andon to maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain on aslong as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heatedsteering wheel system off manually. Theindicator light will go off.

The Blind Spot Warning (BSW) switch isused to turn on and off the BSW system.When the BSW switch is pushed, the BSWsystem will turn on and the BSW indicatorlight in the meter will illuminate. When theBSW switch is pushed again, the BSW sys-tem will turn off and the BSW indicator lightwill turn off.The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systemmay be linked with the BSW system. Foradditional information, see “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P. 5-34) and “Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-46).

LIC4645 LIC4304

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (ifso equipped)

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) SWITCH(if so equipped)


The following systems (if so equipped) areautomatically enabled when the vehicle isstarted:• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection• Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)To turn the systems off, push the Drive Sys-tems OFF switch. The Automatic Emer-gency Braking (AEB)/ Automatic Emer-gency Braking (AEB) with PedestrianDetection system warning light and theRAB system warning light will illuminate inthe meter.

For additional information, see “AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB)” (P. 5-87), “Auto-matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pe-destrian Detection” (P. 5-97) and “Rear Auto-matic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-80).

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switchis used to turn on and off the LDW system.When the LDW switch is pushed, the LDWsystem will turn on and the LDW indicatorlight will illuminate. When the LDW switch ispushed again, the LDW system will turn offand the LDW indicator light will turn off.The LDW system warns the driver with awarning light and chime that the vehicle isbeginning to leave the driving lane. For ad-ditional information, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW)” (P. 5-28).

LIC4314 LIC4224

DRIVE SYSTEMS OFF SWITCH (if soequipped)

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SWITCH (if so equipped)


The Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)system, Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) with Pedestrian Detection system, orIntelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) system may be linked with the LDWsystem. For additional information, see “Au-tomatic Emergency Braking (AEB)” (P. 5-87),“Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection” (P. 5-97) and “Intelli-gent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)”(P. 5-109).

WARNING

The Rear Sonar System is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and checkthat it is safe to do so before backingup. Always back up slowly.

The RSS (if so equipped) is active when theignition switch is placed in the ON positionand the shift lever is in R (Reverse). Theindicator light on the switch will turn on.When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft(1.8 m) of the rear bumper, a beeping tone isemitted.

The RSS can be disabled by pushing theOFF switch. When the system is disabled,the indicator light on the switch will turn off.The system will automatically reset thenext time the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.For additional information, see “Rear SonarSystem (RSS)” (P. 5-140).

LIC4227

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) OFFSWITCH (if so equipped)


The vehicle should be driven with the VDCsystem on for most driving conditions.If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light willcome on. The Automatic Emergency Brak-ing (AEB) system warning light also maycome on.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. For addi-tional information, see “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system” (P. 5-134).

LIC4315

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)OFF SWITCH (if so equipped)


The Emergency call (SOS) button is used incombination with a NissanConnect® Ser-vices subscription to call for assistance incase of an emergency.The Emergency call button is under acover. Press the cover once O1 . The coverwill drop down, exposing the Emergencycall button.

Pressing the button O2 will (with a paidsubscription) reach a response specialistthat will provide assistance based on thesituation described by the vehicle’s occu-pant. For additional information, or to enrollyour vehicle, refer to www.NissanUSA.com/connect or call 855–426–6628.

The Rear Door Alert system functions un-der certain conditions to indicate theremay be an object or passenger in the rearseat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting thevehicle.The Rear Door Alert system is initially dis-abled. The driver can enable the systemusing the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle infor-mation display warnings and indicators”(P. 2-32).When the system is enabled:• The system is activated when a rear door

is opened and closed within 10 minutes ofthe vehicle being driven. When the driverdoor is closed and the system is acti-vated, a visual message appears in thevehicle information display. For additionalinformation, see “Rear Door Alert is acti-vated” (P. 2-32).

• If a rear door is opened and closed butthe vehicle is not driven within approxi-mately 10 minutes, the system will not beactivated. A rear door must be openedand closed and the car driven within 10minutes for the system to activate.

LIC4646

EMERGENCY CALL (SOS) BUTTON (ifso equipped)

REAR DOOR ALERT (if so equipped)


When the Rear Door Alert system is acti-vated:• When the driver puts the vehicle in the P

(Park) position, a notification messageappears in the vehicle information dis-play with the options to “Dismiss Mes-sage” or “Disable Alert” if desired.– Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily

disable for that stop.– No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” will

keep the alert enabled for that stop.• If the alert is enabled when a driver exits

the vehicle, a message will appear in thevehicle information display that states“Check Back Seat For All Articles.”If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected:–– An audible horn sound will occur after

a short time unless a rear door isopened and closed within a short timeto deactivate the alert.

–– If the doors are locked before the alertis deactivated by opening a rear door,the horn will sound.

–– If the liftgate is opened before a reardoor is opened, the horn will be delayeduntil after the liftgate is closed.

NOTE:

If “Alert Only” setting is selected, themessage alert will still be shown in thevehicle information display but the hornwill not sound.

WARNING

• If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, noaudible alert will be provided regard-less of rear door open/close status.

• There may be times when there is anobject or passenger in the rearseat(s) but the audible alert does notsound. For example, if rear seat pas-sengers enter or exit the vehicle dur-ing a trip.

• The system does not directly detectobjects or passengers in the rearseat(s). Instead, it can detect when arear door is opened and closed, indi-cating that there may be somethingin the rear seat(s).

NOTE:

There may be times when the hornsounds but there are no objects or pas-sengers in the rear seat(s).For additional information, see “Rear DoorAlert is activated” (P. 2-32).


There are USB/iPod® charging ports lo-cated on top of the center console or onthe back of the center console. These portswill charge compatible devices.

NOTE:

The USB/iPod® charging ports will notoperate with the display screen. Only theUSB connection port located on the in-strument panel, below the temperaturecontrols, will operate USB/iPod® devicesthrough the audio system.

12V OUTLETThe power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones. Itis rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum.The front console power outlet is poweredonly when the ignition switch is in the ONposition, or while the accessory power isactive.

LHA4725Type A (if so equipped)

LHA5423Type B (if so equipped)

LIC4959Instrument Panel

USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS POWER OUTLETS


NOTE:• When the ignition is in the OFF position,

the front console power outlet stopsdelivering power one minute after thedoor is opened and stays open.

• If the door remains closed after the ig-nition is placed in the OFF position, thefront console power outlet continuesto deliver power until the accessorypower timer has elapsed.

CAUTION

• The outlet and plug may be hot dur-ing or immediately after use.

• Only certain power outlets are de-signed for use with a cigarette lighterunit. Do not use any other power out-let for an accessory lighter. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for additional information.

• Do not use with accessories that ex-ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

• Do not use double adapters or morethan one electrical accessory.

• Use power outlets with the enginerunning to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

• Avoid using power outlets when theair conditioner, headlights or rearwindow defroster is on.

• Before inserting or disconnecting aplug, be sure the electrical accessorybeing used is turned off.

• Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plugmay overheat or the internal tem-perature fuse may open.

• When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any otherliquid to contact the outlet.

The extended storage switch is used whenthe vehicle is in transit from the factory. It islocated in the fuse panel OA which is on thedriver’s side left kick panel, near the floor, onthe inside of the panel. If any electricalequipment does not operate, ensure theextended storage switch is pushed fully inplace, as shown.

LIC3581

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH


FRONT-DOOR POCKETSLIC3266

Pulled positionLIC3268

Pushed positionLIC4303

STORAGE


REAR-DOOR POCKETS SEATBACK POCKETS (if soequipped)The seatback pockets are located on theback of the driver's and passenger's seats.The pockets can be used to store maps.

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the driv-er’s and/or front passenger’s NISSANAdvanced Air Bag System (if soequipped), please observe the follow-ing items:• Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatbackpocket or head restraint/headrest.

• Do not place heavy loads heavierthan 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback,head restraint/headrest or in theseatback pocket.

LIC3575 LIC0016


STORAGE TRAYSWARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the traysto help prevent injury in an accident orsudden stop.

LIC4004Storage compartment (if so equipped)

LIC4301Instrument panel pocket

(if so equipped)

LIC3986Center console (if so equipped)


GLOVE BOXOpen the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while drivingto help prevent injury in an accident ora sudden stop.

CONSOLE BOX (if so equipped)To open the console box, pull on the leverO1 and raise the lid O2 .To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

CUP HOLDERS

LIC3580 LIC4648 LIC4647Center console without armrest

(if so equipped)


CAUTION

• Avoid abrupt starting and brakingwhen the cup holder is being used toprevent spilling the drink. If the liquidis hot, it can scald you or yourpassenger.

• Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

CAUTION

• Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injurepeople during sudden braking or anaccident.

• Do not use bottle holder for open liq-uid containers.

LIC4968Center console with armrest

(if so equipped)

LIC3574Bottle holder — front

LIC3575Bottle holder — rear


To Close: Insert finger through flap notchesand pull them up O1 .

To Open: Pull down flaps from notch O2 . To remove mechanism: Make sure theflaps are open. Insert finger through thehandle and pull it up O3 to remove theentire mechanism.

NOTE:• Close flaps for larger cup holder space

such as for 32 oz. paper cups.• Open flaps for smaller cup holder

space such as for 12 oz. cans.

CAUTION

Do not use excessive force to operateflaps. It can result in mechanism failure.

LIC4651To Close

LIC4652To Open

LIC4653To Remove


LUGGAGE HOOKSThe luggage hooks that are located on thefloor should have loads less than 110 lbs.(490 N) to a single hook.The luggage hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

WARNING


• Use suitable ropes and hooks to se-cure cargo.

• Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-gage area. It is extremely dangerousto ride in a cargo area inside of a ve-hicle. In a collision, people riding inthese areas are more likely to be se-riously injured or killed.

• Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seat belts.

• The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed ina collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

• Be sure everyone in your vehicle is ina seat and using a seat belt properly.

GROCERY HOOKSThe grocery hooks are located in the cargoarea and allow for standard size plasticgrocery bags to hang side by side.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than6.6 lbs. (3 kg) to a single grocery hook.

LIC4300 LIC3569Left side shown (right similar)


CARGO COVER (if so equipped)WARNING

• Never put anything on the cargocover, no matter how small. Any ob-ject on it could cause an injury in anaccident or sudden stop.

• Do not put objects heavier than 44lbs. (20 kg) on the cargo cover forlong periods of time.

• Do not leave the cargo cover in thevehicle with it disengaged from theholder.


• Properly secure cargo and do not al-low it to contact the top tether strapwhen it is attached to the top tetheranchor. Cargo that is not properly se-cured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage the toptether strap during a collision. If thecargo cover contacts the top tetherstrap when it is attached to the toptether anchor, remove the cargocover from the vehicle or secure it onthe cargo floor below its attachmentlocation. If the cargo cover is not re-moved, it may damage the top tetherstrap during a collision. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed ina collision if the child restraint toptether strap is damaged.

The cargo cover keeps the luggage com-partment contents hidden from theoutside.

To remove the cargo cover:

�1 Remove the straps from the rear hatch.

�2 Remove the cargo cover from the hold-ers on the rear pillar.

LIC3349


ROOF RACK (if so equipped)WARNING

• Always install the crossbars onto theroof side rails before loading cargo ofany kind. Loading cargo directly ontothe roof side rails or the vehicle’s roofmay cause vehicle damage.

• Roof rack cross bars should be evenlydistributed.

• Do not exceed maximum roof rackcrossbars load capacity and alwaysdistribute the load uniformly.

• Heavy loading of the crossbars hasthe potential to affect the vehiclestability and handling during suddenor unusual handling maneuvers.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropesor straps to help prevent it from slid-ing or shifting. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

• Drive extra carefully when the vehicleis loaded at or near the cargo carry-ing capacity, especially if the signifi-cant portion of that load is carried onthe crossbars.

CAUTION

• Use care when placing or removingitems from the roof rack. If you can-not comfortably lift the items ontothe roof rack from the ground, use aladder or a stool.

Do not apply any load directly to the roofside rails OA . Crossbars OB must be in-stalled before applying load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle.Genuine NISSAN accessory crossbars maybe available through a NISSAN dealer. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for additional information.The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 110 lbs. (50 kg.), however do not ex-ceed the crossbars load capacity.Be careful that your vehicle does not ex-ceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR front and rear).For additional information regarding GVWRand GAWR, refer to:• F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certification label (lo-

cated on the driver’s door pillar).

LIC4202


Installing Crossbars (if soequipped)

WARNING

• It is recommended that you have theroof rack crossbars installed by aNISSAN dealer.

• Protect the painted area on the ve-hicle roof under the crossbars byplacing a piece of cloth under thecross bars to prevent scratchdamage.

• Make sure the moonroof (if soequipped) is in the closed positionduring the installation process. 1. Manually remove all 8 protective caps

from the roof rack rails. See Fig. 1.

NOTE:

Please stow these protective covers inthe glove box.

CAUTION

Covers should be re-installed if cross-bar is removed.

2. Identify the FRONT (A) & REAR (B) cross-bar assembly in the kit.

NOTE:

REAR Crossbar is shorter in length com-pared to the FRONT Crossbar

LIC4010 LIC4011


3. Identify markings on bottom side ofcrossbar end supports.

NOTE:• FL is FRONT Crossbar Driver Side.• FR is FRONT Crossbar Passenger Side• RL is REAR Crossbar Driver Side.• RR is REAR Crossbar Passenger Side.

When assembled, the Arrow on the bot-tom side of the crossbar end support al-ways points towards the front of thevehicle.

4. Position FRONT crossbar onto left andright roof rack rail; and adjust right supportin and out until it fits securely into position.See Fig. 4.

5. Make sure that the FRONT crossbar is inproper position with respect to the roofrack rail attachment positions, and looselyinstall all 4 bolts on FRONT crossbar usingthe T–30 TORX® screwdriver provided.See Fig. 5.

NOTE:

Start with driver side front bolt. Boltsshould not be fully tightened, only par-tially tightened.

LIC4012 LIC4013 LIC4014


6. Tighten all 4 bolts to 8–9 N-m torqueusing a T–30 TORX® torque wrench.

NOTE:a. Start with driver side front bolt.

b. T–30 TORX® torque wrench is not pro-vided with kit.

7. Repeat steps 4 through 6 for the REARcrossbar installation.8. After installation, gently wiggle the cross-bars to check for any loose fit. If loose fit isnoticed, please uninstall and repeat thesteps 4 through 7.

WARNING

• Please locate max load label oncrossbar end support.

• Do not load more than 100 lbs. (45kg).• Be careful that your vehicle does not

exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing (GVWR) or its Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR Front and Rear). TheGVWR and GAWR are located on theSafety Compliance Certification La-bel. For more information regardingGVWR and GAWR, see “Dimensionsand weights” (P. 10-9).

• Always evenly distribute the luggageand appropriate crossbar attach-ment on the crossbar.

POWER WINDOWSWARNING

• Make sure that all passengers havetheir hands, etc., inside the vehiclewhile it is in motion and before clos-ing the windows. Use the windowlock switch to prevent unexpecteduse of the power windows.

• To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of thevehicle and/or its systems, includingentrapment in windows or inadver-tent door lock activation, do notleave children, people who requirethe assistance of others or pets unat-tended in your vehicle. Additionally,the temperature inside a closed ve-hicle on a warm day can quickly be-come high enough to cause a signifi-cant risk of injury or death to peopleand pets.

The power windows operate when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position orfor a period of time after the ignition switchis placed in the OFF position. If the driver'sor passenger's door is opened during thisperiod of time, the power to the windows iscanceled.

LIC4015

WINDOWS


Driver's side power windowswitchThe driver's side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close all of thewindows.

To open a window, push the switch to thedetent and continue to hold down until thedesired window position is reached. Toclose a window, pull the switch to the de-tent and continue to hold up until the de-sired window position is reached.

Front passenger's power windowswitchThe passenger's window switch operatesonly the corresponding passenger's win-dow. To open the window partially, push theswitch down O1 lightly until the desiredwindow position is reached. To close thewindow partially, pull the switch up O2 untilthe desired window position is reached.

LIC3238

1. Window lock button

2. Power door lock switch

3. Front passenger side automatic switch

4. Right rear passenger side switch

5. Left rear passenger side switch

6. Driver’s side automatic switch

LIC2309


Rear power window switchThe rear power window switches open orclose only the corresponding windows. Toopen the window, push the switch and holdit down O1 . To close the window, pull theswitch up O2 .

Locking passengers' windowsWhen the window lock switch is depressed,only the driver's side window can beopened or closed. Push it again to cancelthe window lock function.

Automatic operationTo fully open a window equipped with au-tomatic operation, push the windowswitch down to the second detent and re-lease it; it need not be held. The windowautomatically opens all the way. To stopthe window, lift the switch up while the win-dow is opening.If so equipped, it may be possible to fullyclose a window equipped with automaticoperation, pull the switch up to the seconddetent and release it; it need not be held. Tostop the window, push the switch downwhile the window is closing.

Auto-reverse functionThe auto-reverse function can be acti-vated when a window is closed by auto-matic operation.Depending on the environment or driv-ing conditions, the auto-reverse func-tion may be activated if an impact orload similar to something being caughtin the window occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances imme-diately before the closed positionwhich cannot be detected. Make surethat all passengers have their hands,etc., inside the vehicle before closingthe window.

If the vehicle's battery is disconnected, re-placed, or jump started, the power windowauto-reverse function may not operateproperly. Have the power window auto-reverse system re-initialized. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.If the control unit detects somethingcaught in a window equipped with auto-matic operation as it is closing, the windowwill be immediately lowered.

LIC2663 LIC0410


When power window switch doesnot operateIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initial-ize the power window system:1. Place the ignition switch in the ON

position.

2. Open the window more than halfway byoperating the power window switch.

3. Pull the power window switch and hold itto close the window, and then hold theswitch more than 3 seconds after thewindow is closed.

4. Release the power window switch. Op-erate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete. The power window automati-cally opens or closes depending on if theautomatic down or up function isselected.

5. Perform steps 2 through 4 above forother windows.

If the power window function does not op-erate properly after performing the aboveprocedure have the system checked andrepaired. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

The interior light has a three-positionswitch and operates regardless of ignitionswitch position.When the switch is in the ON position O3 ,the interior lights illuminate, regardless ofdoor position. The lights will go off after aperiod of time unless the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.When the switch is in the O2 position, theinterior lights will stay on for a period oftime when:

LIC3985

INTERIOR LIGHTS


• The doors are unlocked by the key or thepower door lock switch while all doors areclosed and the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position.

• The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed while the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.

• The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition while all doors are closed.

The light will turn off while the timer is acti-vated when:• The driver’s door is locked by the key, or

the power door lock switch.• The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.When the switch is in the OFF position O1 ,the interior lights do not illuminate, regard-less of door position.The lights will turn off automatically after aperiod of time while doors are open to pre-vent the battery from becomingdischarged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

MAP LIGHTSTo turn the map lights on, push the switchto the O1 position. To turn them off, pushthe switch to the O2 position.

CAUTION


PERSONAL LIGHTThe personal light has a three-positionswitch and operates regardless of ignitionswitch position.When the switch is in the ON position O1 ,the light illuminates, regardless of doorposition.When the switch is in the DOOR position O2 ,the light illuminates by opening a door.The personal light will stay on for about 15seconds when:

LIC3988 SIC2063ACenter personal light


• The doors are unlocked while the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position andall doors are closed.

• The driver's door is opened and thenclosed while the ignition switch is placedin the OFF position.

• The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition while all doors are closed.

The personal light will turn off while the 15second timer is activated when:• The driver's door is locked by the key fob,

a key or the lock-unlock switch.• The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.When the switch is in the OFF position O3 ,the light does not illuminate, regardless ofdoor position.Some vehicles are equipped with a batterysaver feature that will automatically turnoff the interior lights after approximately 10minutes if:• doors are open, or• the interior light switch is in the ON

position.

NOTE:

If the interior lights are turned off auto-matically by the battery saver feature,the ignition switch must be placed in theON position before the interior lights willilluminate again.For information regarding the interior lightbulb replacement, see “Exterior and interiorlights” (P. 8-25).

CAUTION


LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHTThe light illuminates when the rear hatch isopened. When the rear hatch is closed, thelight goes off. For additional information,see “Exterior and interior lights” (P. 8-25).


MEMO


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-5Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . 3-18Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Conditions the Remote Engine Start willnot work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Opening the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Closing the liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Secondary liftgate unlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Opening the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Tilt and telescopic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Card holder (driver's side only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Manual anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(Type A) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(Type B) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®Your vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key Systemcomponents.

Never leave the keys in the vehicle.As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Thenew keys must be registered by a NISSANdealer prior to use with the Intelligent KeySystem of your vehicle. Since the registra-tion process requires erasing all memory inthe Intelligent Key components when reg-istering new keys, be sure to take all Intelli-gent Keys that you have to the NISSANdealer.

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not in thevehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forduplicates by using the key number.NISSAN does not record key numbers so itis very important to keep track of your keynumber plate.A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it canbe duplicated without knowing the keynumber.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-rences which will damage the Intelli-gent Key:• Do not allow the Intelligent Key,

which contains electrical compo-nents, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect thesystem function.

• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.• Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object.• Do not change or modify the Intelli-

gent Key.

LPD2487Type A (if so equipped)

1. Intelligent Keys (two sets)

2. Mechanical key

3. Key number plate (one plate)

LPD2797Type B (if so equipped)

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

• Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet,immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in a place wheretemperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

• Do not attach the Intelligent Key witha key holder that contains a magnet.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSANrecommends erasing the ID code of thatIntelligent Key from the vehicle. This mayprevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli-gent Key to operate the vehicle. For infor-mation regarding the erasing procedure, itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

Mechanical keyThe Intelligent Key contains the mechani-cal key.To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe driver’s door.For additional information, see “Doors”(P. 3-4).

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in-stalled in the Intelligent Key slot.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYSAdditional or replacement keys:If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra NISSANVehicle Immobilizer System keys. Your ex-isting key can be duplicated without know-ing the key number. As many as fourNISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keyscan be used with one vehicle. You shouldbring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-tem keys that you have to the NISSANdealer for registration. This is because theregistration process will erase the memoryof all key codes previously registered intothe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. Af-ter the registration process, these compo-nents will only recognize keys coded intothe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemduring registration. Any key that is notgiven to the dealer at the time of registra-tion will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

SPA1951

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer systemkey, which contains an electrical tran-sponder, to come into contact with wa-ter or salt water. This could affect sys-tem function.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot beopened using the inside or outside doorhandles. The doors must be unlocked toopen the doors.

WARNING

• Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seatbelts, this provides greater safety inthe event of an accident by helping toprevent persons from being thrownfrom the vehicle. This also helps keepchildren and others from uninten-tionally opening the doors, and willhelp keep out intruders.

• Before opening any door, always lookfor and avoid oncoming traffic.


DOORS


LOCKING WITH KEYTo lock or unlock the vehicle, turn the key asshown.

ManualTo lock the driver’s door, turn the key to-ward the front of the vehicle O1 . To unlock,turn it toward the rear O2 .

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position O1 ,then close the door.To unlock the door without the key, movethe inside lock knob to the unlock positionO2 .

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCHTo lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver's or front passen-ger's side) to the lock position O1 . Whenlocking the door this way, be certain not toleave the key inside the vehicle.To unlock all the doors without a key, pushthe door lock switch (driver's or front pas-senger's side) to the unlock position O2 .

LPD2777Driver’s side

LPD3141Inside lock

LPD2309


Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch (driver'sor front passenger's side) is moved to thelock position with the Intelligent Key in thevehicle while any door is open, a warningchime will sound and all doors unlockautomatically.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS• All doors lock automatically when the ve-

hicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).• All doors unlock automatically when the

transmission is placed in the P (Park) po-sition or when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position depending onthe option selected in the “Vehicle Set-tings” menu (if so equipped).

NOTE:

The Auto Door Unlock function can bechanged using “Vehicle Settings” of thevehicle information display (if soequipped). For additional information,see “Vehicle information display”(P. 2-24).

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKChild safety locks help prevent the reardoors from being opened accidentally, es-pecially when small children are in thevehicle.The child safety lock levers are located onthe edge of the rear doors.When the lever is in the unlock position O2 ,the door can be opened from the outsideor the inside.When the lever is in the LOCK position O1 ,the door can be opened only from theoutside.

WARNING


• The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operatethe Intelligent Key while on an air-plane. Make sure the buttons are notoperated unintentionally when theunit is stored for a flight.

The Intelligent Key can operate all the doorlocks using the remote control function orpushing the request switch (if so equipped)on the vehicle without taking the key outfrom a pocket or purse. The operating en-vironment and/or conditions may affectthe Intelligent Key operation.Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key.

SPA2037

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM


CAUTION

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you when operating the vehicle.

• Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditionsmay interfere with the operation of the In-telligent Key under the following operatingconditions:• When operating near a location where

strong radio waves are transmitted, suchas a TV tower, power station and broad-casting station.

• When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone, trans-ceiver, or a CB radio.

• When the Intelligent Key is in contact withor covered by metallic materials.

• When any type of radio wave remote con-trol is used nearby.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

• When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key func-tion or use the mechanical key.Although the life of the battery varies de-pending on the operating conditions, thebattery’s life is approximately two years. Ifthe battery is discharged, replace it with anew one.When the Intelligent Key battery is low, theNISSAN Intelligent Key® warning light (if soequipped) will blink green for about 30 sec-onds after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re-ceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV and per-sonal computer, the battery life may be-come shorter.When the battery is discharged, firmly ap-ply the foot brake and touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key. Then pushthe ignition switch while depressing thebrake pedal within 10 seconds after thechime sound. For additional information,see “Push-button ignition switch” (P. 5-11).For additional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-22).

As many as four Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.


OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the requestswitch (if so equipped) O1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey operating range becomes narrower,and the Intelligent Key may not functionproperly.The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)from each request switch (if so equipped)O1 .If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the requestswitches (if so equipped) may not function.When the Intelligent Key is within the oper-ating range, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the Intelli-gent Key, to push the request switch (if soequipped) to lock/unlock the doors.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION• Do not push the door handle request

switch (if so equipped) with the IntelligentKey held in your hand as illustrated. Theclose distance to the door handle willcause the Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the IntelligentKey is outside the vehicle.

• After locking with the door handle re-quest switch (if so equipped), verify thedoors are securely locked by testingthem.

LPD2073

LPD2554


• To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle, make sure youcarry the Intelligent Key with you and thenlock the doors.

• Do not pull the door handle before push-ing the door handle request switch (if soequipped). The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open the door.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the Intelligent Key out of your pocketor bag.When you carry the Intelligent Key with you,you can lock or unlock all doors by pushingthe door handle request switch (if soequipped) within the range of operation.

Locking doors1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) posi-

tion, place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push the door handle request switch (ifso equipped) O1 or the liftgate requestswitch (if so equipped) O2 .

4. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock.

5. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the buzzer sounds twice.

LPD3310 LPD3311


NOTE:• Request switches (if so equipped) for

all doors and liftgate can be deacti-vated when the “Ext. Door Switch” set-ting is switched to OFF in the “VehicleSettings” of the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped). For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

• Doors lock with the door handle re-quest switch (if so equipped) while theignition switch is not in the LOCKposition.

• Doors do not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch (if so equipped)while any door is open. However, doorslock with the mechanical key even ifany door is open.

• Doors do not lock with the door handlerequest switch (if so equipped) withthe Intelligent Key inside the vehicleand a beep sounds to warn you. How-ever, when an Intelligent Key is insidethe vehicle, doors can be locked withanother Intelligent Key.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the re-quest switch (if so equipped), makesure that the doors have been securelylocked by operating the door handles.Failure to follow these instructions mayresult in inadvertently unlocking thedoors, which may decrease the safetyand security of your vehicle.

CAUTION

• When locking the doors using the re-quest switch (if so equipped), makesure to have the Intelligent Key inyour possession before operatingthe request switch to prevent the In-telligent Key from being left in thevehicle.

• The request switch (if so equipped) isoperational only when the IntelligentKey has been detected by the Intelli-gent Key system.

Lockout protectionTo prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

LPD2816 LPD3312


When any door is open, the doors arelocked, and then the Intelligent Key is putinside the vehicle and all the doors areclosed, a chime will sound and the lock willautomatically unlock.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that is op-erating the request switch (if soequipped) to lock the door. Put the Intel-ligent Key in a purse, pocket or yourother hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not func-tion under the following conditions:• When the Intelligent Key is placed on

top of the instrument panel.• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side the glove box or a storage bin.• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side the door pockets.• When the Intelligent Key is placed in-

side or near metallic materials.

Unlocking doors1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the door handle request switch (ifso equipped) O1 or the liftgate requestswitch (if so equipped) O2 .

3. The hazard indicator lights flash onceand the outside chime sounds once.

4. Push the door handle request switch (ifso equipped) O1 again within 30 sec-onds to unlock all doors and the liftgate.

NOTE:• If Selective Unlock is turned off in “Ve-

hicle Settings” of the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped), all doorswill unlock upon the first push of thedoor handle request switch (if soequipped). For additional information,see “Vehicle information display”(P. 2-24).

LPD3311 LPD2816


• Request switches (if so equipped) forall doors and liftgate can be deacti-vated when the “Ext. Door Switch” set-ting is switched to OFF in “Vehicle Set-tings” of the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped). For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

If a door handle is pulled while unlockingthe doors, that door may not be unlocked.Returning the door handle to its originalposition will unlock the door. If the doordoes not unlock after returning the doorhandle, push the door handle requestswitch (if so equipped) to unlock the door.

All doors and the liftgate will be locked au-tomatically unless one of the following op-erations is performed within 60 secondsafter pushing the request switch (if soequipped).• Opening any doors or the liftgate.• Pushing the ignition switch.

Using the interior lightsThe interior lights illuminate for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and the inte-rior light switch is in the DOOR position.The lights can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the followingoperations:• Placing the ignition switch in the ON

position.• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.• Switching the interior lights switch to the

OFF position.For additional information, see “Interiorlights” (P. 2-75).

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONThe remote keyless entry function can op-erate all door locks using the remote key-less function of the Intelligent Key. The re-mote keyless function can operate at adistance of 10 m (33 ft) away from the ve-hicle. The operating distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.The remote keyless entry function will notfunction under the following conditions:• When the Intelligent Key is not within the

operational range.• When the doors or the rear liftgate are

open or not closed securely.• When the Intelligent Key battery is

discharged.

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure not to leave the keyin the vehicle.

LPD3312


Type A (if so equipped)1. (lock) button

2. (unlock) button

3. (panic) button

Type B (if so equipped)1. (remote engine start) button

2. (lock) button

3. (unlock) button

4. (panic) button

Locking doors1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK

position.

2. Close all doors.

3. Press the button on the Intelli-gent Key.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twiceand the horn beeps once.

5. All doors will be locked.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the Intel-ligent Key, be sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles. Failure to follow these in-structions may result in inadvertentlyunlocking the doors, which may de-crease the safety and security of yourvehicle.

Unlocking doors1. Press the button on the Intelligent

Key.

2. The hazard indicator lights flash once.

3. Press the button again within 30seconds to unlock all doors and theliftgate.

LPD3600 LPD3602


NOTE:If Selective Unlock is turned off in “Ve-hicle Settings” of the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped), all doorswill unlock upon the first press ofthe key fob. For additional informa-tion, see “Vehicle information display”(P. 2-24).All doors and the liftgate will be locked au-tomatically unless one of the following op-erations is performed within 1 minute afterpressing the button.• Opening any doors or the liftgate.• Engaging the ignition switch from the

lock position.

Using the interior lightsThe interior lights illuminate for a period oftime when a door is unlocked and the inte-rior light switch is in the DOOR position.The lights can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the followingoperations:• Placing the ignition switch in the ON

position.• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.• Switching the interior lights switch to the

OFF position.

For additional information, see “Interiorlights” (P. 2-75).

Using the panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm tocall attention by pressing and holding the

button on the Intelligent Key for lon-ger than 1 second.The headlights will flash and the panicalarm will stay on for a period of time.The panic alarm stops when:• It has run for a period of time.• Any button is pressed on the Intelligent

Key.• The request switch (if so equipped) on the

driver or passenger door is pushed andthe Intelligent Key is in range of the doorhandle.

• The liftgate request switch (if soequipped) is pushed with the IntelligentKey in range of the liftgate area.

Answer back horn featureIf desired, the answer back horn featurecan be deactivated using the IntelligentKey. When it is deactivated and thebutton is pressed, the hazard indicatorlights flash twice. When the button ispressed, neither the hazard indicator lightsnor the horn operates.

NOTE:If you change the Answer Back Hornand light flash feature with the Intelli-gent Key, the vehicle information dis-play (if so equipped) will show the cur-rent mode after the ignition switchhas been cycled from the OFF to theON position. The vehicle informationdisplay screen can also be used tochange the answer back horn mode.For additional information, see “Ve-hicle information display” (P. 2-24).To deactivate:Press and hold the and but-tons for at least 4 seconds. The hazardindicator lights will flash three times to con-firm that the answer back horn feature hasbeen deactivated.


To activate:Press and hold the and but-tons for at least 4 seconds once more.The hazard indicator lights will flash onceand the horn will sound once to confirmthat the horn beep feature has beenreactivated.Deactivating the horn beep feature doesnot silence the horn if the alarm istriggered.

Intelligent Key button operationlightThe light blinks only when you press anybutton on the Intelligent Key. The light illu-mination only signifies that the key fob hastransmitted a signal. You may look and/orlisten to verify that the vehicle has per-formed the intended operation.If the light does not blink, your battery maybe too weak to communicate to the ve-hicle. If this occurs, the battery may need to

be replaced. For additional information re-garding the replacement of a battery, see“Battery replacement” (P. 8-22).

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, a chime orbuzzer sounds from inside and outside thevehicle and a warning is displayed in theinstrument panel.When a chime or beep sounds or a warningis displayed, be sure to check the vehicleand the Intelligent Key.For additional information, see “Trouble-shooting guide” (P. 3-15) and “Vehicle infor-mation display” (P. 2-24).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDEVerify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the ve-hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif-ferently than expected.

LPD2836


Symptom Possible Cause RemedyWhen pushing the ignition switch tostop the engine

The Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the inside warningchime sounds continuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park) po-sition with the parking brake fully ap-plied.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition.

When pushing the button onthe Intelligent Key or the door handlerequest switch (if so equipped) to lockthe door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When opening the driver's door to getout of the vehicle

The Door/liftgate Open warning ap-pears on the display and the insidewarning chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When closing the doors after gettingout of the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chimesounds three times and the insidewarning chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The Rear Door Alert (if so equipped)warning message appears on the dis-play, the horn sounds three timestwice, or a Check Back Seat For All Ar-ticles (if so equipped) warning appearsin the display.

The Rear Door Alert is activated. Check the back seat for all articles,press the OK button to clear the RearDoor Alert warning message.

The Shift to Park warning appears onthe display and the outside chimesounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC posi-tion and the shift lever is not in the P(Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) po-sition and place the ignition switch inthe OFF position.

When closing the door with the insidelock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds and all doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is in the vehicle. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou.


Symptom Possible Cause RemedyWhen pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The Key Battery Low warning appearson the display.

The battery charge is low. Replace the battery with a new one.For additional information, see “Batteryreplacement” (P. 8-22).

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chimesounds three times and the insidewarning chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The I-Key System Error: See Owner’sManual warning appears in the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped).

It warns of a malfunction with the Intel-ligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.


The button will be on the NISSANIntelligent Key® if the vehicle has RemoteEngine Start. This feature allows the engineto start from outside the vehicle.Vehicles with a manual climate control sys-tem (if so equipped) will default to the lastused heating or cooling mode.Vehicles with an automatic climate controlsystem (if so equipped) may default to ei-ther heating or cooling mode dependingon outside and cabin temperatures. Foradditional information, see “Remote EngineStart with Intelligent Climate Control”(P. 4-41).

Laws in some local communities may re-strict or prohibit the use of Remote EngineStart, or the amount of time a parked ve-hicle engine may idle. For example, somelaws require a person using Remote EngineStart to have the vehicle in view or mayrestrict idling time except in freezing tem-peratures. Check local regulations for anyrequirements.Other conditions may affect the function ofthe Remote Engine Start feature. For addi-tional information, see “Conditions the Re-mote Engine Start will not work” (P. 3-20).Other conditions can affect the perfor-mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key® system” (P. 3-6).

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

WARNING


• Do not use Remote Engine Start inclosed spaces such as a garage. Donot breathe exhaust gases; they con-tain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is dan-gerous. It can cause unconscious-ness or death.

LPD2995

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)


CAUTION

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operatinglocation, the Intelligent Key operatingrange becomes narrower, and the Intel-ligent Key may not function properly.

The Remote Engine Start function can onlybe used when the Intelligent Key is withinthe specified operating range from thevehicle.The Remote Engine Start operating rangeis approximately 197 ft (60 m) from thevehicle.

REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLETo use the Remote Engine Start featureperform the following:1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the button to lock all doors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and hold thebutton until the turn signal lights

flash and the tail lamps turn on. If thevehicle is not within view press and holdthe button for at least 2 seconds.

The following events will occur when theengine starts:• The parking lights will turn on and remain

on as long as the engine is running.• The doors will be locked and the climate

control system may come on.• The engine will continue to run for 10 min-

utes. Repeat the steps to extend the timefor an additional 10 minutes. For addi-tional information, see “Extending enginerun time” (P. 3-19).

Press and hold the brake pedal whileswitching the ignition to the ON positionbefore driving. For additional information,see “Driving the vehicle” (P. 5-17).

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe Remote Engine Start feature can beextended one time by performing thesteps listed in “Remote starting the vehicle”(P. 3-19). Run time will be calculated asfollows:• The first 10–minute run time will start

when the Remote Engine Start function isperformed.

• The second 10 minutes will start immedi-ately when the Remote Engine Startfunction is performed again. For example,if the engine has been running for 5 min-utes, and 10 minutes are added, the en-gine will run for a total of 15 minutes.

• Extending engine run time will bring youto the two Remote Engine Start limit.

A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts,or a single start with an extension, are al-lowed between ignition cycles.The ignition switch must be cycled to theON position and then back to the OFF po-sition before the Remote Engine Start pro-cedure can be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINESTARTTo cancel a Remote Engine Start, performone of the following:• Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and

press until the parking lights turn off.• Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.• Cycle the ignition switch on and then off.• The extended engine run time has

expired.• The first 10–minute timer has expired.• The engine hood has been opened.


• The vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)position.

• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

• The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

• The ignition switch is pushed with an In-telligent Key in the vehicle but the brakepedal is not depressed.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINESTART WILL NOT WORKThe Remote Engine Start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:• The ignition switch is placed in the ON

position.• The hood is not securely closed.• The hazard indicator lights are on.• The engine is still running. The engine

must be completely stopped. Wait atleast 6 seconds if the engine goes fromrunning to off. This is not applicable whenextending engine run time.

• The button is not pressed and heldfor at least 2 seconds.

• The button is not pressed and heldwithin 5 seconds of pressing the lockbutton.

• The brake is pressed.

• The doors are not closed and locked.• The liftgate is open.• The Key System Error warning message

appears in the vehicle information dis-play (if so equipped).

• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

• Two Remote Engine Starts, or a singleRemote Engine Start with an extension,have already been used.

• The vehicle is not in P (Park).• There is a detected registered key already

inside of the vehicle.• The Remote Engine Start feature has

been switched to the OFF position usingthe “Vehicle Settings” menu on the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped). Foradditional information, see “Vehicle infor-mation display” (P. 2-24).

The Remote Engine Start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped). For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).


1. Pull the hood lock release handle OA lo-cated below the driver side instrumentpanel. The hood will spring up slightly.

2. Push the lever OB at the front of thehood to the side as illustrated with yourfingertips and raise the hood OC .

3. Remove the support rod and insert itinto the slot OD .

4. When closing the hood, reset the sup-port rod to its original position.

5. When closing the hood, return the sup-port rod to its original position, lower thehood slowly and drop the hood from theheight of 8 to 12 in (20 to 30 cm). Thisallows proper engagement of the hoodlatch.

WARNING

• Make sure the hood is completelyclosed and latched before driving.Failure to do so could cause the hoodto fly open and result in an accident.

• If you see steam or smoke comingfrom the engine compartment, toavoid injury do not open the hood.

LPD3313

HOOD


WARNING

• Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

• Do not drive with the liftgate open.This could allow dangerous exhaustgases to be drawn into the vehicle.For additional information, see “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)”(P. 5-4).

• Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidently injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

• Always be sure that hands and feetare clear of the door frame to avoidinjury while closing the liftgate.

CAUTION

• Before opening the liftgate, be sureto clear away snow, ice or dust thatmay be stuck to the liftgate. If theliftgate is opened while materials arestill stuck to it, it may suddenly closeagain due to the weight of thesematerials.

• Always be sure to fully open the lift-gate. If it is not fully opened, it maysuddenly shut.

• Be especially careful when openingthe liftgate in strong wind. The doorcould be caught by a gust of windand may close suddenly. • The liftgate gas stays OA are installed in

order to support the weight of the lift-gate. In order to prevent the gas staysbeing damaged or not operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the followingpoints.

• Do not insert hands or cords into the gasstays OA or apply any force to themlaterally.

• Do not attach any adhesive foreign ma-terials such as pieces of plastic or stickersto the rod OB portion.

LPD2475

LIFTGATE


• Do not close the liftgate while holding thegas stays or hang anything on them. Do-ing so may lead to hands or arms be-coming trapped in the liftgate and couldresult in an injury.

OPENING THE LIFTGATETo open the liftgate use the following op-erations:• Push the liftgate opener switch and pull

up on the liftgate.• Push the button on the Intelligent

Key. Then push the liftgate opener switchand pull up on the liftgate.

• With the Intelligent Key in range, push theliftgate request switch (if so equipped)and pull up on the liftgate.

CLOSING THE LIFTGATEWARNING

• Do not shut the liftgate with onehand and the other hand remainingon the liftgate or vehicle body. Doingso may lead to your hand becomingtrapped and could result in an injury.

• When closing the liftgate, do notplace your hands near the edge ofthe liftgate. Always be sure to closethe liftgate from the outside.

• After closing the liftgate, be sure tocheck that it has been closed se-curely. If the liftgate opens while thevehicle is being driven this could re-sult in a serious accident.

To close the liftgate, pull down until it se-curely locks.

LPD3314


SECONDARY LIFTGATE UNLOCKFollow the following steps to unlock theliftgate when the battery is discharged.

NOTE:

It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible forinspection.Unlocking the liftgate:

1. Move the cover OA by using a screw-driver or a similar tool available on hand.

2. Then move the inside lever OB by using ascrewdriver or similar tool available onhand. The liftgate will open.

LPD2604 LPD2478 LPD2479


OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORThe fuel-filler door release is located belowthe instrument panel. To open the fuel-fillerdoor, pull the release. To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely.

FUEL-FILLER CAPWARNING

• Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seri-ously injured if it is misused or mis-handled. Always stop the engine anddo not smoke or allow open flames orsparks near the vehicle whenrefueling.

• Do not attempt to top off the fueltank after the fuel pump nozzleshuts off automatically. Continuedrefueling may cause fuel overflow,resulting in fuel spray and possibly afire.

• Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It hasa built-in safety valve needed forproper operation of the fuel systemand emission control system. An in-correct cap can result in a seriousmalfunction and possible injury. Itcould also cause the Malfunction In-dicator Light (MIL) to come on.

• Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyto attempt to start your vehicle.

• Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portablefuel containers:– Always place the container on the

ground when filling.– Do not use electronic devices

when filling.– Keep the pump nozzle in contact

with the container while you arefilling it.

– Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

• Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. For additional information,see “Fuel recommendation” (P. 10-3).

LPD2022

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


• The Loose Fuel Cap warning mes-sage (if so equipped) will appear ifthe fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few drivingtrips for the message to be dis-played. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the LooseFuel Cap warning message (if soequipped) appears may cause the

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)to illuminate.

• Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) to illu-minate. If the light illuminatesbecause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. The

light should turn off after a fewdriving trips. If the light does notturn off after a few driving trips, havethe vehicle inspected. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)”(P. 2-20).

• If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoidpaint damage.

To remove the fuel-filler cap:1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise

to remove.

2. Loop the tether strap around the hookO1 while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the

fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

WARNING

• Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You could lose controlof your vehicle and cause anaccident.

• Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and com-fort. The driver's air bag inflates withgreat force. If you are unrestrained,leaning forward, sitting sideways orout of position in any way, you are atgreater risk of injury or death in acrash. You may also receive seriousor fatal injuries from the air bag if youare up against it when it inflates. Al-ways sit back against the seatbackand as far away as practical from thesteering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.

LCE2260

STEERING WHEEL


TILT AND TELESCOPIC OPERATIONPush the lock lever O1 down:• Adjust the steering wheel up or down in

direction O2 to the desired position.• Adjust the steering wheel forward or

backward in direction O3 to the desiredposition.

Pull the lock lever O1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor O1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove thesun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side O2 .

3. Slide the sun visor extension O3 in or outas needed.

CAUTION

• Do not store the sun visor before re-turning the extension to its originalposition.

• Do not pull the extension sun visorforcedly downward.

LPD2448

WPD0435

SUN VISORS


VANITY MIRRORSTo access the vanity mirror, pull the sunvisor down and flip open the mirror cover.Some vanity mirrors are illuminated andturn on when the mirror cover is open.

CARD HOLDER (driver's side only)To access the card holder, pull the sun visordown and slide card in the card holder OA .Do not view information while operatingthe vehicle.

MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEWMIRROR (if so equipped)Use the night position O1 to reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind youat night.Use the day position O2 when driving indaylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when nec-essary, because it reduces rear viewclarity.

LPD2820 LPD2471 WPD0126

MIRRORS


AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (Type A) (if soequipped)The inside mirror is designed so that it au-tomatically dims during night time condi-tions and according to the intensity of theheadlights of the vehicle following you.

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sen-sors O1 or apply glass cleaner to the sen-sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensors, resulting in improperoperation.The automatic anti-glare feature is acti-vated when the ignition switch is on the ONposition.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (Type B) (if soequipped)The inside mirror is designed so that it au-tomatically dims during night time condi-tions and according to the intensity of theheadlights of the vehicle following you. Theautomatic anti-glare feature is activatedwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.The indicator light O2 will illuminate whenthe automatic anti-glare feature isoperating.

LPD2418(Type A) (if so equipped)

WPD0446(Type B) (if so equipped)


NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sen-sors O1 or apply glass cleaner to the sen-sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensors, resulting in improperoperation.With the ignition switch in the ON position,press the button as described:• To turn off the anti-glare feature, press

the button. The indicator light willturn off.

• To turn on the anti-glare feature, pressthe button again. The indicator lightwill turn on.

OUTSIDE MIRRORSTo operate the outside mirror remote con-trol move the small switch O1 to select theright or left mirror. Adjust each mirror to thedesired position using the large switch O2 .Move the small switch to the center (neu-tral) position to prevent accidentally mov-ing the mirror.

WARNING

• Do not adjust the mirrors while driv-ing. You could lose control of your ve-hicle and cause an accident.

• Objects viewed in the outside mirroron the passenger side are closer thanthey appear. Be careful when movingto the right. Using only this mirrorcould cause an accident. Use the in-side mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distancesto other objects.

LPD2452


Foldable outside mirrorsPull the outside mirror toward the door tofold it.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)Some outside mirrors can be heated todefrost, defog, or de-ice for improved vis-ibility. For additional information, see “Rearwindow and/or outside mirror (if soequipped) defroster switch” (P. 2-43).

LPD0259


4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone andvoice recognition systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2Control panel buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

How to use the touch-screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4How to use the MENU button . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

(brightness control) button . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7How to use the VOL (volume) knob /PUSH (power) button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Selecting menu from launch bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7

RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-9How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Difference between predicted andactual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10How to park with predicted courselines (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13How to turn on and off predictedcourse lines (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . 4-13System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

Intelligent Around View® Monitor(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

Intelligent Around View® Monitorsystem operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Difference between predicted andactual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20

How to park with predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Intelligent Around View® Monitorsystem limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Moving Object Detection (MOD)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Turning MOD on and off (if so equipped) . . . . . 4-29MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31Heater and air conditioner (manual)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44Audio operation precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44FM/AM radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48USB (Universal Serial Bus) connectionport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-53iPod®* player operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56Bluetooth® streaming audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59Steering wheel switch for audio control . . . . . 4-62Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62

Siri® Eyes Free (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63Operating Siri® Eyes Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System . . . . . . . . .4-66Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68Using the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-68Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70Control buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-71Voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72Phone display screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74Making a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75During a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-75Ending a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76Text messaging (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76Bluetooth® connections screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79Phone and text message settings . . . . . . . . . . .4-80

iPod®/iPhone® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-82

Refer to the digital NissanConnect® Own-er’s manual using the QR code on thispage, or your printed NissanConnect®Owner’s manual (if so equipped). Thismanual includes the following information:• NissanConnect® Services (if so equipped)• Audio system• Apple CarPlay®• Android Auto TM

• Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system• Viewing information• Other settings

• Voice Recognition• General system information

WARNING

• Positioning of the heating or air con-ditioning controls and display con-trols should not be done while driv-ing in order that full attention may begiven to the driving operation.

• Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result in ac-cidents, fire, or electrical shock.

• Do not use this system if you noticeany abnormality, such as a frozenscreen or lack of sound. Continueduse of the system may result in acci-dent, fire or electric shock.

• In case you notice any foreign objectin the system hardware, spill liquidon it, or notice smoke or smell com-ing from it, stop using the system im-mediately. Ignoring such conditionsmay lead to accidents, fire or electri-cal shock. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer forservicing.

LHA5563

NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’SMANUAL (if so equipped)

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

1. MENU button

2. Display screen

3. DISP button

4. BACK button

5. TUNE•SCROLL knob / PUSH SOUNDbutton

6. VOL (volume) knob / PUSH (power)button

7. (brightness control) button

8. button*

* For additional information, see“Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System”(P. 4-66) regarding the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System control button.When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.If you use the system with the engine notrunning for a long time, it will dischargethe battery, and the engine will not start.Reference symbols:“Example” — Words marked in quotes referto a key shown only on the display. Thesekeys can be selected by touching thescreen.

LHA4703

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

HOW TO USE THE TOUCH-SCREEN

CAUTION

• The glass display screen may break ifit is hit with a hard or sharp object. Ifthe glass screen breaks, do not touchit. Doing so could result in an injury.

• To clean the display, never use arough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinneror any kind of solvent or paper towelwith a chemical cleaning agent. Theywill scratch or deteriorate the panel.

• Do not splash any liquid such as wa-ter or car fragrance on the display.Contact with liquid will cause the sys-tem to malfunction.

To help ensure safe driving, some functionscannot be operated while driving.The on-screen functions that are not avail-able while driving will be “grayed out” ormuted.

WARNING

• ALWAYS give your full attention todriving.

• Avoid using vehicle features thatcould distract you. If distracted, youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident.

Touch-screen operation

Menu Item ResultSelecting the item Touch an item to select. To select the “Phone” key, touch the “Phone” key on the screen. Touch the “ ” key to

return to the previous screen.Adjusting the item Touch the “+” key or the “−” key to adjust the settings of an item. Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one

item at a time. Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one item at a time.Inputting characters Touch the number key. There are some options available when inputting characters.

123 Touch to manually enter numbers.OK Completes the character input.

LHA5318


Touch-screen maintenanceIf you clean the display screen, use a dry,soft cloth. If additional cleaning is neces-sary, use a small amount of neutral deter-gent with a soft cloth. Never spray thescreen with water or detergent. Dampenthe cloth first and then wipe the screen.

HOW TO USE THE MENUBUTTONTo select and/or adjust several functions,features and modes that are available foryour vehicle:1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the “Settings” key.

3. Touch the desired item.

LHA5319 LHA5318


Menu item ResultSettings Touch to change the following settings.

Connections Touch this key to select either Bluetooth® phone, Bluetooth® audio or USB audio options. For additionalinformation, see “USB connections screen” (P. 4-54) and “Bluetooth® connections screen” (P. 4-79).

Phone For additional information, see “Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System” (P. 4-66).Sound For additional information, see “Audio system” (P. 4-43).Volume & Beeps For additional information, see “Volume & beeps” (P. 4-82).Clock Touch this key to adjust clock settings.

On-screen Clock Touch to toggle ON or OFF the clock display on the upper right corner of the display screen.Clock Format Touch to set the clock to 12–hour or 24–hour format.Daylight Savings Time Touch to adjust the daylight savings time to on or off.Set Clock Manually Touch to adjust the clock manually; then touch to change between AM and PM, the hour and the min-

utes.System Voice For additional information, see “Settings” (P. 4-74).Camera Touch this key to change the camera settings.Others Touch this key to select and/or adjust various functions of this system. A screen with additional options

will appear.Display Touch this key to toggle the display off or to adjust the appearance of the display. For additional infor-

mation, see “Adjusting the screen” (P. 4-13).Language Touch this key to change the language on the display.OSS Licenses Touch this key to display software licensing information.Return All Settings To Default Touch this key to return all settings to default and to clear the memory.


(brightness control) BUTTONTo change the display brightness, press the

button. Pressing the button again willchange the display to the day or the nightdisplay.Press and hold the button for morethan 2 seconds to turn the display off. Pressand hold the button again to turn the dis-play on.

HOW TO USE THE VOL (volume)KNOB / PUSH (power)BUTTONPress the PUSH (power) button to turnaudio function on and off. Turn the VOL(volume) knob to adjust audio volume.

SELECTING MENU FROM LAUNCHBARVarious system functions can be accessedby touching the items on the Launch BarO1 which is displayed on most of the mainmenu screens (the Launch Bar does notappear on some screens such as keyboardscreens, camera screens, etc.)Touch the keys on the Launch Bar to dis-play the corresponding menu screens.

The following menu items are available onthe Launch Bar:• AM• FM• USB/iPod• Bluetooth• AUX• Settings

LHA4707


1. CAMERA button

2. DISP buttonWARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result inserious injury or death.

• RearView Monitor is a conveniencefeature and is not a substitute forproper backing. Always turn and lookout the windows and check mirrorsto be sure that it is safe to move be-fore operating the vehicle. Alwaysback up slowly.

LHA5565

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)


• The system is designed as an aid tothe driver in showing large station-ary objects directly behind the ve-hicle, to help avoid damaging thevehicle.

• The distance guide lines and the ve-hicle width lines should be used as areference only when the vehicle is ona level paved surface. The distanceviewed on the monitor is for refer-ence only and may be different thanthe actual distance between the ve-hicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati-cally shows a rear view of the vehicle whenthe shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)position. The radio can still be heard whilethe RearView Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-tor system uses a camera located justabove the vehicle’s license plate O1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition to operate the RearView Monitor.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINESGuiding lines which indicate the vehiclewidth and distances to objects with refer-ence to the vehicle body line OA are dis-played on the monitor.Distance guide linesIndicate distances from the vehicle body.• Red line O1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)• Yellow line O2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)• Green line O3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

LHA5579 LHA4805


Vehicle width guide lines O4

Indicate the vehicle width when backingup.Predicted course lines (if so equipped) O5

Indicate the predicted course when back-ing up. The predicted course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position and thesteering wheel is turned. The predictedcourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.The vehicle width guide lines and the widthof the predicted course lines are wider thanthe actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or downhillsurfaces or projecting objects will be actu-ally located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the ac-tual distance. Note that any object on thehill is further than it appears on themonitor.

LHA5050


Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines OA do not touchthe object in the display. However, the ve-hicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position OC is shown farther than theposition OB in the display. However, the po-sition OC is actually at the same distance asthe position OA . The vehicle may hit the

LHA5051 LHA4995 LHA5052


object when backing up to the position OA

if the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES (if so equipped)

WARNING

• If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

• If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:– Turn the steering wheel from lock

to lock while the engine isrunning.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ACCposition, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen OA when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictedcourse lines OB enter the parking spaceOC .

LHA5043 LHA4770


4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines OD parallelto the parking space OC while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. While on the main menu screen, touch

the “Settings” key.

2. Touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Tint”,“Color”, or “Black Level” key.

4. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–”key on the touch-screen display.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while the ve-hicle is moving.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINES (if soequipped)To toggle ON and OFF the predicted courselines while in the P (Park) position:1. Press the CAMERA button.

2. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” keyto turn the feature ON or OFF.

To toggle ON and OFF the predicted courselines while in the R (Reverse) position, pressthe CAMERA button.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor RearView Monitor. Failure to oper-ate the vehicle in accordance withthese system limitations could result inserious injury or death.• The system cannot completely elimi-

nate blind spots and may not showevery object.

LHA5512


• Underneath the bumper and the cor-ner areas of the bumper cannot beviewed on the RearView Monitor be-cause of its monitoring range limita-tion. The system will not show smallobjects below the bumper, and maynot show objects close to the bum-per or on the ground.

• Objects viewed in the RearViewMonitor differ from actual distancebecause a wide-angle lens is used.

• Objects in the RearView Monitor willappear visually opposite comparedto when viewed in the rearview andoutside mirrors.

• Use the displayed lines as a refer-ence. The lines are highly affected bythe number of occupants, fuel level,vehicle position, road conditions androad grade.

• Make sure that the liftgate is securelyclosed when backing up.

• Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is in-stalled above the license plate.

• When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causingwater condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the camera. It is a preci-sion instrument. Otherwise, it maymalfunction or cause damage result-ing in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:• When the temperature is extremely high

or low, the screen may not clearly displayobjects.

• When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

• Vertical lines may be seen in objects onthe screen. This is due to strong reflectedlight from the bumper.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

• The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from theactual color of objects.

• Objects on the monitor may not be clearin a dark environment.

• There may be a delay when switchingbetween views.

• If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on thecamera, the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the camera.

• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent, thenwipe with a dry cloth.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin-ner to clean the camera. This willcause discoloration.

• Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on thecamera O1 , the RearView Monitor may notdisplay objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping it with a cloth dampened with adiluted mild cleaning agent and then wip-ing it with a dry cloth.

LHA5579


1. CAMERA buttonLHA5566

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®MONITOR (if so equipped)


WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for the proper use of theIntelligent Around View® Monitorsystem could result in serious injuryor death.

• The Intelligent Around View® Monitoris a convenience feature and is not asubstitute for proper vehicle opera-tion because it has areas where ob-jects cannot be viewed. The four cor-ners of the vehicle in particular, areareas where objects do not alwaysappear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rearviews. Always check your surround-ings to be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Alwaysoperate the vehicle slowly.

• The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens whencleaning dirt or snow from the front ofthe camera.

The Intelligent Around View® Monitor sys-tem is designed as an aid to the driver insituations such as slot parking or parallelparking.The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screen for-mat. Not all views are available at all times.Available views:• Front View

An approximately 150–degree view of thefront of the vehicle.

• Rear ViewAn approximately 150–degree view of therear of the vehicle.

• Bird's-Eye ViewThe surrounding views of the vehiclefrom above.

• Front-Side ViewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger's side wheel.

To display the multiple views, the IntelligentAround View® Monitor system uses cam-eras located in the front grille, on the vehi-cle’s outside mirrors and one just abovethe vehicle’s license plate O1 .

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATIONWith the ignition switch in the ON position,move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po-sition or press the CAMERA button to oper-ate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor.

LHA5490


The screen displayed on the IntelligentAround View® Monitor will automatically re-turn to the previous screen 3 minutes afterthe CAMERA button has been pressed withthe shift lever in a position other than R(Reverse) position.

Available views

WARNING

• The distance guide lines and the ve-hicle width lines should be used as areference only when the vehicle is ona paved, level surface. The apparentdistance viewed on the monitor maybe different than the actual distancebetween the vehicle and displayedobjects.

• Use the displayed lines and thebird’s-eye view as a reference. Thelines and the bird’s-eye view aregreatly affected by the number of oc-cupants, cargo, fuel level, vehicle po-sition, road condition and roadgrade.

• If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesand the bird's-eye view may be dis-played incorrectly.

• When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob-jects viewed in the monitor are fur-ther than they appear. When drivingthe vehicle down a hill, objectsviewed in the monitor are closer thanthey appear.

• Objects in the rear view will appearvisually opposite compared to whenviewed in the monitor and outsidemirrors.

• Use the mirrors or actually look toproperly judge distances to otherobjects.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course lines and theactual course line.

• The vehicle width and predictedcourse lines are wider than the actualwidth and course.

• The displayed lines will appearslightly off to the right, because therearview camera is not installed inthe rear center of the vehicle.

Front and rear viewGuiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distance to objects withreference to the vehicle body line OA aredisplayed on the monitor.Distance guide lines:Indicate distances from the vehicle body:• Red line O1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)• Yellow line O2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)• Green line O3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)• Green line O4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)

(if so equipped)

SAA1840Front view


Vehicle width guide lines O5 :Indicate the approximate vehicle widthwhen backing up.Predicted course lines O6 :Indicate the predicted course when oper-ating the vehicle. The predicted courselines will be displayed on the monitor whenthe steering wheel is turned. The predictedcourse lines will move depending on howmuch the steering wheel is turned and willnot be displayed while the steering wheel isin the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed whenthe vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the frontview and the steering wheel turns about90 degrees or less from the straight-ahead position, both the right and leftpredicted course lines O6 are displayed.When the steering wheel turns about 90degrees or more, a line is displayed onlyon the opposite side of the turn.

Bird’s-eye viewThe bird's-eye view shows the overheadview of the vehicle, which helps confirm thevehicle position and the predicted courseto a parking space.The vehicle icon O1 shows the position ofthe vehicle. Note that the apparent dis-tance between objects viewed in thebird's-eye view may differ somewhat fromthe actual distance to the vehicle.The areas that the cameras cannot coverO2 are indicated in black.

LHA4992Rear view

LHA4264


After the ignition switched is placed in theON position, the non-viewable area O2 ishighlighted in yellow for 3 seconds after thebirds-eye view is displayed.In addition, the non-viewable corners O3

are displayed in red and blink for the first 3seconds to remind the driver to becautious.

WARNING

• Objects in the bird's-eye view will ap-pear further than the actual distance.

• Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayedat the seam of the views.

• Objects that are above the cameracannot be displayed.

• The view of the bird's-eye view maybe misaligned when the camera po-sition alters.

• A line on the ground may be mis-aligned and is not seen as beingstraight at the seam of the views. Themisalignment will increase as theline proceeds away from the vehicle.

Front-side viewGuiding linesGuiding lines that indicate the approximatewidth and the front end of the vehicle aredisplayed on the monitor.The front-of-vehicle line O1 shows the frontpart of the vehicle.The side-of-vehicle line O2 shows the ap-proximate vehicle width including the out-side mirrors.The extensions O3 of both the front O1 andside O2 lines are shown with a green dottedline.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTEDAND ACTUAL DISTANCESThe displayed guidelines and their loca-tions on the ground are for approximatereference only. Objects on uphill or downhillsurfaces or projecting objects will be actu-ally located at distances different fromthose displayed in the monitor relative tothe guidelines (refer to illustrations). Whenin doubt, turn around and view the objectsas you are backing up, or park and exit thevehicle to view the positioning of objectsbehind the vehicle.

LHA2652


Backing up on a steep uphillWhen backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the ac-tual distance. Note that any object on thehill is further than it appears on themonitor.

Backing up on a steep downhillWhen backing up the vehicle down a hill,the distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth guide lines are shown farther thanthe actual distance. Note that any objecton the hill is closer than it appears on themonitor.

Backing up near a projectingobjectThe predicted course lines OA do not touchthe object in the display. However, the ve-hicle may hit the object if it projects overthe actual backing up course.

LHA5050 LHA5051 LHA4995


Backing up behind a projectingobjectThe position OC is shown farther than theposition OB in the display. However, the po-sition OC is actually at the same distance asthe position OA . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position OA

if the object projects over the actual back-ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTEDCOURSE LINES

WARNING

• If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference betweenthe predicted course line and the ac-tual course line.

• If the battery is disconnected or be-comes discharged, the predictedcourse lines may be displayed incor-rectly. If this occurs, please performthe following procedures:– Turn the steering wheel from lock

to lock while the engine isrunning.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turnedwith the ignition switch in the ON po-sition, the predicted course lines maybe displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayedon the screen OA when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA5052 LHA5043


3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictedcourse lines OB enter the parking spaceOC .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to makethe vehicle width guide lines OD parallelto the parking space OC while referringto the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, move the shift lever to the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYWith the ignition switch in the ON position,press the CAMERA button or move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) position to operatethe Intelligent Around View® Monitor.The Intelligent Around View® Monitor dis-plays different split screen views depend-ing on the position of the shift lever. Pressthe CAMERA button to switch between theavailable views.If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,the available views are:• Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen• Rear view/front-side view split screen• Full screen rear view.

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) or D (Drive)position, the available views are:• Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen• Front view/front-side view split screenThe display will switch from the IntelligentAround View® Monitor screen when:• The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position

and the vehicle speed increases aboveapproximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

• A different screen is selected.

LHA4770


ADJUSTING THE SCREEN1. While on the main menu screen, touch

the “Settings” key.

2. Use the arrow to tab to the next screenand touch the “Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key.

4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Tint”,“Color”, or “Black Level” key.

5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–”key on the touch-screen display.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settingsof the RearView Monitor while the ve-hicle is moving. Make sure the parkingbrake is firmly applied.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW®MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LHA5512

LHA5578


WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor Intelligent Around View® Monitor.Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-dance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.• Do not use the Intelligent Around

View® Monitor with the outside mir-rors in the stored position, and makesure that the liftgate is securelyclosed when operating the vehicleusing the Intelligent Around View®Monitor.

• The apparent distance between ob-jects viewed on the IntelligentAround View® Monitor differs fromthe actual distance.

• The cameras are installed on thefront grille, the outside mirrors andabove the rear license plate. Do notput anything on the vehicle that cov-ers the cameras.

• When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, wa-ter may enter the camera unit caus-ing water condensation on the lens, amalfunction, fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the cameras. They areprecision instruments. Doing socould cause a malfunction or causedamage resulting in a fire or an elec-tric shock.

There are some areas where the systemwill not show objects and the system doesnot warn of moving objects. When in thefront or rear view display, an object belowthe bumper or on the ground may not beviewed O1 . When in the bird’s-eye view, a tallobject near the seam O2 of the cameraviewing areas will not appear in themonitor.The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:• There may be a delay when switching

between views.• When the temperature is extremely high

or low, the screen may not display objectsclearly.

• When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

• The colors of objects on the IntelligentAround View® Monitor may differ some-what from the actual color of objects.

• Objects on the Intelligent Around View®Monitor may not be clear and the color ofthe object may differ in a darkenvironment.

• There may be differences in sharpnessbetween each camera view of the bird's-eye view.

• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth that hasbeen dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent, then wipe with a drycloth.


System temporarily unavailableWhen the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,there are abnormal conditions in the Intel-ligent Around View® Monitor. This will nothinder normal driving operation but thesystem should be inspected. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

When the “[X]” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receiv-ing temporary electronic disturbancesfrom surrounding devices. This will not hin-der normal driving operation but the sys-tem should be inspected if it occurs fre-quently. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


• Do not damage the cameras as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras O1 , the Intelligent AroundView® Monitor may not display objectsclearly. Clean the camera by wiping with acloth dampened with a diluted mild clean-ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

LHA3591 LHA3592 LHA5490


1. CAMERA buttonLHA5566

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)(if so equipped)


WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Mov-ing Object Detection (MOD) systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The MOD system is not a substitutefor proper vehicle operation and isnot designed to prevent contact withobjects surrounding the vehicle.When maneuvering, always use theoutside mirrors and rearview mirrorand turn and check the surroundingsto ensure it is safe to maneuver.

• The system is deactivated at speedsabove 5 mph (8 km/h) . It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

• The MOD system is not designed todetect surrounding stationaryobjects.

The MOD system can inform the driver ofmoving objects near the vehicle whenbacking out of garages, maneuvering inparking lots and in other such instances.The MOD system detects moving objectsby using image processing technology onthe image shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATIONThe MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)

position.• When the CAMERA button is pressed to

activate the camera view on the display.• When vehicle speed decreases below ap-

proximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and thecamera screen is displayed.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view isdisplayed:• When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects mov-ing objects in the bird’s-eye view. TheMOD system will not operate if the out-side mirrors are moving in or out, in thestowed position, or if either front door isopened.

LHA4190Front and bird’s-eye views


• When the shift lever is in the D (Drive)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MODsystem detects moving objects in thefront view.

• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is belowapproximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MODsystem detects moving objects in therear view. The MOD system will not oper-ate if the liftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MODicon is not displayed on the screen when inthis view.When the MOD system detects moving ob-jects near the vehicle, a chime will be heardwhen in front or rear view and a yellowframe will be displayed on the view wherethe objects are detected. While the MODsystem continues to detect moving ob-jects, the yellow frame continues to bedisplayed.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame O1 isdisplayed on each camera image (front,rear, right, left) depending on where mov-ing objects are detected.The yellow frame O2 is displayed on eachview in the front view and rear view modes.A blue MOD icon O3 is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is operative. A grayMOD icon is displayed in the view where theMOD system is not operative.If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon O3 is not displayed.

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF (if soequipped)Some vehicles include the option to allowthe MOD system to be turned on or off inthe vehicle information display.To turn the MOD system on or off:1. Using buttons on the steering

wheel to select “Settings”.

2. Select “Driver Assistance” and press theOK button.

3. Select “Parking Aids”.

4. Toggle ON or OFF “Moving Object” usingthe OK button.

LHA5171Rear and bird’s-eye views

LHA4997Rear and front-side views


MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor MOD. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath.• Do not use the MOD system when

towing a trailer. The system may notfunction properly.

• Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume or open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.

• The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmentalconditions and surrounding objectssuch as:– When there is low contrast be-

tween background and the mov-ing objects.

– When there is a blinking source oflight.

– When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

– When camera orientation is not inits usual position, such as when amirror is folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the movingobjects in the display is notchanged.

• The MOD system might detect flow-ing water droplets on the cameralens, white smoke from the muffler,moving shadows, etc.

• The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, di-rection, distance or shape of themoving objects.

• If your vehicle sustains damage tothe parts where the camera is in-stalled, leaving it misaligned or bent,the sensing zone may be altered andthe MOD system may not detect ob-jects properly.

• When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not dis-play objects clearly. This is not amalfunction.

NOTE:The blue MOD icon will change to or-ange if one of the following has oc-curred• When the system is malfunctioning.• When the component temperature

reaches a high level (icon will blink).• When the RearView camera has de-

tected a blockage (icon will blink).If the icon light continues to illuminateorange, have the MOD system checked. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


• Do not damage the camera as themonitor screen may be adverselyaffected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any ofthe cameras O1 , the MOD system may notoperate properly. Clean the camera by wip-ing with a cloth dampened with a dilutedmild cleaning agent and then wiping with adry cloth.

Adjust air flow direction of side vents byopening, closing, or rotating.Adjust air flow direction of center vent bymoving the vent slides.

LHA5490 LHA4123Side vents

VENTS


WARNING

• The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.

• Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assis-tance of others alone in your vehicle.Pets should also not be left alone.They could accidentally injure them-selves or others through inadvertentoperation of the vehicle. Also, on hot,sunny days, temperatures in a closedvehicle could quickly become highenough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals.

• Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

NOTE:• Odors from inside and outside the ve-

hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

• When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

LHA4124Center vents

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(manual) (if so equipped)


CONTROLS1. Air flow control dial2. A/C (air conditioner) button3. Fan speed control dial4. Air recirculation button5. Temperature control dial6. Fresh air intake button

7. Rear window and outside mirror (ifso quipped) defroster switch

Fan speed control dialThe fan speed control dial turns thefan on and off and controls fan speed.

Air flow control dialThe air flow control dial allows you to selectthe air flow outlets.

— Air flows from center and sidevents.

— Air flows from center and sidevents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the footoutlets.

— Air flows from defroster outletsand the foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from defrosteroutlets.

Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. Tolower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right.

Fresh air intakePress the fresh air intake button todraw outside air into the passengercompartment.

LHA4202


Air recirculationPress the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.The air recirculation cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the frontdefrosting mode.

A/C (air conditioner) buttonStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,press the button again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switchFor additional information, see “Rear win-dow and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch” (P. 2-43).

HEATER OPERATIONHeatingThis mode is used to direct heated air tothe foot outlets. Some air also flows fromthe defrost outlets.1. Press the button for normal heat-

ing. The indicator light on the but-ton will go off.

2. Turn the airflow control dial to theposition.

3. Turn the fan speed control dial tothe desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position between the middleand the hot position.

VentilationThis mode directs outside air to the sideand center vents.1. Press the button. The indicator light

on the button will go off.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to theposition.


4. Turn the temperature control dial to thedesired position.

Defrosting or defoggingThis mode directs the air to the defrostoutlets to defrost/defog the windows.1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.



• To quickly remove ice or fog from the win-dows, turn the fan speed control dialto the right and the temperature controlto the full HOT position.

Bi-level heatingThe bi-level mode directs warmed air tothe side and center vents and to the footoutlets.1. Press the button. The indicator light


2. Turn the airflow control dial to theposition.




Heating and defoggingThis mode heats the interior and defogsthe windshield.1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.



• If in the mode for more than 1minute, the air conditioning system willcontinue to operate until the vehicle isshut off. This dehumidifies the air whichhelps defog the windshield. Themode automatically turns off, allowingoutside air to be drawn into the passen-ger compartment to further improve thedefogging performance.

Operating tipsClear snow and ice from the wiper bladesand air inlet in front of the windshield.This improves heater operation.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position, andpress the button to activate the airconditioner. When the air conditioner is on,cooling and dehumidifying functions areadded to the heater operation.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

CoolingThis mode is used to cool and dehumidifythe air.1. Press the button.



4. Press the button.


• For quick cooling when the outside tem-perature is high, press the button.The indicator light on the button willcome on. Press the button for nor-mal cooling. The indicator light on the

button will go off.

Dehumidified heatingThis mode is used to heat and dehumidifythe air.1. Press the button. The indicator light




4. Press the button on.


Dehumidified defoggingThis mode is used to defog the windowsand dehumidify the air.1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.



3. Press the button. The indicatorlight comes on.

When the , or positions in be-tween are selected, the air conditioner au-tomatically turns on. The air conditioningsystem will continue to operate until thefan speed control dial is turned to OFF orthe vehicle is shut off, even if the air flowcontrol dial is turned to a position otherthan the position. This dehumidifiesthe air which helps defog the windshield.The mode automatically turns off, al-lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas-senger compartment to further improvethe defogging performance.4. Turn the temperature control dial to the

desired position.

Operating tips• Keep the windows closed while the air

conditioner is in operation.• After parking in the sun, drive for two or

three minutes with the windows open tovent hot air from the passenger com-partment. Then, close the windows. Thisallows the air conditioner to cool the inte-rior more quickly.

• The air conditioning system should beoperated for approximately ten min-utes at least once a month. This helpsprevent damage to the system due tolack of lubrication.

• A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe ventilators in hot, humid conditionsas the air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

• If the high temperature warning lightilluminates in red indicating en-

gine coolant temperature is over thenormal range, turn the air conditioneroff. For additional information, see “Ifyour vehicle overheats” (P. 6-12).

AIR FLOW CHARTSThe following charts show the button anddial positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICKheating, cooling or defrosting. The airrecirculation button should always be inthe OFF position for heating anddefrosting.


LHA4674 LHA4675


LHA4676 LHA4677


LHA4678


1. Temperature control dial /AUTO button2. Heated seat switches (if so

equipped)3. Display Screen4. Fan speed control dial/A/C (air

conditioner) button5. Air recirculation button

6. Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch

7. (manual air flow control) button8. Front defroster button9. ON-OFF button

WARNING

• The air conditioner cooling functionoperates only when the engine isrunning.


• Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the inte-rior air to become stale and the win-dows to fog up.

NOTE:• Odors from inside and outside the ve-

hicle can build up in the air conditionerunit. Odor can enter the passengercompartment through the vents.

• When parking, set the heater and airconditioner controls to turn off air re-circulation to allow fresh air into thepassenger compartment. This shouldhelp reduce odors inside the vehicle.

LHA5218

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic) (if so equipped)


AUTOMATIC OPERATIONHeating (A/C OFF)The air conditioner does not activate. Whenyou need to heat only, use this mode.1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe desired temperature.

• The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

• Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwise,the system may not work properly.

• Not recommended if windows fog up.

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)This mode may be used all year round asthe system automatically works to keep aconstant temperature. Air flow distributionand fan speed are also controlledautomatically.1. Press the AUTO button on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to theleft or right to set the desiredtemperature.

• The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automati-cally. Air flow distribution and fan speedare also controlled automatically.

• A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe vents in hot, humid conditions as theair is cooled rapidly. This does not indicatea malfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging1. Press the front defroster button on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to setthe maximum temperature to aid indefogging.

• To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, use the fan speed con-trol dial to set the fan speed to maximum.

• As soon as possible after the windshieldis clean, press the AUTO button to returnto the automatic mode.

• When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on.

Remote Engine Start withIntelligent Climate Control (if soequipped)Vehicles equipped with automatic climatecontrols and Remote Engine Start functionmay go into automatic heating or coolingmode when Remote Engine Start is acti-vated depending on outside and cabintemperatures. During this period, the cli-mate control display and buttons will beinoperable until the ignition switch isturned on. In Remote Engine Start defrost-ing mode, the rear window defroster,heated seats (if so equipped) and heatedsteering wheel (if so equipped) may be ac-tivated automatically.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed controlTurn the fan speed control dial tomanually control the fan speed.Press the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.


Temperature control dialThe temperature control dial allows you toadjust the temperature of the outlet air. Tolower the temperature, turn the dial to theleft. To increase the temperature, turn thedial to the right.

Air recirculationPress the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle.

A/C (air conditioner) buttonStart the engine, turn the fan speedcontrol dial to the desired position andpress the button to turn on the airconditioner. To turn off the air conditioner,press the button again.The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

Air flow controlPress the button to manually controlair flow and select the air outlet.

— Air flows from center and sidevents.

— Air flows from center and sidevents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot out-lets.

— Air flows from defroster and footoutlets.

To turn system offTo turn off the heater and air conditioner,press the ON-OFF button. Press the ON-OFF button again, the system will turn on inthe mode which was used immediatelybefore the system was turned off.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switchFor additional information, see “Rear win-dow and outside mirror (if so equipped)defroster switch” (P. 2-43).

Heated seat switches (if soequipped)For additional information, see “Heatedseat switches” (P. 2-52).

Heated steering wheel switch (ifso equipped)For additional information, see “Heatedsteering wheel switch” (P. 2-53).

OPERATING TIPSThe sunload sensor, located on the driver’sside of the instrument panel, as shown,helps the system maintain a constanttemperature. Do not put anything on oraround this sensor.• When the engine coolant temperature

and outside air temperature are low, theair flow from the foot outlets may notoperate for a maximum of 150 seconds.However, this is not a malfunction. Afterthe coolant temperature warms up, airflow from the foot outlets will operatenormally.

LHA4125


• If you feel that the air flow mode you haveselected and the outlets the air is comingout do not match, select the mode.

• When you change the air flow mode, youmay feel air flow from the foot outlets forjust a moment. This is not a malfunction.

The air conditioner system in your NISSANvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind.This refrigerant does not harm theearth's ozone layer.Special charging equipment and lubricantis required when servicing your NISSAN airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage toyour air conditioner system. For additionalinformation, see “Air conditioner system re-frigerant and oil recommendations”(P. 10-7).It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer to service your “environmentallyfriendly” air conditioner system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains re-frigerant under high pressure. To avoidpersonal injury, any air conditioner ser-vice should be done only by an experi-enced technician with properequipment.

RADIOWhen the ignition is placed in the ACC orON position, press the PUSH (power)button to turn the radio on. If you listen tothe radio with the engine not running, theignition should be placed in the ACCposition.Radio reception is affected by station sig-nal strength, distance from radio transmit-ter, buildings, bridges, mountains and otherexternal influences. Intermittent changesin reception quality normally are caused bythese external influences.Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio receptionYour NISSAN radio system is equipped withstate-of-the-art electronic circuits to en-hance radio reception. These circuits aredesigned to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM


However, there are some general charac-teristics of both FM and AM radio signalsthat can affect radio reception quality in amoving vehicle, even when the finestequipment is used. These characteristicsare completely normal in a given receptionarea and do not indicate any malfunctionin your NISSAN radio system.Reception conditions will constantlychange because of vehicle movement.Buildings, terrain, signal distance and inter-ference from other vehicles can workagainst ideal reception. Described beloware some of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.Some cellular phones or other devices maycause interference or a buzzing noise tocome from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

FM RADIO RECEPTIONRange: FM range is normally limited to 25 –30 mi (40 – 48 km), with monaural (singlechannel) FM having slightly more rangethan stereo FM. External influences maysometimes interfere with FM station re-ception even if the FM station is within 25mi (40 km). The strength of the FM signal isdirectly related to the distance between

the transmitter and receiver. FM signals fol-low a line-of-sight path, exhibiting many ofthe same characteristics as light. For ex-ample, they will reflect off objects.Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves awayfrom a station transmitter, the signals willtend to fade and/or drift.Static and flutter: During signal interfer-ence from buildings, large hills or due toantenna position (usually in conjunctionwith increased distance from the stationtransmitter), static or flutter can be heard.This can be reduced by adjusting the treblecontrol to reduce treble response.Multipath reception: Because of the reflec-tive characteristics of FM signals, direct andreflected signals reach the receiver at thesame time. The signals may cancel eachother, resulting in momentary flutter or lossof sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTIONAM signals, because of their low frequency,can bend around objects and skip alongthe ground. In addition, the signals can bebounced off the ionosphere and bent backto earth. Because of these characteristics,AM signals are also subject to interferenceas they travel from transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passingthrough freeway underpasses or in areaswith many tall buildings. It can also occurfor several seconds during ionospheric tur-bulence even in areas where no obstaclesexist.Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electricalpower lines, electric signs and even trafficlights.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

MP3 or WMA terms• MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pictures

Experts Group Audio Layer 3. MP3 is themost well-known compressed digital au-dio file format. This format allows for near“CD quality” sound, but at a fraction of thesize of normal audio files. MP3 conversionof an audio track from CD-ROM can re-duce the file size by approximately a 10:1ratio with virtually no perceptible loss inquality. MP3 compression removes theredundant and irrelevant parts of asound signal that the human ear doesn’thear.


• WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)* is acompressed audio format created by Mi-crosoft as an alternative to MP3. The WMAcodec offers greater file compressionthan the MP3 codec, enabling storage ofmore digital audio tracks in the sameamount of space when compared toMP3s at the same level of quality.

• Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the number ofbits per second used by a digital musicfile. The size and quality of a compresseddigital audio file is determined by the bitrate used when encoding the file.

• Sampling frequency — Sampling fre-quency is the rate at which the samplesof a signal are converted from analog todigital (A/D conversion) per second.

• Multisession — Multisession is one of themethods for writing data to media. Writ-ing data once to the media is called asingle session, and writing more thanonce is called a multisession.

• ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3/WMA tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA file thatcontains information about the digitalmusic file such as song title, artist, encod-ing bit rate, track time duration, etc. ID3tag information is displayed on the Artist/song title line on the display.

* Windows® and Windows Media® are reg-istered trademarks and trademarks in theUnited States of America and other coun-tries of Microsoft Corporation of the USA.

USB (Universal Serial Bus)connection port

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect or operatethe USB device while driving. Doing socan be a distraction. If distracted youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

• Do not force the USB device into theUSB port. Inserting the USB devicetilted or up-side-down into the portmay damage the port. Make surethat the USB device is connected cor-rectly into the USB port.

• Do not grab the USB port cover (if soequipped) when pulling the USB de-vice out of the port. This could dam-age the port and the cover.

• Do not leave the USB cable in a placewhere it can be pulled unintention-ally. Pulling the cable may damagethe port.

The vehicle is not equipped with a USB de-vice. USB devices should be purchasedseparately as necessary.This system cannot be used to format USBdevices. To format a USB device, use a per-sonal computer.In some jurisdictions, the USB device for thefront seats plays only sound without im-ages for regulatory reasons, even when thevehicle is parked.This system supports various USBmemory devices, USB hard drives andiPod® players. Some USB devices may notbe supported by this system.• Partitioned USB devices may not play

correctly.• Some characters used in other lan-

guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) may notappear properly in the display. Using Eng-lish language characters with a USB de-vice is recommended.


General notes for USB use• For additional information, refer to your

device manufacturer's owner informa-tion regarding the proper use and care ofthe device.

Notes for iPod® useiPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., regis-tered in the U.S. and other countries.• Improperly plugging in the iPod® may

cause a checkmark to be displayed onand off (flickering). Always make sure thatthe iPod® is connected properly.

• An iPod® nano (1st Generation) may re-main in fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. Inthis case, please manually reset theiPod®.

• An iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast-forward or rewind if it is dis-connected during a seek operation.

• An incorrect song title may appear whenthe Play Mode is changed while using aniPod® nano (2nd Generation).

• Audiobooks may not play in the sameorder as they appear on an iPod®.

• Large video files cause slow responses inan iPod®. The vehicle center display maymomentarily black out, but will soonrecover.

• If an iPod® automatically selects largevideo files while in the shuffle mode, thevehicle center display may momentarilyblack out, but will soon recover.

iPod®* player• Some characters used in other lan-

guages (Chinese, Japanese, etc.) are notdisplayed properly on the vehicle centerscreen. We recommend using English orSpanish language characters with aniPod®.

• Large video podcast files cause slow re-sponses in the iPod®. The vehicle centerdisplay may momentarily black out, but itwill soon recover.

• If the iPod® automatically selects largevideo podcast files while in the shufflemode, the vehicle center display maymomentarily black out, but it will soonrecover.

• Improperly plugging in the iPod® maycause a checkmark to be displayed onand off (flickering). Always make sure thatthe iPod® is connected properly.

• The iPod® nano (2nd Generation) will con-tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is dis-connected during a seek operation.

• An incorrect song title may appear whenthe Play Mode is changed while using theiPod® nano (2nd Generation).

• Audiobooks may not play in the sameorder as they appear on the iPod®.

• The iPod® nano (1st Generation) may re-main in fast forward or rewind mode if it isconnected during a seek operation. Inthis case, please manually reset theiPod®.

• If you are using an iPod® (3rd Generationwith Dock connector), do not use verylong names for the song title, albumname or artist name to prevent the iPod®from resetting itself.

• Be careful not to do the following, or thecable could be damaged and a loss offunction may occur:– Bend the cable excessively (1.6 in (40

mm) radius maximum).– Twist the cable excessively (more than

180 degrees).– Pull or drop the cable.– Do not force the iPod® cable connector

into the device port.– Close the center console lid on the

cable or connectors.– Store objects with sharp edges in the

storage where the cable is stored.


– Spill liquids on the cable andconnectors.

• Do not connect the cable to the iPod® ifthe cable and/or connectors are wet. Itmay damage the iPod®.

• If the cable and connectors are exposedto water, allow the cable and/or connec-tors to dry completely before connectingthe cable to the iPod® (wait 24 hours for itto dry).

• If the connector is exposed to fluids otherthan water, evaporative residue maycause a short between the connectorpins. In this case, replace the cable, other-wise damage to the iPod® and a loss offunction may occur.

• If the cable is damaged (insulation cut,connectors cracked, contamination suchas liquids, dust, dirt, etc. in the connec-tors), do not use the cable. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer toreplace the cable with a new one.

• When not in use for extended periods oftime, store the cable in a clean, dust freeenvironment at room temperature andwithout direct sun exposure.

• Do not use the cable for any other pur-poses other than its intended use in thevehicle.

*iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., regis-tered in the U.S. and other countries.

Bluetooth® streaming audio• Some Bluetooth® audio devices may not

be recognized by the in-vehicle audiosystem.

• It is necessary to set up the wireless con-nection between a compatibleBluetooth® audio device and the in-vehicle Bluetooth® module before usingthe Bluetooth® audio.

• Operating procedure of the Bluetooth®audio will vary depending on the devices.Make sure how to operate your audio de-vice before using it with this system.

• The Bluetooth® audio may be stoppedunder the following conditions:– Receiving a call on the Bluetooth®

Hands-Free Phone System.– Checking the connection to the

hands-free phone.• Do not place the Bluetooth® audio device

in an area surrounded by metal or faraway from the in-vehicle Bluetooth®module to prevent tone quality degrada-tion and wireless connection disruption.

• While an audio device is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the device maydischarge quicker than usual.

• This system supports the Bluetooth® Au-dio Distribution Profile (A2DP, AVRCP).



FM/AM RADIOFor additional information, see “Audio op-eration precautions” (P. 4-44).1. MENU button

2. Display screen

3. SEEK button

4. TRACK button

5. BACK button

6. PUSH SOUND button / TUNE• SCROLLknob

7. VOL (volume) knob/PUSH (power)button

8. AUDIO button

Audio main operationVOL (volume) knob / PUSH

(power) buttonPlace the ignition switch in the ACC or ONposition and press the PUSH (power)button while the system is off to call up themode (radio, AUX, Bluetooth® audio, USB oriPod®) that was playing immediately beforethe system was turned off.To turn the system off, press the PUSH

(power) button.Turn the VOL (volume) control knob to ad-just the volume.This vehicle may be equipped with SpeedSensitive Volume. When this feature is ac-tive, the audio volume changes as the driv-ing speed changes.

MENU buttonPress the MENU button to show theMenu screen. Touch the “Settings” key onthe display, then touch the “Sound” key.

LHA4704


SoundBass Adjusts the bass to the desired level.Treble Adjusts the treble to the desired level.Balance Adjusts the balance to the desired level. Balance adjusts the sound level between the left and right

speakers.Fade Adjusts the fade to the desired level. Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear

speakers.Speed Sensitive Volume Adjusts the speed sensitive volume function, which increases the volume of the audio system as

the speed of the vehicle increases. Set to “OFF” to disable the feature. The higher the setting, themore the volume increases in relation to vehicle speed.

Bass, treble, balance, fade and Speed Sensitive Volume can be adjusted by touching ”-”/”+”, “L”/”R”, or “R”/”F” keys.


BACK buttonPress the BACK button to return to theprevious menu screen.AUDIO buttonPress to display the audio screen. Whenthis button is pressed while the audioscreen is not displayed, the last audiosource played will play.

AM/FM radio screen1. “AM Menu” / “FM Menu” key

Touch to display the radio menu screen.

2. “Direct Tune” (if so equipped)Touch to manually enter a station.

3. Audio source indicatorIndicates the currently selected audiosource.

4. Reception information displayReception information currently avail-able such as frequency, station name,etc. is displayed.

5. Preset listTo listen to a preset station, touch thecorresponding station from the presetlist. If displayed, touch the “ <” or “ >” keysto scroll the preset list.

AM radio operationPress the MENU button and touch the“AM” key or press the AUDIO button andselect AM on the bottom of the Launch Barto bring up the AM display screen.If another audio source is playing when the“AM” key is pressed, the audio source play-ing will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will begin playing.AM MenuTouch the “AM Menu” key to display the AMMenu screen options:• SCAN: To scan the stations, touch the “AM

Menu” key on the radio screen and thentouch the “SCAN” key. The stations will beturned from low to high frequencies andstop at each broadcasting station forseveral seconds. Touching the “SCAN” keyagain during this period of several sec-onds will stop tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station.

LHA4708


• Refresh: Touch the “Refresh” key to up-date the station list displayed on the rightside of the AM Menu screen.

(SEEK/TRACK) buttonsPress the or buttons to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcastingstation.Direct Tune (if so equipped)Touch the “Direct Tune” key to display theDirect Tune menu and manually enter astation.1 to 6 station memory operationsUp to six stations can be registered in thepreset list.1. Select the AM radio band.

2. Tune to the station you wish to store.

3. Touch and hold one of the preset num-bers in the preset list.

The information such as frequency will bedisplayed on the preset list.To select and listen to the preset stations,press or on the steering wheelbriefly or touch a preferred station on thepreset list on the radio screen.

FM radio operationPress the MENU button and touch the“FM” key or press the AUDIO button andselect FM on the bottom of the Launch Barto bring up the FM display screen.If another audio source is playing when the“FM” key is pressed, the audio source play-ing will automatically be turned off and thelast radio station played will begin playing.The FM stereo indicator (STEREO) is shownon the screen during FM stereo reception.When the stereo broadcast signal is weak,the radio automatically changes from ste-reo to monaural reception.FM MenuTouch the “FM Menu” key to display the FMMenu screen options:• SCAN: To scan the stations, touch the “FM

Menu” key on the radio screen and thentouch the “SCAN” key. The stations will betuned from low to high frequencies andstop at each broadcasting stations forseveral seconds. Touching the “SCAN” keyagain during this period of several sec-onds will stop tuning and the radio willremain tuned to that station.

• Refresh: Touch the “Refresh” key to up-date the station list displayed on the rightside of the FM Menu screen.

• RDS Info: Radio station and song informa-tion can be displayed on the FM displayscreen.

(SEEK/TRACK) buttonsPress the or buttons to tunefrom low to high or high to low frequenciesand to stop at the next broadcastingstation.1 to 12 station memory operationsUp to 12 stations can be registered in thepreset list.1. Select the FM radio band.

2. Tune to the station you wish to store.

3. Touch and hold one of the preset num-bers in the preset list.

The information such as frequency will bedisplayed on the preset list.To select and listen to the preset stations,press or on the steering wheelbriefly or touch a preferred station on thepreset list on the radio screen.


Auxiliary (AUX) devices operation(if so equipped)Connecting auxiliary devicesConnect an AUX device into the AUX inputjack located on the center console belowthe heater and air conditioner controls.The AUX input jack accepts any standardanalog audio input such as from a portablecassette player, CD player, MP3 player orphone.Insert a 1/8 in (3.5 mm) stereo mini plug inthe audio input jack. If a cable with a monoplug is used, the audio output may notfunction normally.Activation and playingTurn on the AUX device. Connect an AUXcable to the AUX device and the AUX inputjack. Select AUX mode from the audiosource menu screen or by pressing theSource button on the steering wheel.

AUX screen• Audio source indicator

Indicates that the AUX source is currentlyplaying.

• “Volume Setting” keysTouch one of the keys to select the soundoutput gain from Low, Medium and High.

• AUX from Launch BarTouch to change from another source toAUX.

Additional featuresFor additional information, see “iPod®player operation” (P. 4-56) regarding theiPod® player available with this system.For additional information, see “USB (Uni-versal Serial Bus) connection port” (P. 4-53)regarding the USB connection port avail-able with this system.For additional information, see “Bluetooth®streaming audio” (P. 4-59) about theBluetooth® audio interface available withthis system.

Microsoft (WMA) Obligation ofLabelingAdditional Obligation of LabelingThis product is protected by certain intel-lectual property rights of MicrosoftCorporation and third parties. Use or distri-bution of such technology outside of thisproduct is prohibited without a licensefrom Microsoft or an authorized Microsoftsubsidiary and third parties.

LHA5492


USB (Universal Serial Bus)CONNECTION PORT

Connecting a device to the USBconnection port

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect, or operatethe USB device while driving. Doing socan be a distraction. If distracted youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION

• To avoid damage and loss of functionwhen using a USB device, note thefollowing precautions.




For additional information, refer to your de-vice manufacturer's owner information re-garding the proper use and care of thedevice.The USB port is located on the center con-sole beneath the heater and air condi-tioner controls. Insert the USB device intothe connection port.

When a compatible storage device isplugged into the connection port, compat-ible audio files on the storage device can beplayed through the vehicle's audio system.

LHA4701


USB connections screenPress the MENU button and touch the“Connections” key or touch the “Settings”key and touch the “Connections” key tochange USB settings.• Auto Change Source

Touch “ON” or “OFF” to change the audiosource settings for USB memory devicesor an iPod® connected through a USBcable.

USB screen1. “USB Menu” key

Touch to switch to the USB Menu screen.

2. Track informationTrack information such as the songname, artist name and album name aredisplayed.


4. USB operation keysTouch to control USB playbackfunctions

5. Play time and progress barThe play time of the track is displayed.The bar indicates the progress in playinga track.

USB operation keysTouch to control USB playback functions.

Keys DescriptionEach time “ ” key istouched, the repeat modechanges.Touch to return to the begin-ning of the current track.Touch again to select theprevious track. Touch andhold to rewind the currenttrack.Touch to play the track.Touch to pause the track.Touch to select the nexttrack. Touch and hold tofast-forward the track.Each time “ ” key istouched, the random modechanges.

LHA5494 LHA4710


USB memory device playeroperationActivation and playingConnecting the USB memory device intothe port will start playing the USB memory.USB memory device can also be played bytouching the “USB” key on the Menu screenor by touching USB on the Launch Bar.To pause playing the USB memory devicetouch the “ ” key. To resume playing,touch the “ ” key.Skipping tracksTo skip the tracks, press the orbuttons on the control panel or touch the “

” or “ ” keys on the screen repeat-edly until the preferred track is selected.

NOTE:

Depending on the condition, skipping tothe previous track may require pressingthe button or touching the key twice.Pressing the button or touching the keyonce may only restart the current trackfrom the beginning.

Fast-forwarding/rewindingTo rewind or fast-forward the track, pressand hold the or buttons on thecontrol panel or touch and hold the “ ”or “ ” keys on the screen.Changing play modeRepeat modeTouch the “ ” key on the USB screen tochange the repeat mode.The following modes are available:All: Repeat all1 Folder: Repeat folder/sub-folder1 Track: Repeat trackRandom modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the random mode as follows:“ ” is not highlighted: Random off“ ” highlighted: Random on

USB menuTouch the “USB Menu” key on the USBscreen to display the USB Menu screen.

“Now Playing” key Touch to display the USBscreen.

“Folder List” key Touch to display the folder list.Touch an item on the list toselect the folder. The sub-folder or track list will be dis-played. Select a sub-folder ortrack from the list.

“Album Artwork” Touch to run on/off the albumartwork display on the USBscreen.


iPod®* PLAYER OPERATIONConnecting iPod®

WARNING

Do not connect, disconnect, or operatethe USB device while driving. Doing socan be a distraction. If distracted youcould lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident or serious injury.

CAUTION




For additional information, refer to your de-vice manufacturer’s owner information re-garding the proper use and care of thedevice.To connect an iPod® to the vehicle so thatthe iPod® can be controlled with the audiosystem controls and display screen, usethe USB connection port located on thecenter console below the heater and airconditioner controls. Connect the iPod®-specific end of the cable to the iPod® andthe USB end of the cable to the USB con-nection port on the vehicle. If your iPod®supports charging via a USB connection, its

battery will be charged while connected tothe vehicle with the ignition switch in theON position.While connected to the vehicle, the iPod®can only be operated by the vehicle audiocontrols.To disconnect the iPod® from the vehicle,remove the USB end of the cable from theUSB connection port on the vehicle, thenremove the cable from the iPod®.* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc., regis-tered in the U.S. and other countries.

CompatibilityThe following models are compatible:• iPhone® XR• iPhone® XS Max• iPhone® XS• iPhone® X• iPhone® 8 Plus• iPhone® 8• iPhone® 7 Plus• iPhone® 7• iPhone® SE• iPhone® 6s Plus• iPhone® 6s• iPhone® 6 Plus

LHA4701


• iPhone® 6• iPhone® 5s* Some features of this iPod® may not befully functional.Make sure that your iPod® firmware is up-dated to the version indicated above.

iPod screen1. “iPod Menu” key

Touch to switch to the iPod Menu screen.



4. Album artworkAn image of the album artwork is dis-played when available if the setting isturned on.

5. iPod® operation keysTouch to control iPod® playbackfunctions


iPod® operation keysTouch to control iPod® playback functions.

Keys DescriptionEach time “ ” key is touched,the repeat mode changes.Touch to return to the beginning ofthe current track. Touch again to se-lect the previous track. Touch andhold to rewind the current track.Touch to play the track.Touch to pause the track.Touch to select the next track. Touchand hold to fast-forward the track.Each time “ ” key is touched,the random mode changes.

LHA4724


iPod® memory device playeroperationActivation and playingConnecting the iPod® to the vehicle via USBcable will activate the iPod® mode.The iPod® can also be played by touchingthe “iPod” key on the Menu screen or bytouching iPod on the Launch Bar.Skipping tracksTo skip the tracks, press the orbuttons on the control panel or touch the “

” or “ ” keys on the screen repeat-edly until the preferred track is selected.

NOTE:

Depending on the condition, skipping tothe previous track may require pressingthe button or touching the key twice.Pressing the button or touching the keyonce may only restart the current trackfrom the beginning.Fast-forwarding/rewindingTo rewind or fast-forward the track, pressand hold the or buttons on thecontrol panel or touch and hold the “ ”or “ ” keys on the screen,

Changing play modeRepeat modeTouch the “ ” key on the iPod® screento change the repeat mode. The followingmodes are available.No text displayed: Repeat offAll: Repeat allOne: Repeat trackRandom modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the random mode as follows.“ ” is not highlighted: Random off“ ” highlighted: Random on

iPod® MenuTouch the “iPod Menu” key on the iPod®screen to display the iPod® Menu screen.

“Now Playing” key Touch to display the USBscreen.

“Folder List” key (ifso equipped)

Touch to display the folder list.Touch an item on the list toselect the folder. The sub-folder or track list will be dis-played. Select a sub-folder ortrack from the list.

“Album Artwork”key

Touch to run on/off the albumartwork display on the USBscreen.

“Playlists” key Touch to display the list ac-cording to the selected item.“Artists” key

“Albums” key“Songs” key“Podcasts” key“Genres” key“Composers” key“Audiobooks” key“iTunes Radio”key


BLUETOOTH® STREAMING AUDIOIf you have a compatible Bluetooth® audiodevice that is capable of playing audio files,the device can be connected to the vehi-cle's audio system so that the audio files onthe device play through the vehicle'sspeakers. For additional information, see“FM/AM radio” (P. 4-48).

NOTE:

For additional information regardingBluetooth® Streaming Audio, refer to thecellular phone owner’s manual.

Connecting procedureNOTE:

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. Ifthe vehicle starts moving during the pro-cedure, the procedure will be canceled.

To connect a phone to the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System:Manual Connecting Procedure1. Press the MENU button on the con-

trol panel.

2. Touch the “Connections” key on thescreen.

3. In the Bluetooth tab, touch the “Add New”key to connect a phone.

4. When a compatible phone is found amessage with a PIN appears on thescreen.

5. Verify the PIN is correct and accept theconnection.

6. To access the Bluetooth® settings menutouch the “ ” key on the Connectionsscreen. The following options areavailable:

Menu Item ResultBluetooth Allows user to switch Bluetooth® on and off. Bluetooth® must be turned on in order to connect a device.

ON Turns Bluetooth® functionality on. To turn off, touch the “ON” key again. The indicator light will go off.Favorite (Connection first) Allows user to toggle “Phone” and “Audio” favorite settings on and off.PIN Allows user to customize the PIN to a four digit number.

LHA4726


Automatic Connecting ProcedureIf no phone is connected to the system,press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.After the prompt, speak “Add Phone”, thesystem will announce “transferring to theadd phone settings menu”. The system willstart the pairing procedure. When a com-patible phone is found, a message with aPIN appears on the screen. Operate theBluetooth® phone to complete the con-nection process. For additional informa-tion, see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-79).

Bluetooth® screen1. “BT Menu” key

Depending on the Bluetooth® versionsupported by the connected device, ei-ther the “BT Menu” key or “Connections”key is displayed.



4. Bluetooth® audio operation keysTouch to control Bluetooth® audio play-back functions


Bluetooth® operation keysTouch to control Bluetooth® playbackfunctions.

Keys DescriptionEach time “ ” key istouched, the repeat modechanges.Touch to return to the begin-ning of the current track.Touch again to select theprevious track. Touch andhold to rewind the currenttrack.Touch to play the track.Touch to pause the track.Touch to select the nexttrack. Touch and hold tofast-forward the track.Each time “ ” key istouched, the random modechanges.

LHA4727


Bluetooth® audio operationThe ability to pause, change tracks, fastforward, rewind, randomize and repeatmusic may be different between devices.Some or all of these functions may not besupported on each device.

NOTE:

Depending on the Bluetooth® audio de-vice that is connected, it may not be pos-sible to perform audio operations or adelay may occur before music is playedback.Activation and playingA Bluetooth® audio device can be played bytouching the “Bluetooth” key on the Menuscreen or by touching Bluetooth on theLaunch Bar.To pause playing the Bluetooth® audio,touch the “ ” key. Touch the “ ” keyto resume playing.

Changing foldersTo change folders, touch the “BT Menu” key.Fast-forwarding/rewindingTo fast-forward or rewind the track, pressand hold the or buttons on thecontrol panel or touch the “ ” or “ ”keys on the screen.Changing play modeRepeat modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the repeat mode.Random modeTouch the “ ” key on the screen tochange the random mode.

NOTE:

Available repeat/random modes changedepending on the connected device.

BT MenuTouch the “BT Menu” key on the Bluetooth®audio screen to display the Bluetooth® au-dio menu screen.The following items are available.

“Now Playing” key Touch to display theBluetooth® audio screen.

“Current List” key (if soequipped)*

A list of tracks in the cur-rently selected folder isdisplayed.

“Connections” key Touch to display the con-nections screen.

“Folder List” key* Touch to display thefolder list. Touch an itemon the list to select thefolder.

*: displayed only when available.

NOTE:

Depending on the connected device, the“BT Menu” key may not be displayed.


STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL1. SEEK/TRACK buttons

2. SOURCE switch

3. Volume control switch

SOURCE switchPush the SOURCE switch to change themode in the following sequence:AM → FM→ USB/iPod®*→ Bluetooth® Au-dio* → AUX* → AM.

* These modes are only available whencompatible media storage is inserted intothe device or connected to the system.

Volume control switchPush the volume control switch to increaseor decrease the volume.

SEEK/TRACK buttons

AM and FM• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

increase or decrease the preset stationand show a list of the preset stations.

• Press or hold for more than 1.5 seconds toseek up or down to the next station.

iPod®• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

increase or decrease the track number.• Press or hold for more than 1.5 seconds to

reverse or fast forward the track beingplayed.

Bluetooth® Streaming Audio• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

skip ahead or back to the next song.

USB• Press or hold for less than 1.5 seconds to

increase or decrease the track number.• Press or hold for more than 1.5 seconds to

reverse or fast forward the track beingplayed.

ANTENNAThe vehicle is equipped with an antenna.

CAUTION

• A build up of ice on the antenna canaffect radio performance. Removethe ice to restore radio reception.

• When removing snow from the roof,do not apply strong force to the an-tenna. That might break the antennaand dent the roof panel.

• When using a high pressure car wash,keep the high pressure nozzle awayfrom the antenna. The seal may bedeformed or damaged.

• The radio performance may be af-fected if cargo carried on the roofblocks the radio signal. If possible, donot put cargo near the antenna.

LHA4227


Apple Siri® Eyes Free personal assistantcan be accessed from the vehicle. Siri EyesFree can be accessed in Siri Eyes Freemode to reduce user distraction. In thismode, Siri Eyes Free is available for interac-tion by voice control. After connecting acompatible Apple device by usingBluetooth®, Siri Eyes Free can be activatedfrom the button on the steeringwheel.Siri® is a trademark of Apple Inc., registeredin the U.S. and other countries.• Some Siri Eyes Free functions, such as

displaying pictures or opening apps, maynot be available while driving.

• For getting best results, always updateyour device to the latest software version.

• Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet aspossible. Close the windows to eliminatethe surrounding noises (traffic noises, vi-bration sounds, etc.), which may preventthe system from recognizing the voicecommands correctly.

• For functions that can be used in Siri EyesFree, please refer to the Apple website.

REQUIREMENTSSiri® is only available on the iPhone® 4S orlater. Devices released before iPhone® 4Sare not supported by the Siri® Eyes Freesystem. Visit www.apple.com/ios/siri fordetails about device compatibility.Siri must be enabled on the phone. Pleasecheck phone settings.If the device has a lock screen, Siri must beaccessible from the lock screen. Pleasecheck phone settings.For best results, always update your deviceto the latest software version.

OPERATING SIRI® EYES FREE1. Press button for more than 1.5

seconds.

2. Speak your command and then listen tothe Siri® Eyes Free reply.

After starting Siri Eyes Free, press thebutton again within 5 seconds of the end ofthe Siri Eyes Free announcement to extendthe session.

LHA4733

SIRI® EYES FREE (if so equipped)


Example 1 – Playing music1. Press button for more than 1.5

seconds.

2. Say “Play (artist name, song name, etc.)”.

3. Your vehicle will automatically change toBluetooth® Audio or iPod® mode* whenthe music starts playing. Mode selectionis determined by the phone.

* If the iPhone® is also connected with theUSB cable.If the audio track does not start playingautomatically after Siri Eyes Free ends, trychanging the track or audio source to re-sume playback.

NOTE:

For best results, use the native musicapp. Performance of music control func-tion while using Podcasts, Audiobook orother 3rd party music apps may vary andis controlled by the iPhone®.

Example 2 – Replying to text messages1. If a compatible iPhone® is connected

and “Show Notifications” of the iPhone®settings is enabled, the vehicle will dis-play a notification for new incoming textmessages.

2. After reading the message, press orpress and hold the button to replyusing Siri Eyes Free.

3. After a beep sounds, say “Text message”or a similar command to reply using SiriEyes Free.


TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDESymptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot access Siri EyesFree from switch on thesteering wheel

Check if a Bluetooth® connection is established between the iPhone® and the system.Check if Siri is enabled on the device. On your phone, go to Siri setting.Check that Siri can be accessed from the device lock screen. This can be set in the settings menu of your phone.

Audio Source does notchange automatically toiPod® or Bluetooth® Au-dio mode

For best results, use the native Music app. Performance of music control function while using Podcasts, Audiobook or other 3rd partymusic apps may vary.For best results, play media already stored on your device. Streaming music or playback from cloud storage may degrade perfor-mance.Switch the source manually by pressing the AUX or MEDIA button on the vehicle audio system or the SOURCE select switch on thesteering wheel.

Play, pause, next track,previous track or playtimer does not work

For best results, use the native Music app. Performance of music control function while using Podcasts, Audiobook or other 3rd partymusic apps may vary and is controlled by the device.

Cannot hear any music/audio being played backfrom a connectediPhone®

Check that the audio source is set to Bluetooth® Audio or iPod® mode. A USB connection is required for iPod® mode.

Cannot receive text mes-sage notifications on thevehicle audio system

Check if “Send Notifications” is enabled on your phone. On the phone, go to Bluetooth® settings. Find the device name, like “My Car”.Press the INFO button. Turn on “Show Notifications”.

Cannot reply to text mes-sage notifications by SiriEyes Free

After receiving an incoming text message, follow on-screen guidance. Press the button for 1.5 seconds on the steering wheel forSiri Eyes Free. After Siri Eyes Free starts, say “Text Message”.


When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your vehicle, be sure to observethe following precautions; otherwise, thenew equipment may adversely affect theengine control system and other electronicparts.

WARNING

• A cellular phone should not be usedfor any purpose while driving so fullattention may be given to vehicle op-eration. Some jurisdictions prohibitthe use of cellular phones whiledriving.

• If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands freecellular phone operational mode (ifso equipped) is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme caution atall times so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

• If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while talk-ing on the phone, pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

• Keep the antenna as far away as pos-sible from the electronic controlmodules.

• Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electroniccontrol system harnesses. Do notroute the antenna wire next to anyharness.

• Adjust the antenna standing-waveratio as recommended by themanufacturer.

• Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

• For additional information, it is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

WARNING

• Use a phone after stopping your ve-hicle in a safe location. If you have touse a phone while driving, exerciseextreme caution at all times so fullattention may be given to vehicleoperation.

• If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while talk-ing on the phone, pull off the road toa safe location and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

To avoid discharging the vehicle bat-tery, use a phone after starting theengine.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONESYSTEM


Your NISSAN is equipped with theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System. Ifyou have a compatible Bluetooth® enabledcellular phone, you can set up the wirelessconnection between your cellular phoneand the in-vehicle phone module. WithBluetooth® wireless technology, you can

make or receive a hands-free telephonecall with your cellular phone in the vehicle.Once your cellular phone is connected tothe in-vehicle phone module, no otherphone connecting procedure is required.Your phone is automatically connectedwith the in-vehicle phone module when

the ignition switch is placed in the ACC orON position with the previously connectedcellular phone turned on and carried in thevehicle.

NOTE:

Some devices require the user to acceptconnections to other Bluetooth® de-vices. If your phone does not connect au-tomatically to the system, consult thephone's owner's manual for details ondevice operation.You can connect up to six differentBluetooth® cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. However, you cantalk on only one cellular phone at a time.Before using the Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.• Set up the wireless connection between

a compatible cellular phone and the in-vehicle phone module before using thehands-free phone system.

• Some Bluetooth® enabled cellularphones may not be recognized or workproperly. Please visitwww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth orwww.nissan.ca/bluetooth for a recom-mended phone list and connectinginstructions.

LHA5315


• You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser-vice area.Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficultto receive a cellular signal; such as in atunnel, in an underground parking garage,near a tall building or in a mountainousarea.Your cellular phone is locked to prevent itfrom being dialed.• When the radio wave condition is not

ideal or ambient sound is too loud, it maybe difficult to hear the other person'svoice during a call.

• Do not place the cellular phone in an areasurrounded by metal or far away fromthe in-vehicle phone module to preventtone quality degradation and wirelessconnection disruption.

• While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the cellularphone may discharge quicker than usual.The Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem cannot charge cellular phones.

• Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in a differentlocation may reduce or eliminate thenoise.

• For additional information, refer to thecellular phone owner's manual regardingthe telephone charges, cellular phoneantenna and body, etc.

REGULATORY INFORMATIONFCC Regulatory information– CAUTION: To maintain compliance with

FCC’s RF exposure guidelines, use onlythe supplied antenna. Unauthorized an-tenna, modification, or attachmentscould damage the transmitter and mayviolate FCC regulations.

– Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1.1) This device may not cause interfer-

ence and2.2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

IC Regulatory information– Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) this device may not causeinterference, and (2) this device must ac-cept any interference, including interfer-ence that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

– This Class B digital apparatus meets allrequirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing EquipmentRegulations.


USING THE SYSTEMThe system allows hands-free operation ofthe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.If the vehicle is in motion, some commandsmay not be available so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.


InitializationWhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, NISSAN Voice Recognition is initial-ized, which takes a few seconds. If thebutton is pressed before the initializationcompletes, the system will announce“There is no phone connected” and will notreact to voice commands.

Operating tipsTo get the best performance out of theNISSAN Voice Recognition System, observethe following:• Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as

possible. Keep all vents pointed awayfrom the microphone and close the win-dows to eliminate surrounding noises(traffic noises, vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system from rec-ognizing voice commands correctly.

• Wait until the tone sounds before speak-ing a command. Otherwise, the com-mand will not be received properly.

• Start speaking a command within 5 sec-onds after the tone sounds.

• Speak in a natural voice without pausingbetween words.

• For calling contacts by name, please sayboth the first and last name of the con-tact for better recognition.

Giving voice commandsTo operate NISSAN Voice Recognition,press the button located on the steer-ing wheel for less than 1.5 seconds. Afterthe tone sounds, speak a command.The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is givenwhen the command is accepted.• If a command is not recognized, the sys-

tem announces, “Please say or select acommand from the displayed list.” Makesure the command is said exactly asprompted by the system and repeat thecommand in a clear voice.

• If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or “Cor-rection” any time the system is waiting fora response.

• You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response by say-ing, “Cancel” or “Quit.” The system an-nounces “Exit” and ends the Voice Recog-nition session. You can also press andhold the button on the steeringwheel for 1.5 seconds at any time to endthe Voice Recognition session. Wheneverthe Voice Recognition session is can-celed, a double beep is played to indicateyou have exited the system.

• If you want to adjust the volume of thevoice feedback, push the (+ or -) volumecontrol switches on the steering wheelwhile being provided with feedback. Youcan also use the radio volume controlknob.

Voice Prompt InterruptIn most cases you can interrupt the voicefeedback to speak the next command bypressing the button on the steeringwheel. After interrupting the system, waitfor a beep before speaking your command.One Shot Call (if so equipped)To use the system faster, you may speakthe second level commands with the mainmenu command on the main menu. Forexample, press the button and afterthe tone say, “Call Redial”.


INDICATORSWhen a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® wireless connec-tion, indicators O1 for the phone and textmessaging are displayed on the top of thescreen.

Indicator DescriptionIndicates there are un-read received mes-sages.Indicates theBluetooth® device thatis currently connected.Indicates the strengthof the signal theBluetooth® device isreceiving.Indicates the amountof remainingBluetooth® devicebattery.

CONTROL BUTTONSThe control buttons for the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System are located onthe steering wheel.

VOICE COMMAND BUTTONPress and hold the button forless than 1.5 seconds to initiate theVoice Recognition session. To exit theVoice Recognition session press andhold the for more than 1.5 sec-onds. For additional information, see“Voice prompt interrupt” (P. 4-69).

LHA4723 LHA4684


You can use the button to inter-rupt the system feedback and give acommand at once.

If an iPhone® is connected, Siri® canbe accessed by pressing thebutton for more than two seconds.For additional information, see “Siri®Eyes Free (if so equipped)” (P. 4-63).

PHONE BUTTONTo answer an incoming call or to enda call press the button.

To reject a call press and hold thebutton. CONNECTING PROCEDURE

NOTE:

The connecting procedure must be per-formed when the vehicle is stationary. Ifthe vehicle starts moving during the pro-cedure, the procedure will be canceled.

To connect a phone to the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System:Manual Connecting Procedure1. Press the MENU button on the con-

trol panel.

2. Touch the “Connections” key on thescreen.

3. In the Bluetooth tab, touch the “Add New”key to connect a phone.

4. When a compatible phone is found amessage with a PIN appears on thescreen.

5. Verify the PIN is correct and accept theconnection.

6. To access the Bluetooth® settings menutouch the “ ” key on the Connectionsscreen. The following options areavailable:

Menu Item ResultBluetooth Allows user to switch Bluetooth® on and off. Bluetooth® must be turned on in order to connect a device.

ON Turns Bluetooth® functionality on. To turn off, touch the “ON” key again. The indicator light will go off.Favorite (Connection first) Allows user to toggle “Phone” and “Audio” favorite settings on and off.PIN Allows user to customize the PIN to a four digit number.

LHA4726


NOTE:

Some cellular phones may require you toaccept certain permissions in order toenable features on your Bluetooth® sys-tem. During the Bluetooth® pairing pro-cess, please check your cellular phone’sdisplay for a pop-up with the request togrant phonebook access.Granting phonebook access permissionwill allow your contacts to be down-loaded to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® sys-tem. A pop-up may display on your cellu-lar phone stating that the Bluetooth®system would like to access your con-tacts and call history. Please select “Al-low” or Yes” to grant this permission.Automatic Connecting ProcedureIf no phone is connected to the system,press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.After the prompt, speak “Add Phone”, thesystem will announce “transferring to theadd phone settings menu”. The system willstart the pairing procedure. When a com-patible phone is found, a message with aPIN appears on the screen. Operate theBluetooth® phone to complete the con-nection process. For additional informa-tion, see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-79).

VOICE COMMANDSVoice commands can be used to operatethe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System.Press and hold the button for lessthan 1.5 seconds to bring up the phonecommand menu. The commands avail-able are:• Call <name>• Dial <number>• Recent Calls• Read/Send Text (if so equipped)• Siri® (if so equipped)• Voice Assistant (if so equipped)• Phonebook• Quick Dial• Redial• Select Phone• Add Phone• Call <name> Mobile• Call <name> Home• Call <name> Office• Call <name> Main• Call <name> Other• Settings

“Call <name>”Speak this command to make a call to acontact that is stored in the phonebook.Say “Call” followed by a phonebook name toinitiate a call. If the system does not recog-nize the name it will display a list of similarnames. After the prompt, speak or touchan item number from the displayed list toplace the call.

“Dial <number>”Speak this command to make a call with aspoken phone number. After the prompt,say “Dial” followed by a 7 to 10 digit phonenumber. The system will repeat the num-ber back. Say “Dial” to initiate the call or“Correction” to re-enter the phone number.


“Recent Calls”The following commands are available un-der “Recent Calls”:• Incoming Calls

Speak this command to list the last 20incoming calls to the vehicle. If the call isfrom an entry in the phonebook, thename will be displayed. Otherwise, thephone number of the incoming call willbe displayed.When prompted, speak or touch the itemnumber on the screen to place the call.Touch the “Next” key to move through thelist of incoming calls.

• Outgoing CallsSpeak this command to list the last 20outgoing calls from the vehicle. If the callwas to an entry in the phonebook, thename will be displayed. Otherwise, thephone number of the outgoing call will bedisplayed.When prompted, speak or touch the itemnumber on the screen to place the call.Touch the “Next” key to move through thelist of outgoing calls.

• Missed CallsSpeak this command to list the last 20missed calls to the vehicle. If the call isfrom an entry in the phonebook, thename will be displayed. Otherwise, thephone number of the missed call will bedisplayed.When prompted, speak or touch the itemnumber on the screen to place the call.Touch the “Next” key to move through thelist of missed calls.

“Read Text/Send Text” (if soequipped)Speak this command to access text mes-saging functions. For additional informa-tion, see “Text messaging” (P. 4-76).

“Phonebook through voicecommand”Speak “Phonebook” to view a list of quicksteps to access entries stored in thephonebook. Commands are organized bythe phone number type selected in the cel-lular device. For additional information, re-fer to the cellular phone’s owner’s manual.The following commands are available:• <Say a Contact Name>• <Say a Contact Name> Main

• <Say a Contact Name> Home• <Say a Contact Name> Mobile• <Say a Contact Name> Office• <Say a Contact Name> OtherFor additional information on manually se-lecting phonebook entries, see “Making acall” (P. 4-75).

“Quick dial”Speak this command to access the Quickdial menu. After the prompt, speak or se-lect an item number on the displayed list toplace the call. For additional information,see “Making a call” (P. 4-75).

“Redial”Speak this command to call the last num-ber dialed. After the prompt, say “Redial” todial the number of the last outgoing call.The system will display “Redialing <name/number>”. The name of the phonebook en-try will be displayed if it is available, other-wise the number being redialed will bedisplayed.


“Select Phone”Speak this command to access the Con-nections menu. For additional information,see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-79).

“Add Phone”Speak this command to access the Con-nections menu. For additional information,see “Bluetooth® connections screen”(P. 4-79).

“Settings”Speak this command to access the Sys-tem Voice settings menu. The system willexit Voice Recognition mode. Touch one ofthe following options on the screen tochange the settings.• Beep Only for Opening Prompt

By touching the “ON” key, the indicatorlight will illuminate, the system voice willturn off and only a tone will sound whenthe Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys-tem is activated. To turn the system voiceback on, touch the “ON” key again, theindicator light will turn off.

• Best Match ListWhen the system doesn't recognize aphonebook name or dial number, it willprovide a list of similar sounding results.To turn this off, touch the “ON” key, theindicator light will turn off. To turn on,touch the “ON” key again, the indicatorlight will turn on.

PHONE DISPLAY SCREENThe Phone screen can be displayed bypressing the button on the controlpanel.The following options are displayed:• Quick Dial

Displays the Quick Dial screen. For addi-tional information, see “Quick dial” (P. 4-73).

• PhonebookDisplays the Phonebook screen. For addi-tional information, see “Making a call”(P. 4-75).

LHA4705


• Call HistoryDisplays the Call History screen. For addi-tional information, see “Making a call”(P. 4-75).

• Dial NumberDisplays the Dial Number screen. For ad-ditional information, see “Making a call”(P. 4-75).

• Text MessageDisplays the received message screen.For additional information, see “Text mes-saging” (P. 4-76).

• ConnectionsDisplays the Connections screen. For ad-ditional information, see “Bluetooth® con-nections screen” (P. 4-79).

• VolumeDisplays the volume adjustment screen.For additional information, see “Volume &beeps” (P. 4-82).

MAKING A CALLTo make a call press the button on thecontrol panel. Touch an option from menuscreen:

• PhonebookSelect a person and the phone numberyou wish to call from the phonebook.Depending on the device, the phonebookwill be downloaded from the cellularphone automatically when it is con-nected. If the automatic download doesnot take place, the phone number mustbe transferred to the hands-free phonesystem from the cellular phone prior tousing this method. For additional infor-mation, see “Phone and text messagesettings” (P. 4-80).

• Call HistorySelect a phonebook name or phonenumber from the recent incoming, out-going or missed calls tabs. Touch aphonebook name or phone numberlisted to initiate the call.

• Dial NumberEnter the phone number manually usingthe keypad displayed on the screen.Touch the “OK” key on the screen to initi-ate the call.

For additional options to make a call, see“Voice commands” (P. 4-72).

RECEIVING A CALLWhen a call is received by the phone con-nected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, the call information isdisplayed on the control panel display.Press the button on the steeringwheel or touch the “ Answer” key onthe screen to accept the call. To reject thecall touch the “ Decline” key on thescreen.If the user is not able to answer the callright away, touch the “Hold Call” key dis-played on the screen. A message will beplayed for the caller: “I’m not able to take acall right now.” The user may then acceptthe call when available or reject the call.To reject a call, press and hold thebutton on the steering wheel.

DURING A CALLWhile a call is active the following optionswill appear on the control panel display:• Mute

Touch this key to mute or unmute thesystem.

• Dial NumberTouch this key to dial digits during thephone call.


• Use HandsetTouch this key to transfer the call to thehandset. To transfer the call back fromthe handset to the Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System, press the but-ton on the control panel then select the“Transfer Hands-free” key on the screen.

• Switch CallThis option will only be available when asecond call is active.

If supported by the phone, theBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Systemallows for call waiting functionality. If acall is received while another call is al-ready active, a message will be displayedon the screen. Press the button onthe steering wheel or touch the “Answer” key on screen to accept the in-coming call. Touch the “ Decline” keyon the screen to reject the second call.

While a call is active, press the buttonon the steering wheel to access additionaloptions. Speak one of the followingcommands:• “Send Digits”

Speak this command followed by the dig-its to enter digits during the phone call.

• “Switch call”Speak this command to hold the secondcall and switch back to the original call.

ENDING A CALLTo end an active call, press the buttonon the steering wheel or touch the “Hang up” key on the screen.

TEXT MESSAGING (if so equipped)

WARNING

• Laws in some jurisdictions may re-strict the use of “Text-to-Speech”.Check local regulations before usingthis feature.

• Laws in some jurisdictions may re-strict the use of some of the applica-tions and features, such as socialnetworking and texting. Check localregulations for any requirements.

• Use the text messaging feature afterstopping your vehicle in a safe loca-tion. If you have to use the featurewhile driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attentionmay be given to vehicle operation.

• If you are unable to devote full atten-tion to vehicle operation while usingthe text messaging feature, pull offthe road to a safe location and stopyour vehicle.

NOTE:

This feature is automatically disabled ifthe connected device does not supportthe Message Access Profile (MAP). Foradditional information, refer to thephone’s owner’s manual for details andinstructions.

NOTE:

Many phones may require special per-mission to enable text messaging. Checkthe phone’s screen during Bluetooth®pairing. For some phones, you may needto enable ‘Notifications’ in the phone’sBluetooth® menu for text messages toappear on the headunit. For additionalinformation, refer to your phone’s own-er’s manual. Text message integrationrequires that the phone support MAP(Message Access Profile) for both receiv-ing and sending text messages. Somephones may not support all text mes-saging features. Please refer towww.nissanusa.com/bluetooth orwww.nissan.ca/bluetooth for compat-ibility information, as well as your de-vice’s owner’s manual.The system allows for the sending and re-ceiving of text messages through the ve-hicle interface.


The availability of the text message func-tion may vary depending on the cellularphone.When the cellular phone connected to thevehicle receives a text message, a notifica-tion will appear on the control panel dis-play. To check the message, touch the“Read” key. Touch the “Ignore” key to savethe message to be checked later.Access text messaging through the ve-hicles Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone orthrough the vehicles control panel.

Text messaging using Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System (if soequipped)Sending a text message (if so equipped)1. Press and hold the button on the

steering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.

2. Say “Send Text” after the tone.

3. The system will provide a list of availablecommands in order to determine therecipient of the text message. Choosefrom the following:

• Phonebook• Quick Dial• Incoming Calls

• Outgoing Calls• Missed Calls• Dial

4. Once a recipient is chosen, the systemprompts for which message to send.Nine predefined messages are avail-able. To choose one of the predefinedmessages, speak one of the followingafter the tone:

• “Driving, can't text”• “Call me”• “On my way”• “Running late”• “Okay”• “Yes”• “No”• “Where are you?”• “When?”Reading a received text message1. Press and hold the button on the

steering wheel for less than 1.5 seconds.

2. Say “Read Text” after the tone.The display will show a list of 20 messageswith the sender and delivery time. Touchthe “Next” key on the screen to view all mes-sages. To view a text message press the

button on the steering wheel andspeak the number item list on the screen.The following options will be available:• Play

Speak this command to have the systemsay the message.

• ReplySpeak this command to send a text mes-sage response to the sender of the textmessage.

• CallSpeak this command to call the sender.

• PreviousSpeak this command to move to the pre-vious text message (if available).

• NextSpeak this command to move to the nexttext message (if available).

Siri® Eyes Free (if so equipped)If a connected phone is equipped with Siri®,it can also be used to create custom mes-sages that are sent through the phone. Foradditional information, see “Siri® Eyes Free(if so equipped)” (P. 4-63).

NOTE:

Text messages are only displayed if thevehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8km/h).


NOTE:

For Apple iPhones®, text messages canonly be sent through Siri.

Text messaging using the controlpanelDisplay received message list1. Press the button on the control

panel.

2. Touch the “Text Message” key on thescreen

3. Touch an item on the list to read or replyto the message.

Up to 100 messages can be stored in themessage list.

Received message screenTouching the “Read” key on the incomingmessage notification screen or selecting amessage from the message list will showthe details of the received message on thedisplay.Available actions:• Prev.

Touch this key to read the previousmessage.

• NextTouch this key to read the next message.

• Play/StopTouch the “Play” key to have the hands-free phone system read out the receivedmessage. Touch the “Stop” key to stopreading.

• CallIf the sender of the message is registeredin the phonebook, touch the “Call” key tomake a call to the sender.

• ReplyA reply message can be selected fromthe predefined list.

Sending a text message (if so equipped)This function may not be supported de-pending on the cellular phone.1. Press the button on the control

panel.

2. Touch the “Text Message” key on thescreen.

3. Touch the “Create Message” key on thescreen.

The following items are available:

Available item ActionTo Enter Number by Keypad Enter the phone number of the recipient using the keypad. Touch the “OK” key to confirm.

Quick Dial Select a recipient from the quick dial list.Phonebook Select a recipient from the phonebook.Call History Select a recipient/phone number from call history.

Select Text Touch to display a list of predefined text messages.Send Touch to send the message.


BLUETOOTH® CONNECTIONSSCREEN1. “ ” (back) key2. Bluetooth tab3. Connections screen4. “Add New” key5. “ ” (settings) key6. “ ” (info) key7. “ ” (Bluetooth® Audio connection) key8. “ ” (Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone

System connection) key

Access the Connections screen to changesettings and view Bluetooth® information.To access the Connections screen pressthe MENU button on the control panel.Touch the “Connections” key on the screenthen select the Bluetooth tab.The paired phone will be added to the liston the Bluetooth® connections screen.Touching the name of another device onthe list will switch the connected device.

“ ” (back) key

Touch the “ ” key to go back to theprevious screen.

Connecting Bluetooth®For additional information on connecting acellular phone or device to the Bluetooth®Hands-Free Phone System, see “Connect-ing procedure” (P. 4-71).

NOTE:

Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in a differ-ent location may reduce or eliminate thenoise.

Bluetooth tabThis tab will display up to six Bluetooth®devices. If six devices are already con-nected, one of the devices must be deletedbefore another device can be connected.

“Add New” keyTouch the “Add New” key on the screen toconnect a new Bluetooth® device. For ad-ditional information, see “Connecting pro-cedure” (P. 4-71).

“ ” (Bluetooth® settings) key

Touch the “ ” key on the screen todisplay a list of options.• Bluetooth

Touch this key to turn the Bluetooth®connection on or off

• Favorite (Connection first)Touch this key to change which devicewill be connected first when multiple de-vices are connected to the vehicle.Turn the “ ” key on or off to make thedevice a favorite connection.Turn the “ ” key on or off to make thedevice a favorite connection.

LHA4716


• PinTouch this key to customize the PIN code.Input a four digit number then touch the“OK” key. The new PIN will be set.

“ ” (info) key

Touch the “ ” key on the screen todisplay the information of the cellularphone or to delete the device.Touch the “Delete” key to remove a paireddevice then select “Yes” when a messageappears.

“ ” (Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System connection) keyA list of connected devices will be displayedon the screen. Touch the “ ” key next tothe name to connect a device to theHands-Free Phone System. If the phone islisted as a favorite, a star will appear on theicon. Touch the key again to disconnect thedevice. The device will not be removedfrom the list. For additional information onremoving a device, see “ ” (info) key(P. 4-80).

“ ” (Bluetooth® Audioconnection) keyA list of connected devices will be displayedon the screen. Touch the “ ” key next tothe name to connect a device toBluetooth® Audio. If the device is listed as afavorite, a star will appear on the icon.Touch the key again to disconnect the de-vice. The device will not be removed fromthe list. For additional information on re-moving a device, see “ ” (info) key(P. 4-80).

PHONE AND TEXT MESSAGESETTINGSBluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System set-tings can be changed according to the us-er’s preference. To access the “Phone” set-tings menu press the MENU button onthe control panel. Touch the “Settings” keythen touch the “Phone” key.

LHA4721


The following options are available:Menu Item Result

Quick Dial Edit Entries in the Quick Dial can be edited. For additional information, see “Quick dial” (P. 4-73).Delete All Deletes all of the stored phone numbers in quick dial.

Phonebook Download Entire Phone-book

All the phone numbers that are stored in a phonebook in the cellular phone that is connected to the vehicle aredownloaded at once. For additional information, refer to the cellular phone’s owner’s manual.

Auto Downloaded Turns on/off automatic downloading of the phonebook when a new phone is connected.Text Message Text Message Turns the text messaging function on/off.

Text Message Ringtone Turn the incoming message sound on/off.Signature Turns the signature setting for the outgoing text message on/off.Auto Reply Turns the automatic text message reply function on/off.Auto Reply Text Message Select the text message to be used for the automatic reply. Choose from a list of predefined messages.

Notifications Driver Only When this item is turned on, incoming call notification is displayed only on the handset.Vehicle Ringtone Turns the vehicle ringtone on/off.

Automatic Hold When this item turns on, an incoming call will be put on hold automatically.


Volume & beepsThere are several methods to customizethe volume settings.Volume & BeepsThe Volume & Beeps screen can be foundby pressing the MENU button on thecontrol panel, touching the “Settings” keyon the screen and selecting “Volume &Beeps”. To adjust the volume of the follow-ing options, touch the “-” and “+” keys on thescreen.The available settings are:• Ringtone

Adjust the volume level of the ringtone ofincoming calls.

• Outgoing CallAdjust the volume level of the outgoingcalls.

• Voice Prompt Vol.Adjust the volume level of the systemvoice.

• Text-to-speech Vol.Adjust the volume of the replay voice fortext messaging.

• Button BeepsTurns on/off the button beep sounds andalarm for prohibited operations.

Volume SettingsThe Volume settings screen can be foundby pressing the button on the controlpanel then touching the “Volume” key onthe screen. To adjust the volume of thefollowing options, touch the “-” and “+” keyson the screen.The available settings are:• Ringtone

Adjust the volume level of the ringtone ofincoming calls.

• Outgoing CallAdjust the volume level of the outgoingcalls.

“Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and“Made for iPad” mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed to connectspecifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respec-tively, and has been certified by the devel-oper to meet Apple performance stan-dards. Apple is not responsible for theoperation of this device or its compliancewith safety and regulatory standards.Please note that the use of this accessorywith iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wire-less performance.iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPodshuffle and iPod touch are trademarks ofApple Inc., registered in the U.S. and othercountries. Lightning is a trademark ofApple Inc.

iPod®/iPhone®


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . 5-12Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13NISSAN Intelligent Key® batterydischarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-16Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Hand type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22Electronic parking brake (switch type) . . . . . . . 5-23

Automatic brake hold (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 5-25How to activate/deactivate theautomatic brake hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26How to use the automatic brake holdfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-30LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-34BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-38BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (if so equipped) . . 5-46RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

How to enable/disable the RCTAsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) . . 5-57How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . 5-59Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-68System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (if so equipped) . .5-80RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83

RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-85System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-86System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

AEB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-88Turning the AEB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-90AEB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97

AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemoperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-98Turning the AEB with PedestrianDetection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108

Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . 5-109I-FCW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112Turning the I-FCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113

I-FCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123

Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124

Intelligent Driver Alertness systemoperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125How to enable/disable the IntelligentDriver Alertness (I-DA) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-134Brake force distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135

Chassis Control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137Intelligent Trace Control (I-TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137Intelligent Engine Brake (I-EB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138Active Ride Control (ARC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138

Hill Start Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139Rear Sonar System (RSS) (if so equipped) . . . . . . 5-140

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141How to enable/disable the sonarsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-146

WARNING



• To avoid raising the center of gravityexcessively, do not exceed the ratedcapacity of the roof rack (if soequipped) and evenly distribute theload.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)WARNING

• Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless car-bon monoxide. Carbon monoxide isdangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

• If you suspect that exhaust fumesare entering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have the ve-hicle inspected immediately.

• Do not run the engine in closedspaces such as a garage.

• Do not park the vehicle with the en-gine running for any extended lengthof time.

• Keep the rear vent windows, lift-gates, doors and trunk lids (if soequipped) closed while driving, oth-erwise exhaust gases could bedrawn into the passenger compart-ment. If you must drive with one ofthese open, follow these precau-tions:1. Open all the windows.2. Set the air recirculation but-

ton to off and the fan control dialto high to circulate the air.

• If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailerthrough the seal on the trunk lid orthe body, follow the manufacturer'srecommendation to prevent carbonmonoxide entry into the vehicle.

• The exhaust system and body shouldbe inspected by a qualified mechanicwhenever:a. The vehicle is raised for service.b. You suspect that exhaust fumes

are entering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the soundof the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involv-ing damage to the exhaust sys-tem, underbody, or rear of thevehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emission con-trol device installed in the exhaust system.Exhaust gases in the three-way catalystare burned at high temperatures to helpreduce pollutants.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

WARNING

• The exhaust gas and the exhaustsystem are very hot. Keep people,animals or flammable materialsaway from the exhaust systemcomponents.

• Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

• Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriouslyreduce the three-way catalyst's abil-ity to help reduce exhaust pollutants.

• Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or if no-ticeable loss of performance or otherunusual operating conditions are de-tected. Have the vehicle inspectedpromptly. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

• Avoid driving with an extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the three-way catalyst.

• Do not race the engine while warm-ing it up.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle tostart the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check all your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the proper

pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflationhas not reached the level to trigger illumi-nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuously illu-minated. This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as long asthe malfunction exists. When the malfunc-tion indicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsmay occur for a variety of reasons, includ-ing the installation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that

Starting and driving 5-5

prevent the TPMS from functioning prop-erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.Additional information:• When using a wheel without the TPMS

such as a spare tire, the TPMS does notmonitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.

• The TPMS will activate only when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25km/h). Also, this system may not detect asudden drop in tire pressure (for example,a flat tire while driving).

• The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure, thevehicle must be driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMSand turn off the low tire pressure warninglight. Use a tire pressure gauge to checkthe tire pressure.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” or“CHECK TIRE PRES” warning appears eachtime the ignition switch is placed in theON position as long as the low tire pres-sure warning light remains illuminated.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play, or the “CHECK TIRE PRES” warningappears in the trip computer when thelow tire pressure warning light is illumi-nated and low tire pressure is detected.The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” or“CHECK TIRE PRES” warning turns offwhen the low tire pressure warning lightturns off.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” or“CHECK TIRE PRES” warning does not ap-pear if the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMSmalfunction.

• Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s opera-tion and the outside temperature. Do notreduce the tire pressure after driving be-cause the tire pressure rises after driving.Low outside temperature can lower thetemperature of the air inside the tirewhich can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tirepressure warning light to illuminate. If thewarning light illuminates, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

• The Tire and Loading Information label islocated in the driver's door opening.

• You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the vehicleinformation display screen (if soequipped). The order of the tire pressurefigures displayed on the screen corre-sponds with the actual order of the tireposition.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P. 2-18) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5).

WARNING



• If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires andincrease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light off. If you havea flat tire, replace it with a spare tireas soon as possible. (For additionalinformation, see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3) forchanging a flat tire.)

• When using a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheel isreplaced, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warninglight will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.


• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

CAUTION

• The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped withtire chains or the wheels are buried insnow.

• Do not place metalized film or anymetal parts (antenna, etc.) on thewindows. This may cause poor re-ception of the signals from the tirepressure sensors, and the TPMS willnot function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate.Some examples are:• Facilities or electric devices using similar

radio frequencies are near the vehicle.• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies

is being used in or near the vehicle.• If a computer (or similar equipment) or a

DC/AC converter is being used in or nearthe vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light mayilluminate in the following cases:• If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and

tire without TPMS.• If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID

has not been registered.


• If the wheel is not originally specified byNISSAN.

FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void the us-er's authority to operate theequipment.For Canada:This device contains licence-exempttransmitter(s)/receiver(s) that complywith Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment Canada’s licence-exemptRSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause interference. (2) This de-vice must accept any interference, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire AlertWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert providesvisual and audible signals outside the ve-hicle to help you inflate the tires to the rec-ommended COLD tire pressure.Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. Do not start the engine.

Operation1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.• If the tire is over-inflated more than

approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flashthree times. To correct the pressure,push the core of the valve stem on thetire briefly to release pressure. When

the pressure reaches the designatedpressure, the horn beeps once.

• If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is notoperating.

• The TPMS will not activate the Easy-FillTire Alert under the followingconditions:– If there is interference from an exter-

nal device or transmitter.– The air pressure from the inflation

device is not sufficient to inflate thetire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.– There is a malfunction in the horn or

hazard indicators.– The identification code of the tire

pressure sensor is not registered tothe system.

– The battery of the tire pressure sen-sor is low.

• If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not oper-ate due to TPMS interference, movethe vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backwardor forward and try again.

If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use atire pressure gauge.


ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONSUtility vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other types ofvehicles.They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavementand off-road applications. This gives thema higher center of gravity than ordinary ve-hicles. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road, allow-ing you to anticipate problems. However,they are not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as conventional 2-WheelDrive vehicles any more than low-slungsports cars are designed to perform satis-factorily under off-road conditions. If at allpossible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds.As with other vehicles of this type, failure tooperate this vehicle correctly may result inloss of control or vehicle rollover.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person issignificantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safeand prudent manner may result in lossof control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or suddensteering maneuvers, because these drivingpractices could cause you to lose control ofyour vehicle.As with any vehicle, loss of control couldresult in a collision with other vehicles orobjects or cause the vehicle to roll over,particularly if the loss of control causesthe vehicle to slide sideways.Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the in-fluence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-scription or over-the-counter drugs whichmay cause drowsiness). Always wear yourseat belt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section of this manual, and also in-struct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers.In a rollover crash, an unbelted person issignificantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYWhile driving, the right side or left sidewheels may unintentionally leave the roadsurface. If this occurs, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedure be-low. Please note that this procedure is onlya general guide. The vehicle must be drivenas appropriate based on the conditions ofthe vehicle, road and traffic.1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-celerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt todrive the vehicle back onto the road sur-face until vehicle speed is reduced.


6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tires returnto the road surface. When all tires are onthe road surface, steer the vehicle tostay in the appropriate driving lane.• If you decide that it is not safe to return

the vehicle to the road surface basedon vehicle, road or traffic conditions,gradually slow the vehicle to a stop ina safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by drivingon under-inflated tires.Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-dling and stability of the vehicle, especiallyat highway speeds.Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspecting the tires for wear anddamage. For additional information, see“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27). If a tire rapidlyloses air pressure or “blows-out” while driv-ing, maintain control of the vehicle by fol-lowing the procedure below. Please notethat this procedure is only a general guide.

The vehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle, roadand traffic.

WARNING

If there is a sudden loss of tire air pres-sure, the vehicle will generally move orpull in the direction of the flat tire. Inthis situation, losing control of the ve-hicle may cause a collision and result inpersonal injury.To help avoid loss of control:• Do not rapidly apply the brakes.• Do not rapidly release the accelerator

pedal.• Do not rapidly turn the steering

wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-celerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe lo-cation off the road and away from trafficif possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andcontact a roadside emergency serviceto change the tire. For additional infor-mation, see “Changing a flat tire” (P. 6-4).

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood-stream reduces coordination, delaysreaction time and impairs judgement.Driving after drinking alcohol increasesthe likelihood of being involved in anaccident injuring yourself and others.Additionally, if you are injured in an ac-cident, alcohol can increase the sever-ity of the injury.


NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive underthe influence of alcohol. Every year thou-sands of people are injured or killed inalcohol-related collisions. Although the lo-cal laws vary on what is considered to belegally intoxicated, the fact is that alcoholaffects all people differently and mostpeople underestimate the effects ofalcohol.Remember, drinking and driving don't mix!That is true for drugs (over-the-counter,prescription) and illegal drugs, too. Don'tdrive if your ability to operate your vehicle isimpaired by alcohol, drugs, or some otherphysical condition.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button igni-tion switch while driving the vehicle ex-cept in an emergency. (The engine willstop when the ignition switch is pushedthree consecutive times in less than 1.5seconds or the ignition switch ispushed and held for more than 2 sec-onds.) If the engine stops while the ve-hicle is being driven, this could lead to acrash and serious injury.

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch will illuminate.If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFFposition, push the ignition switch center:• Once to change to ON.• Two times to change to OFF.The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the ignition switch cannot be movedfrom the LOCK position.

LSD2645

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed on the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped). For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle information dis-play” (P. 2-24).

OPERATING RANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range.When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are pres-ent near the operating location, the Intelli-gent Key system’s operating range be-comes narrower and may not functionproperly.If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-

one who does not carry the Intelligent Key,to push the ignition switch to start theengine.The operating range of the engine startfunction is inside of the vehicle O1 .• The luggage area is not included in the

operating range, but the Intelligent Keymay function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the in-strument panel, inside the glove box,storage bin or door pocket, the IntelligentKey may not function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONSLOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.The ignition switch will be unlocked when itis pushed to the ON position while carryingthe Intelligent Key.The ignition switch will lock when any dooris opened or closed with the ignitionswitched off.

LSD2020


ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.ON has a battery saver feature that willplace the ignition switch in the OFF posi-tion, if the vehicle is not running, after sometime under the following conditions:• The shift lever is in P (Park).• The hazard lamps are off.• The turn signals are off.The battery saver feature will be canceled ifany of the following occur:• The shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)

position.• The ignition switch changes position.• The hazard lamps are turned on.• The turn signals are turned on.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the igni-tion switch in the ON or AUTO ACC posi-tion when the engine is not running foran extended period. This can dischargethe battery.

OFFThe ignition switch is in the OFF positionwhen the engine is turned off using theignition switch.AUTO ACC:With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, theIntelligent Key with you, and the ignitionswitch placed from the ON to the OFF po-sition, the radio can still be used for a periodof time, or until the driver’s door is opened.After a period of time, functions such asradio, navigation, and Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System may be restarted bypressing the “POWER button/VOLUME con-trol knob” or the key fob unlock button. Foradditional information, see “Monitor, cli-mate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” (P. 4-2).

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:• Rapidly push the ignition switch three

consecutive times in less than 1.5 sec-onds, or

• Push and hold the ignition switch formore than 2 seconds.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®BATTERY DISCHARGEIf the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key®is discharged or environmental conditionsinterfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park)

position.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intel-ligent Key as illustrated. (A chime willsound.)

SSD0860


(After step 3 is performed, when the ig-nition switch is pushed without de-pressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change to ON.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depress-ing the brake pedal within 10 secondsafter the chime sounds. The engine willstart.

NOTE:• When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ON position or the engine is startedby the above procedure, the IntelligentKey battery discharge indicator ap-pears in the vehicle information dis-play (if so equipped) even when the In-telligent Key is inside the vehicle. Thisis not a malfunction. To turn off the In-telligent Key battery discharge indica-tor, touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key again.

• If the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears, replace the batteryas soon as possible. For additional in-formation, see “Battery replacement”(P. 8-22).

NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM(NATS) (if so equipped)The NISSAN Anti-Theft System (NATS) willnot allow the engine to start without theuse of the registered NATS key.If the engine does not start by using theregistered NATS key, it may be due to inter-ference caused by:• Another NATS key.• An automated toll road device.• An automated payment device.• Other devices that transmit similar

signals.Start the engine using the following proce-dure:1. Remove any items that may be causing

the interference away from the NATS key.

2. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.



5. Start the engine.

6. Repeat the steps above until all possibleinterferences are eliminated.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,NISSAN recommends placing the regis-tered NATS key separate from other de-vices to avoid interference.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.If the engine fails to start using a registeredkey (for example, when interference iscaused by another registered key, an auto-mated toll road device or automatic pay-ment device on the key ring), restart theengine using the following procedures:1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-

tion for approximately 5 seconds.



4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the inter-ference) separate from the registeredkey.


If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSANrecommends placing the registered key ona separate key ring to avoid interferencefrom other devices.

• Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

• Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and windshield-washerfluid as frequently as possible, or at leastwhenever you refuel.

• Check that all windows and lights areclean.

• Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

• Lock all doors.• Position seat and adjust headrests/head

restraints.• Adjust inside and outside mirrors.• Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers

to do likewise.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is pushed to theON position. For additional information,see “Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P. 2-11).

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neu-tral). P (Park) is recommended.The shift lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) and into any of the other gearpositions if the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position.The starter is designed not to operateif the shift lever is in any of the drivingpositions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion. Depress the brake pedal and pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch while de-pressing the brake pedal with the igni-tion switch in any position.• If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 to thefloor) and while holding, crank the en-gine. Release the accelerator pedalwhen the engine starts.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


• If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Push the ignition switch tothe ON position to start cranking theengine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stopcranking by pushing the ignitionswitch to LOCK. After cranking the en-gine, release the accelerator pedal.Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by depressing thebrake pedal and pushing the ignitionswitch to start the engine. If the enginestarts, but fails to run, repeat theabove procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If the enginedoes not start, push the ignition switchto the OFF position and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise thestarter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up:Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive at amoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shut-ting it off. Starting and stopping the en-gine over a short period of time maymake the vehicle more difficult to start.

5. To stop the engine, move the shift leverto the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situa-tions that can lead to potential batterydischarge and potential no-start con-ditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularlyand/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)Vehicles started with the Remote EngineStart require the ignition switch to beplaced in the ON position before the shiftlever can be moved from the P (Park) posi-tion. To place the ignition switch in the ONposition, follow these steps:1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on

you.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.

For additional information, see “NISSAN In-telligent Key® system” (P. 3-6).


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low).Always depress the brake pedal untilshifting is completed. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control andhave an accident.

• Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

• Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle isreversing. This could cause an acci-dent or damage the transmission.

CAUTION

• Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmissionin the N (Neutral) position may causeserious damage to the transmission.

• To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle onan uphill grade, do not hold the ve-hicle by depressing the acceleratorpedal. The foot brake should be usedfor this purpose.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronicallycontrolled to produce maximum powerand smooth operation.The recommended operating proceduresfor this transmission are shown on the fol-lowing pages. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance and driv-ing enjoyment.

NOTE:

Engine power may be automatically re-duced to protect the CVT if the enginespeed increases quickly when driving onslippery roads or while being tested onsome dynamometers.

Starting the vehicle1. After starting the engine, fully depress

the foot brake pedal before moving theshift lever out of the P (Park) position.This Continuously Variable Transmis-sion is designed so that the foot brakepedal must be depressed before shift-ing from P (Park) to any driving posi-tion while the ignition switch is in theON position.The shift lever cannot be shifted out ofthe P (Park) position and into any ofthe other positions if the ignitionswitch is placed in the LOCK or OFFposition.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand move the shift lever to a drivingposition.

3. Release the parking brake and footbrake pedal, and then gradually start thevehicle in motion.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


WARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or L (Low)position. Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you tolose control and have an accident.

• Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forwardor reverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

• Do not downshift abruptly on slip-pery roads. This may cause a loss ofcontrol.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D(Drive) position while the vehicle isreversing. This could cause an acci-dent or damage the transmission.

CAUTION

• To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle onan uphill grade, do not hold the ve-hicle by depressing the acceleratorpedal. The foot brake should be usedfor this purpose.

• Except in an emergency, do not shiftto the N (Neutral) position while driv-ing. Coasting with the transmissionin the N (Neutral) position may causeserious damage to the transmission.

ShiftingTo move the shift lever:

Press the button OA while depress-ing the brake pedal

Press the button OA to shift

Shift without pressing the buttonOA

LSD2643


After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and move the shift lever from P(Park) to any of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift le-ver is in any position while the engine isnot running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpect-edly or roll away and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

P (Park)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, usethe P (Park) position only when the ve-hicle is completely stopped.

Use the P (Park) shift lever position whenthe vehicle is parked or when starting theengine. Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped.The brake pedal should be depressed tomove the shift lever from N (Neutral) orany drive position to P (Park).The P (Park) position is automatically en-gaged if you switch off the ignition.

Apply the parking brake. When parking on ahill, apply the parking brake first, then movethe shift lever into the P (Park) position.R (Reverse)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, usethe R (Reverse) position only when thevehicle is completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before selecting the R (Reverse)position. The brake pedal must be de-pressed in to move the shift lever from P(Park) or the shift lever button pressed infrom N (Neutral) or any drive position to R(Reverse).N (Neutral)Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicle ismoving.

D (Drive)Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.L (Low)Use this position for engine braking onsteep downhill gradients/climbing steepslopes and whenever approaching sharpbends. Do not use the L (Low) position inany other circumstances.


Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from theP (Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever buttonpressed.It will be necessary to jump start or haveyour battery charged. For additional infor-mation, see “Jump starting” (P. 6-10). It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer or a professional towing service.

To move the shift lever, complete the fol-lowing procedure:1. Push the ignition switch to the LOCK

position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Using a protective cloth on the tip of asmall (1/8 inch or 3 mm) flat-headscrewdriver, remove the shift lock re-lease cover.• If available, a plastic trim tool can also

be used.

4. Insert the rod from the spare tire tool kitinto the shift lock release slot and pushin at an angle (about 45°). A small screw-driver or small trim tool may also beused.• For additional information, see

“NISSAN Intelligent Key® system”(P. 3-6).

5. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral)position while holding down the shiftlock release.

6. Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion. Now the vehicle may be moved tothe desired location.

If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have the transmission checked assoon as possible. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION

Make sure to take extra care during theremoval of the shift lock cap as thispart is easily damaged.

WARNING

If the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) position while the engine isrunning and the brake pedal is de-pressed, the stop lights may not work.Malfunctioning stop lights could causean accident injuring yourself andothers.

LSD2644


Drive sport mode switch (if soequipped)To select the drive sport mode, push thedrive sport mode switch with the shift leverin the D (Drive) position.The SPORT mode indicator light illumi-nates in the meter or the drive sport modeindicator in the vehicle information displayilluminates next to the Transmission ShiftPosition indicator. To turn off the drive sportmode, push the drive sport mode switchagain. The SPORT mode indicator light ordrive sport mode indicator will turn off.When the shift lever is shifted to any posi-

tion other than D (Drive), the drive sportmode will be automatically turned off.OFF position:For normal driving and fuel economy, usethe OFF position.ON position:For driving up or down long slopes whereengine braking is necessary, or for powerfulacceleration, use the ON position. Thetransmission will automatically select a dif-ferent gear ratio, allowing the engine toprovide high output.Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time with the drivesport mode in the ON position. This re-duces fuel economy.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —For passing or hill climbing, depress theaccelerator pedal to the floor. This shiftsthe transmission down into a lower gear,depending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmodeThis transmission has a high fluid tem-perature protection mode. If the fluid tem-perature becomes too high (for example,when climbing steep grades in high tem-peratures with heavy loads, such as whentowing a trailer), engine power and, undersome conditions, vehicle speed will be de-creased automatically to reduce thechance of transmission damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the accelera-tor pedal, but the engine and vehicle speedmay be limited.

Fail-safeIf the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheelspinning and subsequent hard braking,the fail-safe system may be activated.The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)may come on to indicate the fail-safemode is activated. For additional infor-mation, see “Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)” (P. 2-20). This will occur even if allelectrical circuits are functioning prop-erly. In this case, place the ignition switchin the OFF position and wait for 10 sec-onds. Then push the switch back to theON position. The vehicle should return to

LSD2647


its normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating condi-tion, have the transmission checked andrepaired, if necessary. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature pro-tection mode or fail-safe operation oc-curs, vehicle speed may be graduallyreduced. The reduced speed may belower than other traffic, which could in-crease the chance of a collision. Be es-pecially careful when driving. If neces-sary, pull to the side of the road at a safeplace and allow the transmission to re-turn to normal operation, or have it re-paired if necessary.

WARNING

• Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead toan accident.

• Do not release the parking brakefrom outside the vehicle.

• Do not use the shift lever in place ofthe parking brake. When parking, besure the parking brake is fullyengaged.


HAND TYPETo engage: Pull the lever up OA .To release:1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

3. While pulling up on the parking brakelever slightly, press the button and lowercompletely OB .

4. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

WSD0169

PARKING BRAKE


ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE(switch type)The electronic parking brake can be ap-plied or released automatically or by oper-ating the parking brake switch.

Automatic operationUnder the following conditions, the elec-tronic parking brake will automatically beapplied and the brake force of the auto-matic brake hold will be released:– The braking force is applied by the auto-

matic brake hold function for 3 minutesor longer.

– The shift lever is in the P (Park) position.– The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.– The ignition switch is placed in the OFF

position.– The parking brake is applied manually.– If a malfunction occurs in the automatic

brake hold function.The electronic parking brake is automati-cally released as soon as the vehicle startsand the accelerator pedal is depressedwith the driver’s seat belt fastened.

WARNING

• When the automatic brake hold func-tion is activated, the electronic park-ing brake will not be automaticallyapplied when the engine is stoppedwithout using the ignition switch (forexample, by engine stalling).

• Before leaving the vehicle, move theshift lever to the P (Park) position andcheck that the electronic parkingbrake warning light is illuminated toconfirm that the electronic parkingbrake is applied. The electronic park-ing brake warning light will remainon for a period of time after the driv-er’s door is locked.

CAUTION

When parking in an area where the out-side temperature is below 32°F (0°C),the parking brake, if applied, mayfreeze in place and may be difficult torelease.For safe parking, it is recommendedthat you place the shift lever in the P(Park) position and securely block thewheels.

NOTE:• To keep the electronic parking brake

released after the engine is turned off,place the ignition switch in the OFF po-sition, depress the brake pedal andpush down the parking brake switchbefore opening the driver’s door.

• If a malfunction occurs in the elec-tronic parking brake system (for ex-ample, due to battery discharge), it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer.

• Under the following conditions, theparking brake will automatically be ap-plied and the brake force of the auto-matic brake hold will be released:

LSD4106


– The braking force is applied by theautomatic brake hold function for 3minutes or longer.

– The shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

– The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.– The ignition switch is placed in the

OFF position.– The parking brake is applied

manually.– If a malfunction occurs in the auto-

matic brake hold function.

Manual operationThe electronic parking brake will not be au-tomatically applied if the engine is stoppedwithout using the ignition switch (for ex-ample, by engine stalling). In such a case,you have to apply the parking brakemanually.To apply: Pull the switch up O1 . The indica-tor light OA will illuminate.To release: With the ignition switch in theON position, depress the brake pedal andpush the switch down O2 . The indicatorlight OA will turn off.Before driving, check that the electronicparking brake indicator light ( or PARK)goes out. For additional information, see

“Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders” (P. 2-11).

NOTE:• A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is

driven without releasing the parkingbrake. For additional information, see“Warning lights, indicator lights andaudible reminders” (P. 2-11).

• While the electronic parking brake isapplied or released, an operatingsound is heard from the lower side ofthe rear seat. This is normal and doesnot indicate a malfunction.

• When the electronic parking brake isfrequently applied and released in ashort period of time, the parking brakemay not operate in order to prevent theparking brake system from overheat-ing. If this occurs, operate the elec-tronic parking brake switch again afterwaiting approximately 1 minute.

• If the electronic parking brake must beapplied while driving in an emergency,pull up and hold the parking brakeswitch. When you release the parkingbrake switch, the parking brake will bereleased.

• While pulling up the electronic parkingbrake switch during driving, the park-ing brake is applied and a chimesounds. The electronic parking brakeindicator light in the meter and in theparking brake switch illuminates. Thisdoes not indicate a malfunction. Theelectronic parking brake indicator lightin the meter and in the parking brakeswitch turns off when the parkingbrake is released.

• When pulling the electronic parkingbrake switch up with the ignitionswitch in the OFF or AUTO ACC position,the parking brake switch indicatorlight will continue to illuminate for ashort period of time.


The automatic brake hold function main-tains the braking force without the driverhaving to depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped at a traffic light orintersection. As soon as the driver de-presses the accelerator pedal again, theautomatic brake hold function is deacti-vated and the braking force is released. Theoperating status of the automatic brakehold can be displayed on the vehicle infor-mation display. For additional information,see “Vehicle information display” (P. 2-24).

WARNING

• The automatic brake hold function isnot designed to hold the vehicle on asteep hill or slippery road. Never usethe automatic brake hold when thevehicle is stopped on a steep hill orslippery road. Failure to do so maycause the vehicle to move.

• The automatic brake hold warningmay appear in the vehicle informa-tion display to request that the driverretake control by depressing thebrake pedal

• When the automatic brake hold func-tion is activated but fails to maintainthe vehicle at a standstill, depress thebrake pedal to stop the vehicle. If thevehicle unexpectedly moves due tooutside conditions, the chime maysound and automatic brake holdwarning may illuminate in the vehicleinformation display.

• Be sure to deactivate the automaticbrake hold function when using a carwash or towing your vehicle.

• Make sure to place the shift lever inthe P (Park) position and apply theparking brake when parking your ve-hicle, entering or exiting the vehicle,or loading luggage. Failure to do socould cause the vehicle to move orroll away unexpectedly and result inserious personal injury or propertydamage.

• If any of the following conditions oc-cur, the automatic brake hold func-tion may not function. Have the sys-tem checked promptly. It isrecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. Failureto operate the vehicle in accordancewith these conditions could causethe vehicle to move or roll away un-expectedly and result in serious per-sonal injury or property damage.– A warning message appears in the

vehicle information display.– The indicator light on the auto-

matic brake hold switch does notilluminate when the switch ispushed.

• The automatic brake hold functionwill not be activated if the Slip indica-tor light, electronic parking brakewarning light or master warning lightilluminate and the chassis controlsystem fault message appears in thevehicle information display.

• To maintain the braking force to keepthe vehicle to a standstill, a noisemay be heard. This is not amalfunction.

AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD (if soequipped)


HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATETHE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLDFUNCTIONFor additional information on activatingand deactivating the automatic brake holdfunction, refer to the instructions outlinedin this section.

How to activate the automaticbrake hold function1. With the ignition switch in the ON position,

push the automatic brake hold switch O1 .The indicator light on the automatic brakehold switch O2 illuminates.

2. When the automatic brake hold functiongoes into standby, the automatic brakehold indicator light (white) illuminates.

To use the automatic brake hold function,the following conditions need to be met:• The driver’s seat belt is fastened.• The electronic parking brake is released.• The shift lever is not in the P (Park)

position.• The vehicle is not parked on a steep hill.

NOTE:

The automatic brake hold status recallsthe ON or OFF position when the engineis turned on or off.

How to deactivate the automaticbrake hold functionWhile the automatic brake hold function isactivated, push the automatic brake holdswitch to turn off the automatic brake holdindicator light and deactivate the auto-matic brake hold function. To deactivatethe automatic brake hold function whilethe brake force has been maintained bythe automatic brake hold function, depressthe brake pedal and push the automaticbrake hold switch.

WARNING

Make sure to firmly depress and hold thebrake pedal when turning off the auto-matic brake hold function while the brakeforce is applied. When the automaticbrake hold function is deactivated, thebrake force will be released. This couldcause the vehicle to move or roll awayunexpectedly. Failure to prevent the ve-hicle from rolling may result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATICBRAKE HOLD FUNCTIONFor additional information on using the au-tomatic brake hold function, refer to theinstructions outlined in this section.

To maintain braking forceautomaticallyWith the automatic brake hold function ac-tivated and the automatic brake hold indi-cator light (white) illuminated on the meter,depress the braking pedal to stop the ve-hicle. The brake force is automaticallymaintained without your foot depressedon the brake pedal. While the brake hold ismaintained, the automatic brake hold indi-cator light (green) illuminates on the meter.

LSD4137


To start the vehicle from astandstillWith the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position, depress the acceleratorpedal while the brake force is maintained.The brake force will automatically be re-leased to restart the vehicle.The automatic brake hold indicator light(white) illuminates and the automaticbrake hold returns to standby.

ParkingWhen the shift lever is in the P (Park) posi-tion with the brake force maintained by theautomatic brake hold function, the parkingbrake will automatically be applied and thebrake force of the automatic brake hold willbe released. The automatic brake hold in-dicator light turns off. When the electronicparking brake is applied with the brakeforce maintained by the automatic brakehold function, the brake force of the auto-matic brake hold will be released. The au-tomatic brake hold indicator light turns off.

NOTE:• Under the following conditions, the

electronic parking brake will automati-cally be applied and the brake force ofthe automatic brake hold will bereleased:– The braking force is applied by the

automatic brake hold function for 3minutes or longer.

– The shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

– The driver's seat belt is unfastened.– The ignition switch is placed in the

OFF position.– The parking brake is applied

manually.– If a malfunction occurs in the auto-

matic brake hold function.• When the vehicle stops, but the brake

force is not automatically applied, de-press the brake pedal firmly until theautomatic brake hold indicator light(green) illuminates.

Automatic brake hold functiondisplayThe automatic brake hold function statusis shown by color in the “Chassis Control”mode in the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).Also depending on the driving situations,some warnings or indicators may be dis-played in the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display warnings and indicators”(P. 2-32)

LSD3922


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the LDWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• This system is only a warning device

to inform the driver of a potential un-intended lane departure. It will notsteer the vehicle or prevent loss ofcontrol. It is the driver’s responsibilityto stay alert, drive safely, keep thevehicle in the traveling lane, and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times.

The LDW system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and onlywhen the lane markings are clearly visibleon the road.The LDW system monitors the lane mark-ers on the traveling lane using the cameraunit OA located above the inside mirror.The LDW system warns the driver that thevehicle is beginning to leave the drivinglane with an indicator and a steering wheelvibration. For additional information, see“LDW system operation” (P. 5-29).

LSD4385

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) (ifso equipped)


LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

�1 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indica-tor or Lane Departure Warning (LDW)indicator light

�2 Vehicle Information Display or TripComputer

�3 LDW Switch (if so equipped)The LDW system provides a lane departurewarning function when the vehicle is drivenat speeds of approximately 37 mph (60km/h) and above and the lane markingsare clear. When the vehicle approaches ei-ther the left or the right side of the travelinglane, the steering wheel will vibrate and theLDW indicator (if so equipped) on the in-strument panel will blink to alert the driver.The warning function will stop when thevehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

LSD4121Vehicle information display


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDW system.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

plays in the vehicle information display.Use the button to select “Driver As-sistance.” Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.

3. Select “Lane Departure Warning” andpress the OK button to turn the systemon or off.

For vehicles with the LDW switch (if soequipped):1. Push the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

switch to turn the LDW system on.

2. Push the LDW switch again to turn theLDW system off.

When the LDW system is turned on, theindicator light on the LDW switchilluminates.

LSD3989Trip computer


LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the LDW system. Failure to followthe warnings and instructions forproper use of the LDW system could re-sult in serious injury or death.• The system will not operate at

speeds below approximately 37 mph(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

• Do not use the LDW system under thefollowing conditions as it may notfunction properly:– During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.).– When driving on slippery roads,

such as on ice or snow.– When driving on winding or un-

even roads.– When there is a lane closure due to

road repairs.– When driving in a makeshift or

temporary lane.– When driving on roads where the

lane width is too narrow.LSD4122


– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, nonstan-dard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or sus-pension parts.

– When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

• The system may not function prop-erly under the following conditions:– On roads where there are multiple

parallel lane markers; lane mark-ers that are faded or not paintedclearly; yellow painted lane mark-ers; non-standard lane markers;or lane markers covered with wa-ter, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharpcurves.

LSD3991


– On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as shad-ows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (The LDW systemcould detect these items as lanemarkers.)

– On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarker.

– When traveling close to the ve-hicle in front of you, which ob-structs the lane camera unit de-tection range.

– When rain, snow, dirt or an objectadheres to the windshield in frontof the lane camera unit.

– When the headlights are notbright due to dirt on the lens or ifthe aiming is not adjustedproperly.

– When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, thelight directly shines on the front ofthe vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, whenthe vehicle enters or exits a tunnelor under a bridge.)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F [40°C]) and thenstarted, the LDW system may be deacti-vated automatically and the followingmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display (if so equipped): “Unavail-able: High Cabin Temperature.”When the interior temperature is reduced,the LDW system will resume operatingautomatically.The LDW system is not designed to warnunder the following conditions:• When you operate the lane change signal

and change traveling lanes in the direc-tion of the signal. (The LDW system willbecome operable again approximately 2seconds after the lane change signal isturned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditionsare satisfied, the LDW functions will resume.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the LDW system malfunctions, it will can-cel automatically. The LDW indicator (or-ange) or LDW indicator light will illuminatein the instrument panel. If the LDW indicator(orange) or LDW indicator light illuminatesin the instrument panel, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle. Turnthe engine/motor off and restart theengine/motor. If the LDW indicator (orange)or LDW indicator light continues to illumi-nate, have the LDW system checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit OA for the LDW sys-tem is located above the inside mirror. Tokeep the proper operation of the LDW sys-tem and prevent a system malfunction, besure to observe the following:• Always keep the windshield clean.• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessorynear the camera unit.

• Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit’scapability of detecting the lane markers.

• Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touch thecamera lens or remove the screw locatedon the camera unit. If the camera unit isdamaged due to an accident, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the BSWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The BSW system is not a replacement

for proper driving procedures and isnot designed to prevent contact withvehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in the di-rection your vehicle will move to en-sure it is safe to change lanes. Neverrely solely on the BSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes whenchanging lanes.

LSD5552

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) (if soequipped)


The BSW system uses radar sensors O1

installed near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within the detec-tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec-tion zone starts from the outside mirror ofyour vehicle and extends approximately 10ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and ap-proximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

LSD5569 SSD1030Detection zone


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW Indicator or BSW Indicator Light

BSW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 mph (32 km/h).If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indica-tor light (1) illuminates. If the turn signal isthen activated, the system chimes (twice)and the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes. The side BSW/RCTA indicator lightcontinues to flash until the detected ve-hicle leaves the detection zone.The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illumi-nates for a few seconds when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.The brightness of the side BSW/RCTA indi-cator light is adjusted automatically de-pending on the brightness of the ambientlight.If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turn signal,then only the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes and no chime sounds. For addi-tional information, see “BSW driving situa-tions” (P. 5-41).



HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSW system.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-


2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OKbutton.

3. Select “Blind Spot Warning” and pressthe OK button to turn the system on oroff.

LSD3507


For vehicles with the BSW switch (if soequipped):1. Push the BSW switch to turn the BSW

system on. The BSW indicator light willilluminate in the meter.

2. Push the BSW switch again to turn theBSW system off. The BSW indicator lightwill turn off.

NOTE:• When enabling/disabling the system,

the system will retain current settingseven if the engine is restarted.

• When the BSW system is turned on, theBSW indicator (white) in the vehicle in-formation display (if so equipped)illuminates.

LSD4015


BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the BSW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The BSW system cannot detect all ve-

hicles under all conditions.• The radar sensors may not be able to

detect and activate BSW when cer-tain objects are present such as:– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low

height vehicles, or high groundclearance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.– Vehicles remaining in the detec-

tion zone when you acceleratefrom a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through thedetection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehiclesin a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected ifthey are traveling close together.

• The radar sensors’ detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane,the radar sensors may not detect ve-hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv-ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen-sors may detect vehicles driving twolanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ig-nore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may oc-casionally be detected. This is a nor-mal operation condition.

• The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:– Severe weather– Road spray– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on

the vehicle

• Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles.

• Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the chimesound, and it may not be heard.


BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

Another vehicle approachingfrom behindIllustration 1: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the de-tection zone from behind in an adjacentlane.

NOTE:• The radar sensors may not detect ve-

hicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates theturn signal when another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight flashes.

NOTE:• The radar sensors may not detect ve-

hicles which are approaching rapidlyfrom behind.

• If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2299Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

LSD2300Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind


Overtaking another vehicleIllustration 3: The side BSW/RCTA indica-tor light illuminates if you overtake a ve-hicle and that vehicle stays in the detectionzone for approximately 2 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight flashes.

NOTE:• When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehiclemay not be detected if they are travel-ing close together.

• The radar sensors may not detectslower moving vehicles if they arepassed quickly.

• If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2302Illustration 3 – Overtaking another

vehicle

LSD2303Illustration 4 – Overtaking another

vehicle


Entering from the sideIllustration 5: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the de-tection zone from either side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates theturn signal while another vehicle is in thedetection zone, then the system chimes(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight flashes.

NOTE:• If the driver activates the turn signal

before a vehicle enters the detectionzone, the side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight will flash but no chime will soundwhen the other vehicle is detected.

• The radar sensors may not detect a ve-hicle which is traveling at about thesame speed as your vehicle when it en-ters the detection zone.

LSD2305Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

LSD2308Illustration 6 – Entering from the side


SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE

When radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Side Radar Obstruction” warning message

will appear in the vehicle information dis-play (if so equipped).The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the radarsensors.Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

MalfunctionIf the BSW system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically. The system malfunctionwarning message with the BSW indicator(orange) will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped).Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD3682


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors O1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer if the area around theradar sensors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,

and

2. This device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwattsDroit applicable: Canada 310Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L’exploitation estautorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Bandes de fréquences: 24.05–24.25GHzPuissance émise: Moins de 20 milliwatts

LSD5569


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RCTAcould result in serious injury or death.• The RCTA system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving proceduresand is not designed to prevent con-tact with vehicles or objects. Whenbacking out of a parking space, al-ways use the side and rear mirrorsand turn and look in the directionyour vehicle will move. Never relysolely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you whenbacking out from a parking space. Whenthe vehicle is in reverse, the system is de-signed to detect other vehicles approach-ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If thesystem detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION


REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)(if so equipped)


1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator LightThe RCTA system can help alert the driverof an approaching vehicle when the driveris backing out of a parking space.When the shift position is in R (Reverse) andthe vehicle speed is less than approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system isoperational.If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom either side, the system chimes (once)and the side BSW/RCTA indicator lightflashes on the side the vehicle is approach-ing from.



The RCTA system uses radar sensors O1

installed on both sides near the rear bum-per to detect an approaching vehicle.The radar sensors O1 can detect an ap-proaching vehicle from up to approxi-mately 66 ft. (20 m) away.

LSD2216 LSD5569


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the RCTA system.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-


2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OKbutton.

3. Select “Cross Traffic” and press the OKbutton to turn the system on or off.

LSD3510


For vehicles with the BSW switch (if soequipped):1. Push the BSW switch to turn the RCTA

system on. The BSW indicator light willilluminate in the meter.

2. Push the BSW switch again to turn theRCTA system off. The BSW indicator lightwill turn off.

NOTE:When enabling/disabling the system,the system setting will be retained evenif the engine is restarted.

LSD4015


RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the RCTA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these

system limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.

• Always check surroundings and turnto check what is behind you beforebacking up. The radar sensors detectapproaching (moving) vehicles. Theradar sensors cannot detect everyobject such as:– Pedestrians, bicycles, motor-

cycles, animals or child-operatedtoy vehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 19mph (30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h)

• The radar sensors may not detectapproaching vehicles in certain situ-ations:– Illustration OA : When a vehicle

parked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

– Illustration OB : When the vehicle isparked in an angled parkingspace.

– Illustration OC : When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

– Illustration OD : When an ap-proaching vehicle turns into yourvehicle's parking lot aisle.

LSD3195


– Illustration OE : When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small.

• The following conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles:– Severe weather– Road spray– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on

the vehicle• Do not attach stickers (including

transparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors. These conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles.

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio systemvolume, open vehicle window) will in-terfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approach-ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo-site direction (Illustration 2), a chime maynot be sounded by the RCTA system af-ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.

LSD2043Illustration 1

LSD2044Illustration 2



When radar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically. The“Side Radar Obstruction” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle information dis-play (if so equipped).The systems are not available until theconditions no longer exist.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also be causedby conditions such as ice, snow, frost or dirtobstructing the radar sensors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD3682


MalfunctionWhen the RCTA system malfunctions, it willturn off automatically. The system mal-function warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display (if soequipped).

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, theRCTA system will also stop working.Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe two radar sensors O1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the ra-dar sensors clean.The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the radar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the radar sensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and



LSD5569


For CanadaApplicable law: Canada 310This device complies with industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,

and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHzOutput power: less than 20 milliwattsDroit applicable: Canada 310Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditionssuivantes:1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Bandes de fréquences: 24.05–24.25GHzPuissance émise: Moins de 20 milliwatts

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL• If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it cancels automatically.• To properly set the cruise control system,

use the following procedures.

LSD3131

�1 RES+ switch

�2 CANCEL switch

�3 SET- switch

�4 CRUISE ON/OFF switch

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv-ing under the following conditions:• When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed.• In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies

in speed.• On winding or hilly roads.• On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.).• In very windy areas.Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.To turn on the cruise control, push theCRUISE ON/OFF switch. The CRUISE indica-tor light or indicator in the instrumentpanel comes on.To set cruising speed, accelerate the ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET–switch and release it. The SET indicatorlight or indicator in the instrument

panel comes on. Take your foot off the ac-celerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains theset speed.• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, drive without the cruisecontrol.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:• Push the CANCEL switch; the CRUISE indi-

cator light or indicator in the instru-ment panel goes out.

• Tap the brake pedal; the CRUISE indicatorlight or indicator goes out.

• Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch. TheCRUISE indicator light or indicator inthe instrument panel goes out.

The cruise control is automatically canceledand the CRUISE indicator light or indi-cator in the instrument panel goes out if:• You depress the brake pedal while push-

ing the RES+ or SET– switch. The presetspeed is deleted from memory.

• The vehicle slows down more than 8 mph(13 km/h) below the set speed.

• You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET– switch.

• Push and hold the RES+ switch. When thevehicle attains the speed you desire, re-lease the switch.

• Push and release the RES+ switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed increasesby about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-

hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET– switch and release it.

• Push and hold the SET– switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows to thedesired speed.

• Push and release the SET– switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed decreasesby about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES+ switch. The vehicle re-turns to the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).


OA ICC switch

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the ICC sys-tem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The ICC system is only an aid to assist

the driver and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

• Always observe posted speed limitsand do not set the speed over them.

• Always drive carefully and atten-tively when using the ICC system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using theICC system. To avoid serious injury ordeath, do not rely on the system toprevent accidents or to control thevehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the ICC system ex-cept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

LSD4124

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)(if so equipped)


• In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime will not sound to warn you ifyou are too close to the vehicleahead. Pay special attention to thedistance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or a collisioncould occur.

The ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144km/h) up to the set speed. The set speedcan be selected by the driver between 20 to90 mph (32 to 144 km/h).The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes:• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode: For maintaining a selected dis-tance between your vehicle and the ve-hicle in front of you up to the preset speed

• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode: For cruising at a preset speed

Push the ICC switch OA to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode and theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode.Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the ICCswitch OA once to turn the system off. Thenpush the ICC switch OA again to turn thesystem back on and select the desiredcruise control mode.Always confirm the setting in the ICC sys-tem display.For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode” (P. 5-59).For the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, see “Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-76).


HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISECONTROL MODESelecting the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode: To choose thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeO1 , quickly push and release the ICC switchOA .

Selecting the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode: To choose the con-ventional (fixed speed) cruise control modeO2 , push and hold the ICC switch OA forlonger than approximately 1.5 seconds. Foradditional information, see “Conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-76).

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the ICC system automatically main-tains a selected distance from the vehicletraveling in front of you according to thatvehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or atthe set speed when the road ahead is clear.The ICC system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

LSD4125 LSD5561


If the radar sensor OA detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system will re-duce the vehicle speed so that your vehiclefollows the vehicle in front at the selecteddistance.The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to ap-proximately 40% of vehicle braking power)if necessary.The detection range of the sensor is ap-proximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE OPERATION

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance from the vehicle in front of youand can reduce the speed to match a

LSD4126


slower vehicle ahead. The system will de-celerate the vehicle as necessary and if thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, the ICCsystem can only apply up to 40% of thevehicle’s total braking power.This system should only be used when traf-fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re-main fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may be-come closer because the ICC system can-not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.If this occurs, the ICC system will sound awarning chime and blink the system dis-play to notify the driver to take necessaryaction.The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is below ap-proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicleis not detected ahead. The system will alsodisengage when the vehicle goes abovethe maximum set speed.For additional information, see “Approachwarning” (P. 5-67).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:• When there are no vehicles traveling

ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed set bythe driver. The set speed range is be-tween approximately 20 and 90 mph (32and 144 km/h).

• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by the driver, from thevehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comesto a stop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of the sys-tem. The system will cancel once it judgesa standstill with a warning chime.

• When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeaccelerates and maintains vehicle speedup to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates or traf-fic congestion.

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system will adjust the speedto maintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicleahead changes lanes or exits the freeway,the ICC system will accelerate and main-tain the speed up to the set speed. Payattention to the driving operation to main-tain control of the vehicle as it acceleratesto the set speed.The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-curs, you will have to manually control thevehicle speed.

SSD0254


Normally when controlling the distance toa vehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us-ing the ICC system.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE SWITCHESThe system is operated by the ICC switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

3. DISTANCE switch:Changes the vehicle’s followingdistance:• Long• Middle• Short

4. ICC Switch:Master switch to activate the system.

5. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally.

LSD3515


Vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode display andindicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.1. This indicator indicates the ICC system

status depending on a color:• ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indi-

cates that the ICC is on.• ICC system SET indicator (green): Indi-

cates that the cruising speed is set.

• ICC system warning (yellow): Indicatesthat there is a malfunction in the ICCsystem.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:Indicates the set vehicle speed.For Canadian models, the speed is dis-played in km/h.

3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

4. Set distance indicator:Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the distance switch. Operating vehicle-to-vehicle

distance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the ICC switch OA . The ICC sys-tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indi-cator and set vehicle speed indicator OB

come on in a standby state for setting.

LSD4127 LSD4128


To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push the SET–switch OC and release it. The ICC systemset indicator (green), vehicle ahead detec-tion indicator, set distance indicator andset vehicle speed indicator OB will come on.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

When the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset and the ICC indicators will blink for ap-proximately 2 seconds:• When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)

and a vehicle ahead is not detected• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)

or Manual mode• When the parking brake is applied• When the brakes are operated by the

driverWhen the SET– switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the system cannot beset.

A warning chime will sound and a messagewill pop up:• When the VDC system is off (To use the

ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Pushthe ICC switch to turn off the ICC systemand reset the ICC switch by pushing theICC switch again.)For additional information about theVDC system, see “Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) system” (P. 5-134).

• When VDC is operating• When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC

system, make sure the wheels are no lon-ger slipping.)LSD4129 LSD4130


�1 System set display with vehicle ahead

�2 System set display without vehicleahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi-lar to standard cruise control, as long as novehicle is detected in the lane ahead. TheICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected aheadWhen a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and apply-ing the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

NOTE:• The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

• When the brake operates, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.Vehicle ahead not detectedWhen a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera-tion to the set vehicle speed or any time theICC system is in operation, the system con-trols the distance to that vehicle.When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys-tem will be canceled.

LSD4131


When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the vehiclespeed exceeds the set speed. The vehicledetect indicator will turn off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.Even though your vehicle speed is set in theICC system, you can depress the accelera-tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerateyour vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeedTo cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing methods:• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out.• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out.• Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indi-

cators will go out.To reset at a faster cruising speed, useone of the following methods:• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET– switch.

• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed will increase by approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h for Canada).

• Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by approximately 1mph (1.6 km/h for Canada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-

hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET– switch and release it.

• Push and hold the SET– switch. The setvehicle speed will decrease by approxi-mately 5 mph (8 km/h for Canada).

• Push, then quickly release the SET–switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by approximately 1mph (1.6 km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RES+ switch. The vehicle willresume the last set cruising speed whenthe vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).

LSD4132


How to change the set distanceto the vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on the traf-fic conditions.Each time the distance switch OA ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long again,in that sequence.

Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)2. Middle 150 (45)3. Short 90 (30)• The distance to the vehicle ahead will

change according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, the longerthe distance.

• The distance setting will remain at thecurrent setting even if the engine isrestarted.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys-tem warns the driver with the chime andICC system display. Decelerate by depress-ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve-hicle distance if:• The chime sounds.• The vehicle ahead detection indicator

blinks.The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:• When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing.

• When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles isincreasing.

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.The warning chime will not sound when:• The vehicle approaches other vehicles

that are parked or moving slowly.• The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-

riding the system.

LSD3552 LSD2752


NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects objects on theside of the vehicle or on the side of theroad. This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle. TheICC sensor may detect these objectswhen the vehicle is driven on windingroads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or whenentering or exiting a curve. In thesecases you will have to manually controlthe proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle condition (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:• When the vehicle ahead is not detected

and your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

• When the system judges the vehicle is ata standstill

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position, Manual mode, or L (Low) range.

• When the parking brake system is applied• When the VDC system is turned off• When VDC operates• When distance measurement becomes

impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob-struction to the sensor

• When a wheel slips• When the radar signal is temporarily

interrupted

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the ICC system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The ICC system is primarily intended

for use on straight, dry, open roadswith light traffic. It is not advisable touse the ICC system in city traffic orcongested areas.

• The ICC system will not adapt auto-matically to road conditions. Thissystem should be used in evenlyflowing traffic. Do not use the systemon roads with sharp curves, or on icyroads, in heavy rain or in fog.

• As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentiveor absentminded driving, or over-come poor visibility in rain, fog, orother bad weather. Decelerate thevehicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and thesurrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop,the vehicle decelerates to a standstillwithin the limitations of the system.The system will cancel once it judgesthat the vehicle has come to a stand-still and sound a warning chime. Toprevent the vehicle from moving, thedriver must depress the brake pedal.


• Always pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle and be ready tomanually control the proper follow-ing distance. The ICC system may notbe able to maintain the selected dis-tance between vehicles (followingdistance) or selected vehicle speedunder some circumstances.

• The system may not detect the ve-hicle in front of you in certain road orweather conditions. To avoid acci-dents, never use the ICC system un-der the following conditions:– On roads where the traffic is heavy

or there are sharp curves– On slippery road surfaces such as

on ice or snow, etc.– During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.)– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to

the bumper around the distancesensor

– On steep downhill roads (the ve-hicle may go beyond the set ve-hicle speed and frequent brakingmay result in overheating thebrakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhillroads

– When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration ordeceleration

– Interference by other radarsources

• Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may notdetect a vehicle ahead.

• In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedlycome into the sensor detection zoneand cause automatic braking. Al-ways stay alert and avoid using theICC system where not recommendedin this warning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow-ing objects:• Stationary and slow moving vehicles• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel

lane

The sensor generally detects the signalsreturned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore,if the sensor cannot detect the reflectionfrom the vehicle ahead, the ICC systemmay not maintain the selected distance.The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot properly detect a ve-hicle ahead and the system may not oper-ate properly:• When snow or road spray from traveling

vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.• When excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or cargo area ofyour vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitations of the system.When the sensor is covered with dirt or isobstructed, the system will automaticallybe canceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag,etc., the ICC system may not detect them.In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode may not cancel andmay not be able to maintain the selectedfollowing distance from the vehicle ahead.Be sure to check and clean the sensorregularly.


The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de-tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance detection mode to maintain the se-lected distance from the vehicle ahead.A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane.If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radarsensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect a ve-hicle traveling ahead. This may cause theradar system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle.The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.)or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime unexpectedly. Youwill have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0253



The following are conditions in which theICC system may be temporarily unavail-able. In these instances, the ICC systemmay not cancel and may not be able tomaintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead.Condition AUnder the following conditions, the ICC sys-tem is automatically canceled. A chime willsound and the system will not be able to beset:• When the VDC system is turned off• When the VDC operates• When a vehicle ahead is not detected and

your vehicle is traveling below the speedof 15 mph (24 km/h)

• When the system judges the vehicle is ata standstill

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive),Manual mode or L (Low) range

• When the parking brake is applied• When a wheel slips• When the radar signal is temporarily

interruptedLSD4133


Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back onto use the system.Condition BWhen there is inclement weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor,the ICC system will automatically be can-celed, the chime will sound and the “For-ward Driving Aids Temporarily DisabledFront Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, the warning message willno longer be available in the vehicle infor-mation display and the system will operatenormally. If the “Forward Driving Aids Tem-porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked SeeOwner’s Manual” warning message contin-ues to be displayed, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition CWhen the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, the ICC system will automaticallybe canceled.The chime will sound and the “ForwardDriving Aids Temporarily Disabled FrontSensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.Action to take:If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position, and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of thefront bumper and restart the engine. If the“Forward Driving Aids Temporarily DisabledFront Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”warning message continues to be dis-played, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

Condition DWhen driving on roads with limited roadstructures (for example, long bridges, des-erts, snow fields, driving next to long walls),the system may illuminate the systemwarning light and display the “ForwardDriving Aids Temporarily Disabled FrontSensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”warning message.Action to take:When the above driving conditions no lon-ger exist, turn the system back on.Condition EWhen the ICC system is not operatingproperly, a chime sounds and the ICC sys-tem warning light (orange) will come on.


Action to take:If the warning light comes on, park the ve-hicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, resume driving and setthe ICC system again.If it is not possible to set the system orthe indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the system is malfunctioning. Al-though the vehicle is still drivable undernormal conditions, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:

If the ICC system is temporarily unavail-able, the conventional cruise controlmode may still be used. For additionalinformation, please see “Conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode”(P. 5-76).

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor for the ICC system OA is locatedon the front of the vehicle.To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:• Always keep the sensor area of the front

bumper/emblem clean.• Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.• Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessorynear the sensor. This could cause failureor malfunction.

LSD3916 LSD5561


• Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and



For CanadaModel: ARS4–BIC: 4135A-ARS4BFCC ID: OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub-ject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and


Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd'Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditions suiv-antes:1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation ExposureInformation:This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment.This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30 cmbetween the radiator and your body.The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.Cet équipement est conforme aux limitesd'exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipement doit être installé et utilisé avecun minimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.FCC NoticeChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.


CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

WARNING

• In the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, a warningchime does not sound to warn you ifyou are too close to the vehicleahead, as neither the presence of thevehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

• Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision couldoccur.

• Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

• Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode whendriving under the following condi-tions:– When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed

– In heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

– On winding or hilly roads– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.)– In very windy areas

• Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

3. ICC switch:Master switch to activate the system

4. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

LSD3555


Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display andindicatorsThe display is located in the vehicle infor-mation display.1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the condition ofthe ICC system depending on a color.

• Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-cates that the ICC switch is on

• Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indi-cates that the cruising speed is set

• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicatesthat there is a malfunction in the ICCsystem

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed. For Canadian models, the speedis displayed in km/h.

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the ICCswitch OA for longer than about 1.5seconds.When pushing ICC switch on, the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control modedisplay and indicators OB are displayed inthe vehicle information display. After youhold ICC switch on for longer than about 1.5seconds, the ICC system display turns off.The cruise indicator appears. You can nowset your desired cruising speed. Pushing

LSD3106 LSD3556


the ICC switch again will turn the systemcompletely off. When the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position, the system isalso automatically turned off.To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ICC switch (vehicle-to ve-hicle distance control mode) or push andhold it (conventional cruise control mode)again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruisecontrol, make sure to turn the ICCswitch off when not using the ICCsystem. To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-

hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- OC

switch and release it. (The color of thecruise indicator changes to green and setvehicle speed indicator comes on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.• To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release thepedal, the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steep hills.If this happens, manually maintain ve-hicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruiseindicator and vehicle speed indicator willturn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

LSD3557


To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows downto the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 mph(1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re-sume the last set cruising speed when thevehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

System temporarily unavailableA chime sounds under the following condi-tions and the control is automatically can-celed:

• When the vehicle slows down more than8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)or manual shift mode

LSD3558


• When the parking brake is applied• When the VDC operates (including the

traction control system)• When a wheel slipsWhen the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the color of thecruise indicator will change to orange.Action to takeIf the color of the cruise indicator changesto orange, stop the vehicle in a safe placeand place the shift lever in the P (Park) po-sition. Turn the engine off, restart the en-gine, resume driving, and then perform thesetting again.If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the systemis malfunctioning. Although the vehicleis still drivable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the RABsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The RAB system is a supplemental

aid to the driver. It is not a replace-ment for proper driving procedures.Always use the side and rear mirrorsand turn and look in the direction youwill move before and while backingup. Never rely solely on the RAB sys-tem. It is the driver’s responsibility to

stay alert, drive safely, and be in con-trol of the vehicle at all times.

• There is a limitation to the RAB sys-tem capability. The RAB system is noteffective in all situations.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may af-fect the function of the system; thismay include reduced performance ora false activation.

The RAB system can assist the driver whenthe vehicle is backing up and approachingobjects directly behind the vehicle.The RAB system detects obstacles behindthe vehicle using the parking sensors O1

located on the rear bumper.

NOTE:

You can temporarily cancel the sonarfunction in the vehicle, but the RAB sys-tem will continue to operate. For addi-tional information, see “Rear Sonar Sys-tem (RSS)” (P. 5-140).

LSD5563

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB) (ifso equipped)


RAB SYSTEM OPERATION

�1 RAB system warning light and RAB sys-tem warning indicator

�2 Center display

�3 Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)

�4 Drive Systems OFF Switch (if soequipped)

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RABsystem operates.If a risk of a collision with an obstacle isdetected when your vehicle is backing up,the RAB system warning indicator will flashin the vehicle information display (if soequipped) and the system will chime threetimes. The system will then automaticallyapply the brakes. After the automatic brakeapplication, the driver must depress thebrake pedal to maintain brake pressure.



NOTE:• The brake lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the RABsystem.

• When the brakes operate, a noise maybe heard. This is not a malfunction.



TURNING THE RAB SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn the RABsystem on or off.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-


2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press theOK button.

3. Select “Rear” and press the OK button toturn the system on or off.

LSD3994


For vehicles with the Drive Systems OFFswitch (if so equipped):1. The RAB system is automatically

enabled.

2. Push the Drive Systems OFF switch onceto disable the RAB system.

When the RAB system is turned off, the RABsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

The RAB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

LSD4135


RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the RAB system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for properuse of the RAB system could result inserious injury or death.• When the vehicle approaches an ob-

stacle while the accelerator or brakepedal is depressed, the function maynot operate or the start of operationmay be delayed. The RAB systemmay not operate or may not performsufficiently due to vehicle conditions,driving conditions, the traffic envi-ronment, the weather, road surfaceconditions, etc. Do not wait for thesystem to operate. Operate the brakepedal by yourself as soon asnecessary.

• If it is necessary to override RAB op-eration, strongly press the accelera-tor pedal.

• Always check your surroundings andturn to check what is behind you be-fore and while backing up. The RABsystem detects stationary objectsbehind the vehicle. The RAB systemdoes not detect the following ob-jects:– Moving objects– Low objects– Narrow objects– Wedge-shaped objects– Objects close to the bumper (less

than approximately 1 ft [30 cm])– Objects that suddenly appear– Thin objects such as rope, wire,

chain, etc.• The RAB system may not operate for

the following obstacles:– Obstacles located high off the

ground– Obstacles in a position offset from

your vehicle– Obstacles, such as spongy materi-

als or snow, that have soft outersurfaces and can easily absorb asound wave

• The RAB system may not operate inthe following conditions:– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc.,

attached to the sonar sensors.– A loud sound is heard in the area

around the vehicle.– The surface of the obstacle is di-

agonal to the rear of the vehicle.• The RAB system may unintentionally

operate in the following conditions:– There is overgrown grass in the

area around the vehicle.– There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll

gate equipment, a narrow tunnel,a parking lot gate) near the side ofthe vehicle.

– There are bumps, protrusions, ormanhole covers on the roadsurface.

– The vehicle drives through adraped flag or a curtain.

– There is an accumulation of snowor ice behind the vehicle.

– An ultrasonic wave source, such asanother vehicle’s sonar, is nearthe vehicle.


• Once the automatic brake controloperates, it does not operate again ifthe vehicle approaches the sameobstacle.

• The automatic brake control can onlyoperate for a short period of time.Therefore, the driver must depressthe brake pedal.

• In the following situations, the RABsystem may not operate properly ormay not function sufficiently:– The vehicle is driven in bad

weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).– The vehicle is driven on a steep

hill.– The vehicle’s posture is changed

(e.g., when driving over a bump).– The vehicle is driven on a slippery

road.– The vehicle is turned sharply by

turning the steering wheel fully.– Snow chains are used.– Wheels or tires other than NISSAN

recommended are used.– The brakes are cold at low ambi-

ent temperatures or immediatelyafter driving has started.

– The braking force becomes poordue to wet brakes after drivingthrough a puddle or washing thevehicle.

• Turn the RAB system off in the follow-ing conditions to prevent the occur-rence of an unexpected accident re-sulting from sudden systemoperation:– The vehicle is towed.– The vehicle is carried on a flatbed

truck.– The vehicle is on the chassis

dynamometer.– The vehicle drives on an uneven

road surface.– The vehicle is towing an object (if

so equipped).– Suspension parts other than

those designated as GenuineNISSAN parts are used. (If the ve-hicle height or the vehicle body in-clination is changed, the systemmay not detect an obstaclecorrectly.)

– If the vehicle is using an accessorylike a bike rack, or cargo carrierthat blocks the sensors.

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio systemvolume, an open vehicle window) willinterfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the RAB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, and the RAB sys-tem warning light will illuminate in the ve-hicle information display.Action to take:If the warning light illuminates, park the ve-hicle in a safe location, turn the engine off,and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the RAB sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:

If the RAB system cannot be operatedtemporarily, the RAB system warninglight blinks.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEObserve the following items to ensureproper operation of the system:• Always keep the parking sensors O1

clean.• If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them

off with a soft cloth while being careful tonot damage them.

• Do not subject the area around the park-ing sensors O1 to strong impact. Also, donot remove or disassemble the parkingsensors. If the parking sensors and pe-ripheral areas are deformed in an acci-dent, etc., have the sensors checked. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• Do not install any stickers (includingtransparent stickers) or accessories onthe parking sensors O1 and their sur-rounding areas. This may cause a mal-function or improper operation.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the AEBsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The AEB system is a supplemental

aid to the driver. It is not a replace-ment for the driver’s attention totraffic conditions or responsibility todrive safely. It cannot prevent acci-dents due to carelessness or danger-ous driving techniques.

• The AEB system does not function inall driving, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The AEB system can assist the driver whenthere is a risk of a forward collision with thevehicle ahead in the traveling lane.

LSD5563

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) (if so equipped)


The AEB system uses a radar sensor OA

located on the front of the vehicle to mea-sure the distance to the vehicle ahead inthe same lane.

AEB SYSTEM OPERATION

LSD5561



1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator (if soequipped)

2. AEB emergency warning indicator (if soequipped)

3. AEB system warning lightThe AEB system will function when yourvehicle is driven at speeds above approxi-mately 3 mph (5 km/h).If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB system will provide an initialwarning to the driver by both a visual (if soequipped) and audible alert.If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and the AEBsystem detects that there is still the possi-bility of a forward collision, the system willautomatically increase the braking force. Ifthe driver does not take action, the AEBsystem issues the second visual warning(red) (if so equipped) and audible warningand also applies partial braking.If the risk of a collision becomes imminent,the AEB system applies harder brakingautomatically.

NOTE:

The vehicle's brake lights come on whenbraking is performed by the AEB system.



Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle ahead, as well as driving androadway conditions, the system may helpthe driver avoid a forward collision or mayhelp mitigate the consequences of a colli-sion, should one be unavoidable. If thedriver is handling the steering wheel, accel-erating or braking, the AEB system willfunction later or will not function.The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:• When the steering wheel is turned as far

as necessary to avoid a collision.• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.• When there is no longer a vehicle de-

tected ahead.If the AEB system has stopped the vehicle,the vehicle will remain at a standstill forapproximately 2 seconds before thebrakes are released.

TURNING THE AEB SYSTEMON/OFF

LSD3994


Perform the following steps to turn the AEBsystem on or off.For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-



3. Select “Front” and press the OK button toturn the system on or off.

For vehicles with the Drive Systems OFFswitch (if so equipped):1. The AEB system is automatically

enabled.

2. Push the Drive Systems OFF switch onceto disable the AEB system.

When the AEB system is turned off, the AEBsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:The AEB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

LSD4046


AEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The AEB system cannot detect all ve-

hicles under all conditions.• The radar sensor does not detect the

following objects:– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles

in the roadway.– Oncoming vehicles.– Crossing vehicles.

• The radar sensor has some perfor-mance limitations. If a stationary ve-hicle is in the vehicle’s path, the AEBsystem will not function when thevehicle is driven at speeds over ap-proximately 50 mph (80 km/h).

• The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the followingconditions:– Dirt, ice, snow or other material

covering the radar sensor.– Interference by other radar

sources.– Snow or road spray from traveling

vehicles.– If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.,

motorcycle).– When driving on a steep downhill

slope or roads with sharp curves.• In some road or traffic conditions, the

AEB system may unexpectedly applypartial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, continue to depress theaccelerator pedal to override thesystem.

• Braking distances increase on slip-pery surfaces.

• The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The sys-tem may not detect some forms ofobstructions of the sensor area suchas ice, snow, stickers, etc. In thesecases, the system may not be able towarn the driver properly. Be sure thatyou check, clean and clear the sensorarea regularly.

• Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.



Condition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theAEB system is automatically turned off.The AEB system warning light (orange) willilluminate.Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist,the AEB system will resume automatically.Condition BWhen there is inclement weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor,the AEB system will automatically be can-celed, the chime will sound and the “For-ward Driving Aids Temporarily DisabledFront Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.



Action to take:When the above conditions are no longerpresent, the warning message will no lon-ger be available in the vehicle informationdisplay. If the “Forward Driving Aids Tempo-rarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked SeeOwner’s Manual” warning message contin-ues to be displayed, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.Condition CWhen the radar sensor of the frontbumper/emblem is covered with mud, dirt,snow, ice, etc., or is obstructed, the AEB sys-tem will automatically be canceled. Thechime will sound and the “Forward DrivingAids Temporarily Disabled Front SensorBlocked See Owner’s Manual” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.



Action to take:If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position, and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of thefront bumper/emblem and restart the en-gine. If the “Forward Driving Aids Temporar-ily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See Own-er’s Manual” warning message continuesto be displayed, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.Condition DWhen driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light and display the “For-ward Driving Aids Temporarily DisabledFront Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”warning message.Action to take:When the above driving conditions no lon-ger exist, turn the system back on.

NOTE:

If the AEB system stops working, theI-FCW system will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB warning light (orange) willilluminate and the warning message [Mal-function] will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display (if so equipped).

Action to take:If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe AEB system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LSD3916


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor OA is located on the front of thevehicle.To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:• Always keep the sensor area of the front


around the sensor.• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar

objects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.


• Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statementFCC NoticeFor USAThis device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and



This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class A digi-tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCCRules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful in-terference when the equipment is oper-ated in a commercial environment. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radi-ate radio frequency energy and, if not in-stalled and used in accordance with theinstruction manual, may cause harmful in-terference to radio communications. Op-eration of this equipment in a residentialarea is likely to cause harmful interferencein which case the user will be required tocorrect the interference at his ownexpense.Radio Frequency Radiation ExposureInformation:This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment. This equipmentshould be installed and operated withminimum distance of 20 cm between theradiator and your body.The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

LSD5561


For CanadaThis device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:1. This device must not cause interference,


L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux condi-tions suivantes:1. l’appareil ne doit pas produire de

brouillage,et

2. l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre lefonctionnnement.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection systemcould result in serious injury or death.• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system is a supplemental aid to thedriver. It is not a replacement for thedriver’s attention to traffic condi-tions or responsibility to drive safely.It cannot prevent accidents due tocarelessness or dangerous drivingtechniques.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem does not function in all driv-ing, traffic, weather and roadconditions.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemcan assist the driver when there is a risk ofa forward collision with the vehicle ahead inthe traveling lane or with a pedestrianahead in the traveling lane.The AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemuses a radar sensor located on the front ofthe vehicle OB to measure the distance tothe vehicle ahead in the same lane. Forpedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian De-tection system uses a camera installed be-hind the windshield OA in addition to theradar sensor.

LSD4387

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION(if so equipped)


AEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION


2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection emer-gency warning indicator (if so equipped)

3. AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

The AEB system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 mph (5 km/h). For the pe-destrian detection function, the systemoperates at speeds between 6 – 37 mph(10 – 60 km/h).If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill firstly provide the warning to the driverby flashing the vehicle ahead detection in-dicator (yellow) in the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped) and providing anaudible alert. If the driver applies the brakesquickly and forcefully after the warning,and the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem detects that there is still the possibilityof a forward collision, the system will auto-matically increase the braking force.



If the driver does not take action, the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system issuesthe second visual (flashing) (red and white)in the vehicle information display (if soequipped) and an audible warning. If thedriver releases the accelerator pedal, thenthe system applies partial braking. If therisk of a collision becomes imminent, theAEB with Pedestrian Detection system ap-plies harder braking automatically.While the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is operating, you may hear thesound of brake operation. This is normaland indicates that the AEB with PedestrianDetection system is operating properly.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on whenany braking is performed by the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system.Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as wellas driving and roadway conditions, the sys-tem may help the driver avoid a forwardcollision or may help mitigate the conse-quences if a collision should be unavoid-able. If the driver is handling the steeringwheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB withPedestrian Detection system will functionlater or will not function.



The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:• When the steering wheel is turned to

avoid a collision.• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.• When there is no longer a vehicle or a

pedestrian detected ahead.If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem has stopped the vehicle, the vehiclewill remain at a standstill for approximately2 seconds before the brakes are released.

TURNING THE AEB WITHPEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem.

LSD3994


For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

plays in the vehicle information display.

Use the button to select “Driver As-sistance.” Then press the OK button.



For vehicles with the Drive Systems OFFswitch (if so equipped):1. The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-

tem is automatically enabled.

2. Push the Drive Systems OFF switch onceto disable the AEB with Pedestrian De-tection system.

When the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is turned off, the AEB with Pedes-trian Detection system warning lightilluminates.

NOTE:• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system will be automatically turned onwhen the engine is restarted.

• The I-FCW system is integrated into theAEB with Pedestrian Detection system.There is not a separate selection in thevehicle information display for theI-FCW system. When the AEB system isturned off, the I-FCW system is alsoturned off.

LSD4046


AEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system cannot detect all vehicles orpedestrians under all conditions.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem does not detect the follow-ing:

– Pedestrians that are small (for ex-ample, children), in a sitting posi-tion, operating toys/skateboards,on scooters or in wheelchairs, ornot in an upright standing orwalking position.

– Animals of any size.– Obstacles (for example, cargo or

debris) on the roadway orroadside.

– Oncoming or crossing vehicles.

– Vehicles where the tires are diffi-cult to see or the shape of the rearof the vehicle is unclear orobstructed.

– Parked vehicles.• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system has some performance limi-tations.– If a stationary vehicle is in the ve-

hicle’s path, the system will notfunction when the vehicle ap-proaches the stationary vehicle atspeeds over approximately 50mph (80 km/h).

– Pedestrian detection will notfunction when the vehicle isdriven at speeds over approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h) or belowapproximately 6 mph (10km/h).

• For pedestrians, the AEB with Pedes-trian Detection system will not issuethe first warning.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may not function properly ordetect a vehicle or pedestriansahead in the following conditions:

– In poor visibility conditions (suchas rain, snow, fog, dust storms,sand storms, smoke, and roadspray from other vehicles).

– If dirt, ice, snow, fog or other ma-terial is covering the radar sensorarea or camera area ofwindshield.

– If a strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams) enters thefront camera or a sudden changein brightness occurs (for example,entering a tunnel or driving inlightning).

– In dark or dimly lit conditions,such as at night or in tunnels, in-cluding cases where your vehi-cle’s headlights are off or dim, orthe tail lights of the vehicle aheadare off.

– When the direction of the camerais misaligned.

– When driving on a steep downhillslope, on roads with sharp curves,and/or bumpy or dirt roads.

– If there is interference by other ra-dar sources.

– When your vehicle’s position ormovement is changed quickly orsignificantly (for example, lanechange, turning vehicle, abruptsteering, sudden acceleration ordeceleration).


– When your vehicle or the vehicleor pedestrian ahead movesquickly or significantly such thatthe system cannot detect and re-act in time (for example, pedes-trian moving quickly toward thevehicle at close range, vehicle cut-ting in, changing lanes, making aturn, steering abruptly, suddenacceleration or deceleration).

– When the vehicle or pedestrian isoffset from the vehicle’s forwardpath.

– If the speed difference betweenthe two vehicles is small.

– The pedestrian’s profile is par-tially obscured or unidentifiable;for example, due to transportingluggage, pushing a stroller, wear-ing bulky or very loose-fittingclothing or accessories, or beingin a unique posture (such as rais-ing hands).

– There is poor contrast of a personto the background, such as havingclothing color or pattern which issimilar to the background.

– For approximately 15 seconds af-ter starting the engine.

– If the vehicle ahead has a uniqueor unusual shape, extremely lowor high clearance heights, or un-usual cargo loading or is narrow(for example, a motorcycle).

– When the vehicle or pedestrian islocated near a traffic sign, a reflec-tive area (for example, water onroad), or is in a shadow.

– When multiple pedestrians aregrouped together.

– When the view of the pedestrian isobscured by a vehicle or otherobject.

• The system performance may be de-graded in the following conditions:

– The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

– The vehicle is driven on a slope.– Excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or thecargo area of your vehicle.

• The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s (radar andcamera) functionality, within certainlimitations. The system may not de-tect some forms of obstruction of thesensor area such as ice, snow orstickers, for example. In these cases,the system may not be able to warn

the driver properly. Be sure that youcheck, clean and clear sensor areasregularly.

• In some road and traffic conditions,the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may unexpectedly apply par-tial braking. When acceleration isnecessary, depress the acceleratorpedal to override the system.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem may operate when a pattern,object, shadow or lights are detectedthat are similar to the outline of ve-hicles or pedestrians, or if they arethe same size and position as a ve-hicle or motorcycle’s tail lights.

• The system may keep operatingwhen the vehicle ahead is turningright or left.

• The system may operate when yourvehicle is approaching and passing avehicle ahead.

• Depending on the road shape(curved road, entrance and exit of thecurve, winding road, lane regulation,under construction, etc.), the systemmay operate temporarily for the on-coming vehicle in front of yourvehicle.


WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem. Failure to operate the vehicle inaccordance with these system limita-tions could result in serious injury ordeath.• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system may react to:– objects on the roadside (traffic

sign, guardrail, pedestrian, motor-cycle, vehicle, etc.)

– pedestrians when driving on thenarrow alleys, etc.

– pedestrians who temporarily pro-trude into or approaching thedriving lane to avoid the obstacleson the road shoulder

– objects above road (low bridge,traffic sign, etc.)

– objects on the road surface (rail-road track, grate, steel plate, etc.)

– objects in the parking garage(beam, pillar, etc.)

– pedestrians or motorcycles ap-proaching the travelling lane

– vehicles, pedestrians, motor-cycles or objects in adjacent lanesor close to the vehicle

– oncoming pedestrians– objects on the road (such as trees)

• Braking distances increase on slip-pery surfaces.


LSD4248



Condition A:In the following conditions, the AEB withPedestrian Detection system warning lightblinks and the system will be turned offautomatically:• The radar sensor picks up interference

from another radar source.• The camera area of the windshield is

misted or frozen.• Strong light is shining from the front.• The cabin temperature is over approxi-

mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.• The camera area of the windshield glass

is continuously covered with dirt, etc.Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist,the AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill resume automatically.

NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield on thecamera area is misted or frozen, it willtake a period of time to remove it afterthe A/C turns on. If dirt appears on thisarea, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.



Condition B:When there is inclement weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor,the AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill be canceled, the chime will sound andthe “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Dis-abled Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’sManual” warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, the warning message willno longer be available in the vehicle infor-mation display. If the “Forward Driving AidsTemporarily Disabled Front Sensor BlockedSee Owner’s Manual” warning messagecontinues to be displayed, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.Condition C:When the radar sensor of the frontbumper/emblem is covered with mud, dirt,snow, ice, etc., or is obstructed, the AEB withPedestrian Detection system will auto-matically be canceled. The chime willsound and the “Forward Driving Aids Tem-porarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked SeeOwner’s Manual” warning message will ap-pear in the vehicle information display.



Action to take:If the warning message appears, stop the ve-hicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in theP (Park) position, and turn the engine off. Whenthe radar signal is temporarily interrupted,clean the sensor area of the front bumper/emblem and restart the engine. If the “ForwardDriving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sen-sor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warningmessage continues to be displayed, have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.Condition DWhen driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light and display the “For-ward Driving Aids Temporarily DisabledFront Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”message.Action to take:When the above driving conditions no lon-ger exist, turn the system back on.

NOTE:If the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem stops working, the I-FCW sys-tem will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem malfunctions, it will be turned off auto-matically, a chime will sound, and the AEBwith Pedestrian Detection system warninglight (orange) will illuminate in the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped).

Action to take:If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe AEB with Pedestrian Detection systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD3916


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe radar sensor is located on the front ofthe vehicle OB . The camera is located onthe upper side of the windshield OA .To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem operating properly, be sure to ob-serve the following:• Always keep the sensor areas of the front

bumper/emblem and windshield clean.• Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensors (e.g., bumper,windshield).

• Do not cover or attach stickers, or installany accessory near the sensors. Thiscould block sensor signals and/or causefailure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near theradar sensor (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instru-ment panel. The reflection of sunlightmay adversely affect the camera unit'sdetection capability.


Radio frequency statementFor USAFCC ID OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and


FCC WarningChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.For CanadaModel: ARS4–BIC: 4135A-ARS4BFCC ID: OAYARS4BThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub-ject to the following two conditions:1. This device may not cause interference,

and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd'Industrie Canada applicables aux appar-eils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitationest autorisée aux deux conditionssuivantes:1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

LSD4387


2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposureinformation:This equipment complies with FCC and ICradiation exposure limits set forth for anuncontrolled environment.This equipment should be installed andoperated with minimum distance of 30 cmbetween the radiator and your body.This transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.Cet équipement est conforme aux limitesd'exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé.Cet équipement doit être installé et utiliséavec un minimum de 30 cm de distanceentre la source de rayonnement et votrecorps.FCC NoticeChanges or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the I-FCWsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The I-FCW system can help warn the

driver before a collision occurs butwill not avoid a collision. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

The I-FCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of a secondvehicle traveling in front of the vehicleahead in the same lane.The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor OA

located on the front of the vehicle to mea-sure the distance to the vehicle ahead inthe same lane.

LSD5561

INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (I-FCW)



2. AEB system warning light



I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATIONThe I-FCW system operates at speedsabove approximately 3 mph (5 km/h).If there is a potential risk of a forward colli-sion, the I-FCW system will warn the driverby blinking the vehicle ahead detection in-dicator in the vehicle information display (ifso equipped), and sounding an audiblealert.

LSD2263


TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn theI-FCW system ON or OFF.For vehicles equipped with the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-




LSD3994


For vehicles equipped with the Drive Sys-tems OFF switch (if so equipped):1. The I-FCW system is automatically

enabled.

2. Push the Drive Systems OFF switch onceto disable the I-FCW system.

When the I-FCW system is turned off, theAEB system warning light illuminates.

NOTE:• The I-FCW system will be automatically

turned on when the engine isrestarted.

• The I-FCW system is integrated into theAEB system (if so equipped). There isnot a separate selection in the vehicleinformation display for the I-FCW sys-tem. When the AEB system is turnedoff, the I-FCW system is also turned off.

LSD4046


I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LSD2312Illustration A


WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the I-FCW system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The I-FCW system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions.

• The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles

in the roadway– Oncoming vehicles– Crossing vehicles

• (Illustration A) The I-FCW systemdoes not function when a vehicleahead is a narrow vehicle, such as amotorcycle.

• The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the followingconditions:– Snow or heavy rain– Dirt, ice, snow or other material

covering the radar sensor.– Interference by other radar

sources.– Snow or road spray from traveling

vehicles.– Driving in a tunnel– (Illustration B) When the vehicle

ahead is being towed.

LSD2265Illustration B


– (Illustration C) When the distanceto the vehicle ahead is too close,the beam of the radar sensor isobstructed.

– (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

• The system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s functionality,within certain limitations. The sys-tem may not detect some forms ofobstruction of the sensor area suchas ice, snow, stickers, etc. In thesecases, the system may not be able towarn the driver properly. Be sure thatyou check, clean and clear the sensorarea regularly.



LSD2266Illustration C


LSD2313Illustration D



Condition AWhen the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theI-FCW system is automatically turned off.The AEB system warning light (orange) willilluminate.Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist,the I-FCW system will resume automatically.Condition BWhen there is inclement weather (rain, fog,snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor,the I-FCW system will automatically becanceled, the chime will sound and the“Forward Driving Aids Temporarily DisabledFront Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.Action to take:When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, the warning message willno longer be available in the vehicle infor-mation display. If the “Forward Driving AidsTemporarily Disabled Front Sensor BlockedSee Owner’s Manual” warning messagecontinues to be displayed, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.



Condition CWhen the radar sensor of the frontbumper/emblem is covered with mud, dirt,snow, ice, etc., or is obstructed, the I-FCWsystem will automatically be canceled. Thechime will sound and the “Forward DrivingAids Temporarily Disabled Front SensorBlocked See Owner’s Manual” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.Action to take:If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position, and turn the engineoff. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of thefront bumper/emblem and restart the en-gine. If the “Forward Driving Aids Temporar-ily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See Own-er’s Manual” warning message continuesto be displayed, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.



Condition DWhen driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light (orange) and displaythe “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Dis-abled Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’sManual” warning message.Action to take:When the above driving conditions no lon-ger exist, turn the system back on.

NOTE:

If the AEB system stops working, theI-FCW system will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTIONIf the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime willsound, the AEB system warning light (or-ange) will illuminate and the warning mes-sage [Malfunction] will appear in the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped).

Action to take:If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe I-FCW system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LSD3916


SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sensor OA is located behind the lowergrille of the front bumper.To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:• Always keep the sensor area of the front


around the sensor.• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar

objects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.



Radio frequency statementFCC NoticeFor USAThis device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and



This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class A digi-tal device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCCRules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful in-terference when the equipment is oper-ated in a commercial environment. Thisequipment generates, uses, and can radi-ate radio frequency energy and, if not in-stalled and used in accordance with theinstruction manual, may cause harmful in-terference to radio communications. Op-eration of this equipment in a residentialarea is likely to cause harmful interferencein which case the user will be required tocorrect the interference at his ownexpense.Radio Frequency Radiation ExposureInformation:This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon-trolled environment. This equipmentshould be installed and operated withminimum distance of 20 cm between theradiator and your body.The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

LSD5561


For CanadaThis device complies with Industry Canadalicense-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:1. This device must not cause interference,


L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux condi-tions suivantes:1. l’appareil ne doit pas produire de

brouillage,et

2. l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi,même si le brouillage est susceptibled’en compromettre lefonctionnnement.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the I-DAsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.• The I–DA system is only a warning to

inform the driver of a potential lackof driver attention or drowsiness. Itwill not steer the vehicle or preventloss of control.

• The I–DA system does not detect andprovide an alert of the driver’s lack ofattention or fatigue in everysituation.

• It is the driver’s responsibility to:• stay alert,• drive safely,• keep the vehicle in the traveling

lane,• be in control of the vehicle at all

times,• avoid driving when tired,• avoid distractions (texting, etc.).

The I–DA system helps alert the driver if thesystem detects a lack of attention or driv-ing fatigue.The system monitors driving style andsteering behavior over a period of time,and it detects changes from the normalpattern. If the system detects that driverattention is decreasing over a period oftime, the system uses audible and visualwarnings to suggest that the driver take abreak.

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS(I-DA) (if so equipped)


INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESSSYSTEM OPERATIONIf the system detects driver fatigue or thatdriver attention is decreasing, the mes-sage “Take a break?” appears in the vehicleinformation display and a chime soundswhen the vehicle is driven at speeds above37 mph (60 km/h).The system continuously monitors driverattention and can provide multiple warn-ings per trip.

The system resets and starts reassessingdriving style and steering behavior whenthe ignition switch is cycled from ON to OFFand back on.

LSD3545


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEINTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS(I-DA) SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the I–DA system.1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-

plays in the vehicle information displayand press the OK button. Use thebutton to select “Driver Assistance.” Thenpress the OK button.

2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and pressthe OK button to turn the system on oroff.

NOTE:The setting will be retained even if theengine is restarted.

LSD3693


INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS(I-DA) SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the I–DA system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The I-DA system may not operate

properly and may not provide analert in the following conditions:– Poor road conditions such as an

uneven road surface or pot holes.– Strong side wind.– If you have adopted a sporty driv-

ing style with higher corneringspeeds or higher rates ofacceleration.

– Frequent lane changes orchanges to vehicle speed.

• The I–DA system will not provide analert in the following conditions:– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph

(60 km/h).– Short lapses of attention.– Instantaneous distractions such

as dropping an object.

System malfunctionIf the Intelligent Driver Alertness systemmalfunctions, the system warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay and the function will be stoppedautomatically.

Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in P (Park) position, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the systemwarning message continues to appear,have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LSD3563


CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to ob-tain maximum engine performanceand ensure the future reliability andeconomy of your new vehicle. Failure tofollow these recommendations mayresult in shortened engine life and re-duced engine performance.

• Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not runthe engine over 4,000 rpm.

• Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

• Avoid quick starts.• Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.1. Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake

Pedal Application• Avoid rapid starts and stops.• Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possible.• Maintain constant speed while com-

muting and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed• Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.• Synchronizing your speed with traffic

lights allows you to reduce your num-ber of stops.

• Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at HigherVehicle Speeds• Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

• Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

• Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds andDistances• Observing the speed limit and not ex-

ceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (where le-gally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

• Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unnec-essary braking.

• Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reducedbraking and smooth accelerationchanges.

• Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use Cruise Control• Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steady speed.• Cruise control is particularly effective

in providing fuel savings when drivingon flat terrains.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


6. Plan for the Shortest Route• Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid Idling• Shutting off your engine when safe for

stops exceeding 30–60 seconds savesfuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads• Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruisingspeed through the toll and avoid stop-ping and starting.

9. Winter Warm Up• Limit idling time to minimize impact to

fuel economy.• Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up to ef-fectively circulate the engine oil beforedriving.

• Your vehicle will reach its ideal operat-ing temperature more quickly whiledriving versus idling.

10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool• Park your vehicle in a covered parking

area or in the shade wheneverpossible.

• When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce theinside temperature faster, resulting inreduced demand on your A/C system.

• Keep your engine tuned up.• Follow the recommended scheduled

maintenance.• Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure. Low tire pressure increases tirewear and lowers fuel economy.

• Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Im-proper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

• Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. For additional information, see “Engineoil and oil filter recommendations”(P. 10-6).

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


WARNING

• Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as drygrass, waste paper or rags. They mayignite and cause a fire.

• Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed in P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicleto move unexpectedly or roll awayand result in an accident. Make surethe shift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

• Never leave the engine running whilethe vehicle is unattended.

• Do not leave children unattended in-side the vehicle. They could unknow-ingly activate switches or controls ormake the vehicle move. Unattendedchildren could become involved inserious accidents.


SSD0488

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, itis a good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.• HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB O1 :

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

• HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB O2 :Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

• HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB O3 :Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK po-sition and remove the key from thevehicle.

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the steering will not work.Steering will be harder to operate.

• When the power steering warninglight illuminates with the engine run-ning, there will be no power assist forthe steering. You will still have controlof the vehicle but the steering will beharder to operate. Have the powersteering system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

The power steering system is designed toprovide power assist while driving to oper-ate the steering wheel with light force.When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed, the power as-sist for the steering wheel will be reduced.This is to prevent overheating of the powersteering system and protect it from gettingdamaged. While the power assist is re-duced, steering wheel operation will be-come heavy. When the temperature of thepower steering system goes down, thepower assist level will return to normal.Avoid repeating such steering wheel op-

erations that could cause the power steer-ing system to overheat.You may hear a sound when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate the power steering system is notfunctioning properly and may need servic-ing. Have the power steering systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there willbe no power assist for the steering but youwill still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering effort is required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds.For additional information, see “Powersteering warning light” (P. 2-20).

POWER STEERING


The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and stopping distance willbe longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake pads faster, and reducegas mileage.To help reduce brake wear and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performanceand could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

• While driving on a slippery surface,be careful when braking, accelerat-ing or downshifting. Abrupt brakingor accelerating could cause thewheels to skid and result in anaccident.

• If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.Braking will be harder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet. Asa result, your braking distance will be lon-ger and the vehicle may pull to one sideduring braking.To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

Parking brake break-inBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors (if soequipped) are replaced, in order to assurethe best braking performance.This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

• The ABS is a sophisticated device, butit cannot prevent accidents resultingfrom careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. It can help maintain ve-hicle control during braking on slip-pery surfaces. Remember that stop-ping distances on slippery surfaceswill be longer than on normal sur-faces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or ifyou are using tire chains. Alwaysmaintain a safe distance from the ve-hicle in front of you. Ultimately, thedriver is responsible for safety.

BRAKE SYSTEM


• Tire type and condition may also af-fect braking effectiveness.– When replacing tires, install the

specified size of tires on all fourwheels.

– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. For ad-ditional information, see “Tire andLoading Information label”(P. 8-29).

– For additional information, see“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27).

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheelsdo not lock during hard braking or whenbraking on slippery surfaces. The systemdetects the rotation speed at each wheeland varies the brake fluid pressure to pre-vent each wheel from locking and sliding.By preventing each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheAnti-lock Braking System will operate toprevent the wheels from locking up. Steerthe vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing somay result in increased stoppingdistances.

Self-test featureThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in-cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps,hydraulic solenoids and a computer. Thecomputer has a built-in diagnostic featurethat tests the system each time you startthe engine and move the vehicle at a lowspeed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noiseand/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.This is normal and does not indicate a mal-function. If the computer senses a mal-function, it switches the ABS off and illumi-nates the ABS warning light on the

instrument panel. The brake system thenoperates normally but without anti-lockassistance.If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operationThe Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper-ates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 - 10km/h). The speed varies according to roadconditions.When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa-tion in the brake pedal and hear a noisefrom under the hood or feel a vibrationfrom the actuator when it is operating. Thisis normal and indicates that the ABS is op-erating properly. However, the pulsationmay indicate that road conditions are haz-ardous and extra care is required whiledriving.


BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely and be in control of the ve-hicle at all times.

The VDC system uses various sensors tomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.Under certain driving conditions, the VDCsystem helps to perform the followingfunctions:• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel

slip on one slipping drive wheel so poweris transferred to a non-slipping drivewheel on the same axle.

• Controls brake pressure and engine out-put to reduce drive wheel slip based onvehicle speed (traction control function).

• Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:– Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow

the steered path despite increasedsteering input)

– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due tocertain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but it can-not prevent loss of vehicle control in all driv-ing situations.When the VDC system operates, theindicator light in the instrument panelflashes so note the following:

• The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is requiredto help keep the vehicle on the steeredpath.

• You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal and indi-cates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

• Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

For additional information, see “Slip indica-tor light” (P. 2-21) and ”Vehicle Dynamic Con-trol (VDC) OFF indicator light” (P. 2-21).If a malfunction occurs in the system, the

indicator light comes on in the instru-ment panel. The VDC system automaticallyturns off when these indicator lights are on.The VDC OFF switch, or the vehicle infor-mation display, is used to turn off the VDCsystem. The indicator light and theAutomatic Emergency Braking (AEB) sys-tem warning light illuminate to indicate theVDC system is off.When the VDC OFF switch, or the vehicleinformation display, is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates toprevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non-slipping drive

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


wheel. The indicator light flashes if thisoccurs. All other VDC functions are off andthe indicator light will not flash.The VDC system is automatically reset toon when the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position then back to the ON position.The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-ture that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicle for-ward or in reverse at a slow speed. Whenthe self-test occurs, you may hear a clunknoise and/or feel a pulsation in the brakepedal. This is normal and is not an indica-tion of a malfunction.

WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when driv-ing and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

• Do not modify the vehicle's suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly. This could adversely af-fect vehicle handling performance,and the indicator light may flashor illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC sys-tem may not operate properly andthe indicator light mayilluminate.

• If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the indi-cator light may illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the indicatorlight may flash or illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light mayflash or illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine afterdriving onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the indicatorlight may flash or illuminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the front and rear wheelsdepending on the radius of the turn.


WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to helpthe driver maintain stability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds orby careless or dangerous drivingtechniques. Reduce vehicle speedand be especially careful when driv-ing and cornering on slippery sur-faces and always drive carefully.

• Do not modify the vehicle's suspen-sion. If suspension parts such asshock absorbers, struts, springs, sta-bilizer bars, bushings and wheels arenot NISSAN recommended for yourvehicle or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly. This could adversely af-fect vehicle handling performance,and the indicator light may flashor illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC sys-tem may not operate properly andthe indicator light mayilluminate.

• If engine control related parts are notNISSAN recommended or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the indi-cator light may illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked cor-ners, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the indicatorlight may flash or illuminate. Do notdrive on these types of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light mayflash or illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine afterdriving onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tires other than theNISSAN recommended ones areused, the VDC system may not oper-ate properly and the indicatorlight may flash or illuminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitutefor winter tires or tire chains on asnow covered road.


The chassis control is an electric controlmodule that includes the followingfunctions:• Intelligent Trace Control• Intelligent Engine Brake• Active Ride Control• Automatic brake hold functionFor additional information see, IntelligentTrace Control (I-TC) (P. 5-137), Intelligent En-gine Brake (I-EB) (P. 5-138), Active Ride Con-trol (ARC) (P. 5-138) and Automatic brakehold function (P. 5-25).

INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL(I-TC)This system senses driving based on thedriver’s steering and acceleration/brakingpatterns, and controls brake pressure atindividual wheels to aid tracing at cornersand help smooth vehicle response.The I–TC can be set to ON (enabled) or OFF(disabled) through the vehicle informationdisplay “Chassis Control” page. For addi-tional information, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system is turned off, the I–TC is also turnedoff.If the chassis control warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the I-TC is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible. For ad-ditional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” (P. 2-24).When the I–TC is operated and the ChassisControl mode is selected in the vehicle in-formation display, the I–TC graphics areshown in the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

WARNING

The I–TC may not be effective depend-ing on the driving condition. Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively.

When the I–TC is operating, you may feel apulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise. This is normal and indicates that theI–TC is operating properly.You may also feel deceleration when theI-TC is operating. However, this is not amalfunction.

LSD4090

CHASSIS CONTROL (if so equipped)


Even if the I–TC is turned OFF, some func-tions will remain on to assist the driver (forexample, avoidance scenes).

INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (I-EB)The I-EB function adds subtle decelerationby controlling the Continuously VariableTransmission gear ratio, depending on thecornering condition calculated from driv-er's steering input and plural sensors. Thisbenefit is for easier traceability and lessworkload of adjusting speed with brakingat corners.If the chassis control warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the I-EB is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible. For ad-ditional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” (P. 2-24).The I-EB also adds subtle deceleration withgear ratio control according to driver’sbrake pedal operation.The I-EB can be set to ON (enabled) or OFF(disabled) through the vehicle informationdisplay “Chassis Control” page. For addi-tional information, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

When the I-EB is operated at corners andthe Chassis Control mode is selected in thevehicle information display, the I-EB graph-ics are shown in the vehicle informationdisplay. For additional information, see “Ve-hicle information display” (P. 2-24).

WARNING

The I-EB may not be effective depend-ing on driving conditions. Always drivecarefully and attentively.

When the I-EB is operating, the needle ofthe tachometer will rise up and you mayhear an engine noise. This is normal andindicates that the I-EB is operatingproperly.

ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL (ARC)This system senses upper body motion(based on wheel speed information) andcontrols engine torque and four wheelbrake pressure. This will enhance ride com-fort in effort to restrain uncomfortable up-per body movement when passing overundulated road surfaces. When the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system is turned off,the ARC is also turned off.

When the ARC is operated and the ChassisControl mode is selected in the vehicle in-formation display, the ARC graphics areshown in the vehicle information display.For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).When the ARC is operating, you may hearnoise and sense slight deceleration. This isnormal and indicates that the ARC is oper-ating properly.If the chassis control warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the ARC is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked by aNISSAN dealer as soon as possible. For ad-ditional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” (P. 2-24).


WARNING

• Never rely solely on the hill start as-sist system to prevent the vehiclefrom moving backward on a hill. Al-ways drive carefully and attentively.Depress the brake pedal when thevehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Beespecially careful when stopped on ahill on frozen or muddy roads. Failureto prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards may result in a loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and possibleserious injury or death.

• The hill start assist system is not de-signed to hold the vehicle at a stand-still on a hill. Depress the brake pedalwhen the vehicle is stopped on asteep hill. Failure to do so may causethe vehicle to roll backwards andmay result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

• The hill start assist may not preventthe vehicle from rolling backwardson a hill under all load or road condi-tions. Always be prepared to depressthe brake pedal to prevent the ve-hicle from rolling backwards. Failureto do so may result in a collision orserious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards in thetime it takes the driver to release the brakepedal and apply the accelerator when thevehicle is stopped on a hill.The hill start assist system will operate au-tomatically under the following conditions:• The transmission is shifted to a forward

or reverse gear.• The vehicle is stopped completely on a

hill by applying the brake.The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to rollback and the hill start assist system willstop operating completely.The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the transmission is shifted to the N(Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat andlevel road.When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)indicator light illuminates in the meter, thehill start assist system will not operate. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light”(P. 2-21).

The Hill Start Assist function status can bechecked in the Chassis Control mode in thevehicle information display (if so equipped).For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-24).

LSD3923

HILL START ASSIST


The RSS sounds a tone to inform the driverof obstacles near the bumper.When the “DISPLAY” key is on, the sonarview will automatically appear in thetouch-screen display. An additional view ofthe sonar status will appear in the vehicleinformation display (if so equipped) forreference.

WARNING

• The RSS is a convenience but it is nota substitute for proper parking.

• The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other ma-neuvers. Always look around andcheck that it is safe to do so beforeparking.

• Read and understand the limitationsof the RSS as contained in this sec-tion. The colors of the corner sonarindicator and the distance guidelines in the rear view indicate differ-ent distances to the object.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck's compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may af-fect the function of the system; thismay include reduced performance ora false activation.

• This function is designed as an aid tothe driver in detecting large station-ary objects to help avoid damagingthe vehicle.

• The system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects. Always move slowly. Thesystem will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may not de-tect objects close to the bumper oron the ground.

• The system may not detect the fol-lowing objects: fluffy objects such assnow, cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc.;thin objects such as rope, wire andchain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.

If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-stacles or false alarms.

CAUTION

• Excessive noise (such as audio sys-tem volume or an open vehicle win-dow) will interfere with the tone andit may not be heard.

• Keep the sonar sensors (located onthe bumper fascia) free from snow,ice and large accumulations of dirt.Do not clean the sensors with sharpobjects. If the sensors are covered,the accuracy of the sonar functionwill be diminished.

LSD3247

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if soequipped)


SYSTEM OPERATIONThe system informs with a visual and au-dible alert of rear obstacles when the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position.The system is deactivated at speeds above6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec-onds when an obstacle is detected by onlythe corner sensor and the distance doesnot change. The tone will stop when theobstacle gets away from the vehicle.When the object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking increases. When the vehicle is veryclose to the object, the indicator stopsblinking and turns red, and the tonesounds continuously.

When the corner of the vehicle movescloser to an object, the corner sonar indi-cator OA appears. When the center of thevehicle moves close to an object, the cen-ter sonar indicator OB appears.

The system indicators OA will appear whenthe vehicle moves closer to an object.

LSD3246 LSD2137


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESONAR SYSTEM

The system is automatically activatedwhen the ignition is in the ON position andthe shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the sonar system:For vehicles with the vehicle informationdisplay (if so equipped):1. Press the button until “Settings” dis-


2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OKbutton.

3. Select “Sonar” and press the OK button.• Select “Rear Sensor” and press the OK

button to turn the sonar system on oroff.

• Select “Display” to display the parkingsensor in the vehicle information dis-play when the sonar system activates.

• Select “Range” to change the sonarsystem distance to “Far,” “Mid” or “Near.”

LSD4001


For vehicles with the RSS OFF switch (ifso equipped):1. The RSS is automatically enabled when

the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition and the shift lever is in R(Reverse).

2. Push the RSS OFF switch once to disablethe RSS. The indicator light on the RSSswitch will not illuminate.

The RSS will automatically be turned onwhen the engine is restarted.

LSD4002


SONAR LIMITATIONSWARNING

Listed below are the system limitationsfor the sonar system. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with thesesystem limitations could result in seri-ous injury or death.• The system is deactivated at speeds

above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti-vated at lower speeds.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonicsources such as an automatic carwash, a truck’s compressed-airbrakes or a pneumatic drill may af-fect the function of the system; thismay include reduced performance ora false activation.

• The system is not designed to pre-vent contact with small or movingobjects. Always move slowly. Thesystem will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper or on the ground.

• The system may not detect the fol-lowing objects: fluffy objects such assnow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.;thin objects such as rope, wire andchain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.

• The system may not detect objectsat speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) andmay not detect certain angular ormoving objects.

• Do not attach stickers (includingtransparent material), install acces-sories, or apply anything blockingthe sensors. These conditions mayreduce the ability of the system.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLEWhen sonar blockage is detected, the sys-tem will be deactivated automatically.The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonarsensors.Action to take:When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCEThe sonar sensors O1 are located on therear bumper. Always keep the area nearthe sonar sensors clean.The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog.The blocked condition may also be causedby objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob-structing the sonar sensors.Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the sonar sensors.

LSD5563


Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the sonar sensors.Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe sonar sensors. It is recommended thatyou visit a NISSAN dealer if the area aroundthe sonar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key before in-serting it into the key hole or use the re-mote keyless entry function on the Intelli-gent Key.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check the antifreeze to assure proper win-ter protection. For additional information,see “Engine cooling system” (P. 8-4).

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.This vehicle is equipped with a sealedmaintenance free battery. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forservice.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includ-ing the engine block. Refill before operatingthe vehicle. For additional information, see“Changing engine coolant” (P. 8-5).

TIRE EQUIPMENT1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performance ofthese tires will be substantially reducedin snowy and icy conditions. If you oper-ate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads,NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all fourwheels. It is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some states, provinces and territoriesprohibit their use. Check local laws be-fore installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-

move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

• A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

• A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

• Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” un-der these conditions. Try to avoiddriving on wet ice until the road issalted or sanded.

• Whatever the condition, drive withcaution. Accelerate and slow downwith care. If accelerating or down-shifting too fast, the drive wheels willlose even more traction.

• Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on drypavement.

• Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

• Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwiseclear road in shaded areas. If a patchof ice is seen ahead, brake beforereaching it. Try not to brake while onthe ice, and avoid any sudden steer-ing maneuvers.

• Do not use the cruise control on slip-pery roads.

• Snow can trap dangerous exhaustgases under your vehicle. Keep snowclear of the exhaust pipe and fromaround your vehicle.

PARKING BRAKEWhen parking in an area where the outsidetemperature is below 32°F (0°C), do not ap-ply the parking brake to prevent it fromfreezing. For safe parking:• Place the shift lever in the P (Park)

position.• Securely block the wheels.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assistwith cold temperature starting.The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C)or lower.

WARNING

• Do not use your engine block heaterwith an ungrounded electrical sys-tem or a 2-pronged adapter. You canbe seriously injured by an electricalshock if you use an ungroundedconnection.

• Disconnect and properly store theengine block heater cord beforestarting the engine. Damage to thecord could result in an electricalshock and can cause serious injury.

• Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10 A.Plug the extension cord into aGround Fault Interrupt (GFI) pro-tected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extensioncord or a grounded outlet can resultin a fire or electrical shock and causeserious personal injury.


To use the engine block heater:1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, de-pending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Usean appropriate timer to turn the engineblock heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.


MEMO


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuckvehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

• If stopping for an emergency, be sureto move the vehicle well off the road.

• Do not use the hazard warning flash-ers while moving on the highway un-less unusual circumstances forceyou to drive so slowly that your ve-hicle might become a hazard to othertraffic.

• Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignitionswitch placed in any position.Some jurisdictions may prohibit the useof the hazard warning flasher switchwhile driving.

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:– Rapidly push the push-button ignition

switch three consecutive times in lessthan 1.5 seconds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

6-2 In case of emergency

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TPMS. Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires except thespare. When the low tire pressure warninglight is lit and the “Tire Pressure Low — AddAir” warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display (if so equipped), one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is being driven withlow tire pressure, the TPMS will activate andwarn you of it by the low tire pressurewarning light. This system will activate onlywhen the vehicle is driven at speeds above16 mph (25 km/h). For additional informa-tion, see “Warning lights, indicator lightsand audible reminders” (P. 2-11), and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5).

WARNING


• If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sud-den steering maneuvers or abruptbraking, reduce vehicle speed, pulloff the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with underinflated tires maypermanently damage the tires andincrease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure tothe recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If thelight still illuminates while driving af-ter adjusting the tire pressure, a tiremay be flat or the TPMS may be mal-functioning. If you have a flat tire, re-place it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tiresare properly inflated, have the ve-hicle checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

• When using a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tirepressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these services.


• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pres-sure sensors.

• If the light still comes on while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, atire may be flat or the TPMS may bemalfunctioning. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible. If no tire is flat and all tiresare properly inflated, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instructionsbelow:

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Move the shift lever to P(Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic andto signal professional road assistancepersonnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

• Make sure the parking brake is se-curely applied and the ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) isshifted into P (Park).

• Never change tires when the vehicleis on a slope, ice or slippery areas.This is hazardous.

• Never change tires if oncoming traf-fic is close to your vehicle. Wait forprofessional road assistance.

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks at both the front andback of the wheel diagonally opposite theflat tire to prevent the vehicle from movingwhen it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the ve-hicle may move and result in personalinjury.

LCE2142

A. Blocks

B. Flat tire


Getting the spare tire and tools1. Open the liftgate.

2. Lift the flaps on the wheel cover to ac-cess the spare tire.

3. Carefully remove the wheel cover toavoid potential damage to the side trim.

4. Remove the jacking rod OA , the jack OB ,and wheel nut wrench OC from the stor-age cover OD .

5. Remove the storage cover OD to accessthe spare tire.

LCE2428 LCE2429 LDI3564


6. To loosen the bolt, turncounterclockwise.

7. Once loosened remove the bolt, and re-move the spare tire.

CAUTION

Do not touch floor metal directly. Doingso could result in any burns.

Removing wheel cover (if soequipped)

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheelcaps or wheel covers. Doing so couldresult in personal injury.

To remove the wheel cover, use the jack rodO1 as illustrated.Apply cloth O2 between the wheel and jackrod to prevent damaging the wheel andwheel cover.

Use caution not to scratch the wheel coveror wheel surface.

SCE0913 SCE0630


Jacking up vehicle and removingthe damaged tire

WARNING

• Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

• Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not usethe jack provided with your vehicleon other vehicles. The jack is de-signed for lifting only your vehicleduring a tire change.

• Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle forjack support.

• Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

• Never use blocks on or under thejack.

• Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack. It may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slipdifferentials.

• Do not allow passengers to stay inthe vehicle while it is on the jack.

• Never run the engine with a wheel(s)off the ground. It may cause the ve-hicle to move.

LCE2487


Always refer to the proper illustrations forthe correct placement and jack-up pointsfor your specific vehicle model and jacktype.Carefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following in-structions.1. Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by

turning counterclockwise with the wheelnut wrench. Do not remove the wheelnuts until the tire is off the ground.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-uppoint as illustrated so the top of the jackcontacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.Align the jack head between the 2notches in the front or the rear asshown. Also fit the groove of the jackhead between the notches as shown.The jack should be used on firm andlevel ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jacklever and rod with both hands. Carefullyraise the vehicle until the tire clears theground. Remove the wheel nuts, andthen remove the tire.

Installing the spare tire1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface

between the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated (OA , OB , OC , OD ) untilthey are tight.

LCE2059 WCE0048Type A (if so equipped)


4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illustrated(OA , OB , OC , OD ). Lower the vehiclecompletely.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence illustrated (OA , OB , OC , OD , OE )until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence illustrated(OA , OB , OC , OD , OE ). Lower the vehiclecompletely.

WARNING

• Incorrect wheel nuts or improperlytightened wheel nuts can cause thewheel to become loose or come off.This could cause an accident.

• Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause thenuts to become loose.

• Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (113 N·m)The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specification at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecification at each lubrication interval.

WCE0056Type B (if so equipped)


Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.COLD pressure: After vehicle has beenparked for 3 hours or more or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km).COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information label.5. Securely store the jack and the tool kit in

its storage area.

6. Place the spare tire cover and liftgatefloor carpeting over the jack and tool kit.

7. Securely store the damaged tire in thevehicle.

8. Close the liftgate.

WARNING

• Always make sure that the spare tireand jacking equipment are properlysecured after use. Such items can be-come dangerous projectiles in an ac-cident or sudden stop.

• The spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. For additional informa-tion, see “Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27).

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING

• If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resultingin severe injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

• Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames awayfrom the battery.

• Do not allow battery fluid to comeinto contact with eyes, skin, clothingor painted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulfuric acid solution whichcan cause severe burns. If the fluidshould come into contact with any-thing, immediately flush the con-tacted area with water.

• Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

• The booster battery must be rated at12 volts. Use of an improperly ratedbattery can damage your vehicle.

• Whenever working on or near a bat-tery, always wear suitable eye pro-tectors (for example, goggles or in-dustrial safety spectacles) andremove rings, metal bands, or anyother jewelry. Do not lean over thebattery when jump starting.

• Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

• The automatic engine cooling fan (ifso equipped) may come on at anytime without warning, even if the ig-nition switch is in the OFF positionand the engine is not running. Toavoid injury, keep hands and otherobjects away from it.

JUMP STARTING


WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.Failure to do so could result in damageto the charging system and cause per-sonal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle, position the 2 vehicles to bring theirbatteries near each other.Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shiftlever to P (Park). Switch off all unneces-sary electrical systems (lights, heater, airconditioner, etc.).

3. Connect the jumper cables in the se-quence illustrated (OA , OB , OC , OD ).

CAUTION

• Always connect positive (+) to posi-tive (+) and negative (−) to bodyground (for example, strut mountingbolt, engine lift bracket, etc.) — not tothe battery.

• Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the enginecompartment and that the cableclamps do not contact any othermetal.

4. Start the engine of the booster vehicleand let it run for a few minutes.

5. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle at about 2,000 rpm and start theengine of the vehicle being jumpstarted.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engagedfor more than 10 seconds. If the enginedoes not start right away, place the ig-nition switch in the OFF position andwait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

6. After starting the engine, carefully dis-connect the negative cable and then thepositive cable.

LCE2223


CAUTION

• Do not push start this vehicle. Thethree-way catalyst may bedamaged.

• Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-started or tow-started. Attemptingto do so may cause transmissiondamage.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by a(red) high temperature warning light (ifso equipped)), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., take thefollowing steps.

WARNING

• Do not continue to drive if your ve-hicle overheats. Doing so could causeengine damage or a vehicle fire.

• To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the coolant reservoircap while the engine is still hot. Whenthe coolant reservoir cap is removed,pressurized hot water will spurt out,possibly causing serious injury.

• Do not open the hood if steam iscoming out.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, ap-ply the parking brake and move the shiftlever to P (Park).Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the ra-diator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine.) Do not open the hood fur-ther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from theengine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fanis running. The radiator hoses and radia-tor should not leak water. If coolant isleaking, the water pump belt is missingor loose, or the cooling fan does not run,stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into con-tact with, or get caught in, engine beltsor the engine cooling fan. The enginecooling fan can start at any time.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the engine coolant res-ervoir with the engine running. Add cool-ant to the engine coolant reservoir, ifnecessary. Have your vehicle repaired. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provin-cial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle.Towing instructions are available from aNISSAN dealer. Local service operators aregenerally familiar with the applicable lawsand procedures for towing. To assureproper towing and to prevent accidentaldamage to your vehicle, NISSAN recom-mends having a service operator tow yourvehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the followingprecautions:

WARNING

• Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

• Never get under your vehicle after ithas been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

• When towing, make sure that thetransmission, axles, steering systemand powertrain are in working condi-tion. If any of these conditions apply,dollies or a flatbed tow truck must beused.

• Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For additional information about towingyour vehicle behind a Recreational Vehicle(RV), see “Flat towing” (P. 10-19).

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYNISSANNISSAN recommends towing your vehiclebased upon the type of drivetrain. For addi-tional information, refer to the diagrams inthis section to ensure that your vehicle isproperly towed.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


Two-Wheel Drive models withContinuously VariableTransmission (CVT)NISSAN recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flatbedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

• Never tow CVT models with the frontwheels on the ground or four wheelson the ground (forward or back-ward), as this may cause serious andexpensive damage to the transmis-sion. If it is necessary to tow the ve-hicle with the rear wheels raised al-ways use towing dollies under thefront wheels.

• When towing CVT models with therear wheels on the ground or on tow-ing dollies:

– Place the ignition switch in theOFF position, and secure thesteering wheel in a straight-aheadposition with a rope or similar de-vice. Never secure the steeringwheel by placing the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position. Thismay damage the steering lockmechanism (for models with asteering lock mechanism).

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious per-sonal injury or death when recovering astuck vehicle:• Contact a professional towing ser-

vice to recover the vehicle if you haveany questions regarding the recov-ery procedure.

• Tow chains or cables must be at-tached only to main structural mem-bers of the vehicle.

• Do not use the vehicle tie-downs totow or free a stuck vehicle.

LCE2343


• Only use devices specifically de-signed for vehicle recovery and fol-low the manufacturer's instructions.

• Always pull the recovery devicestraight out from the front of the ve-hicle. Never pull at an angle.

• Route recovery devices so they donot touch any part of the vehicle ex-cept the attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device de-signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al-ways follow the manufacturer's instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING

• Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.• Do not spin your tires at high speed.

This could cause them to explodeand result in serious injury. Parts ofyour vehicle could also overheat andbe damaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.• Shift back and forth between R (Re-

verse) and D (Drive).• Apply the accelerator as little as pos-

sible to maintain the rocking motion.• Release the accelerator pedal before

shifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).

• Do not spin the tires above 34 mph (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing ser-vice to remove the vehicle.


MEMO


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Environmental factors influence therate of corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.To protect the paint surfaces, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:• After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-

age from acid rain.• After driving on coastal roads.• When contaminants such as soot, bird

droppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface.

• When dust or mud builds up on thesurface.

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.When it is necessary to park outside, park ina shady area or protect the vehicle with abody cover.Be careful not to scratch the paint sur-face when putting on or removing thebody cover.

WASHINGWash dirt off with a wet sponge and plentyof water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly us-ing a mild soap, a special vehicle soap orgeneral purpose dishwashing liquid mixedwith clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

• Do not concentrate water spray di-rectly on the sonar sensors (if soequipped) on the bumper as this willresult in damage to the sensors. Donot use pressure washers capable ofspraying water over 1,200 psi (8,274kPa) to wash your vehicle. Use ofhigh-pressure washers over 1,200 psi(8,274 kPa) can result in damage to orremoval of paint or graphics. Avoidusing a high-pressure washer closerthan 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle.Always use a wide-angle nozzle only,keep the nozzle moving and do notconcentrate the water spray on anyone area.

• Do not use car washes that use acidin the detergent. Some car washes,especially brushless ones, use someacid for cleaning. The acid may reactwith some plastic vehicle compo-nents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, andalso could cause them not to func-tion properly. Always check with yourcar wash to confirm that acid is notused.

• Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical de-tergents, gasoline or solvents.

• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot,as the surface may becomewater-spotted.

• Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Caremust be taken when removingcaked-on dirt or other foreign sub-stances so the paint surface is notscratched or damaged.

• When using a high pressure car wash,keep the high pressure nozzle awayfrom the shark fin antenna. The sealmay be deformed or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.Inside edges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt. There-fore, these areas must be cleaned regularly.Take care that the drain holes in the loweredge of the door are open. Spray waterunder the body and in the wheel wells toloosen the dirt and wash away road salt.A damp chamois can be used to dry thevehicle to avoid water spots.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up wax residue and to avoid a weath-ered appearance before re-applying wax.A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosingthe proper product.• Wax your vehicle only after a thorough

washing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

• Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint fin-ish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the surface of the paint to avoid last-ing damage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at a NISSAN dealeror any automotive accessory store. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for these products.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter, itis necessary to clean the underbody regu-larly in order to prevent dirt and salt frombuilding up and causing the acceleration ofcorrosion on the underbody and suspen-sion. Before the winter period and again inthe spring, the underseal must be checkedand, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor-mal for glass to become coated with a filmafter the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easilyremove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win-dows, do not use sharp-edged tools,abrasive cleaners or chlorine-baseddisinfectant cleaners. They could dam-age the electrical conductors, radio an-tenna elements or rear window de-froster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if soequipped)Wash the wheels regularly with a spongedampened in a mild soap solution, espe-cially during winter months in areas whereroad salt is used. If not removed, road saltcan discolor the wheels.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoidstaining or discoloring the wheels:• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong

acid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

• Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same asambient temperature.

• Rinse the wheel to completely re-move the cleaner within 15 minutesafter the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTSClean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintainthe finish.

Appearance and care 7-3

TIRE DRESSINGSNISSAN does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce discolor-ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap-plied to the tires, it may react with the coat-ing and form a compound. This compoundmay come off the tire while driving andstain the vehicle paint.If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:• Use a water-based tire dressing. The

coating on the tire dissolves more easilythan with an oil-based tire dressing.

• Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

• Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-pletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

• Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by the tire dressingmanufacturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather (if so equipped) sur-faces with a clean, soft cloth dampened inmild soap solution, then wipe clean with adry, soft cloth.Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather (if so equipped).Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer's recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.Use a cloth dampened only with water toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifi-cation sensor. This can also affect theoperation of the air bag system and re-sult in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

• Never use benzine, thinner or anysimilar material.

• Small dirt particles can be abrasiveand damaging to leather (if soequipped) surfaces and should be re-moved promptly. Do not use saddlesoap, car waxes, polishes, oils, clean-ing fluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as theymay damage the leather’s naturalfinish.

• Never use fabric protectors unlessrecommended by the manufacturer.

• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

• Never use chloride solutions forcleaning aluminum decoratives (if soequipped), damage may occur.

CLEANING INTERIOR


AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the followingprecautions:• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause

permanent discoloration when they con-tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the airfreshener in a location that allows it tohang free and not contact an interiorsurface.

• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can cause im-mediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufactur-er's instructions before using the airfresheners.

FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interferencethat may result in a collision, injury ordeath:• NEVER place a floor mat on top of

another floor mat in the driver frontposition or install them upside downor backwards.

• Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats,or equivalent floor mats, that arespecifically designed for use in yourvehicle model and model year.

• Properly position the mats in thefloorwell using the floor mat posi-tioning hook. For additional informa-tion, see "Floor mat installation"(P. 7-5).

• Make sure the floor mat does not in-terfere with pedal operation.

• Periodically check the floor mats tomake sure they are properlyinstalled.

• After cleaning the vehicle interior,check the floor mats to make surethey are properly installed.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular clean-ing and replaced if they become exces-sively worn.

Floor mat installationYour vehicle is equipped with floor mat po-sitioning hook(s). The number and shape ofthe floor mat positioning hooks for eachseating position varies depending on thevehicle.

LAI2105


When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the mat and the following:1. With the ignition switch in the OFF posi-

tion, the shift lever in P (Park) positionand with the parking brake fully applied,position the floor mat in the floorwell sothat the floor mat grommet holes arealigned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into thehook(s) and ensure that the floor mat isproperly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation. With the igni-tion switch still in the OFF position, theshift lever in the P (Park) position andwith the parking brake applied, fully ap-ply and release all pedals. The floor matmust not interfere with pedal operationor prevent the pedal from returning toits normal position.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for details about installing the floormats in your vehicle.

The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely in the shade before using them. Foradditional information, see “Seat belt main-tenance” (P. 1-18).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up inthe retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seatbelts, since these materials may se-verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

LAI2106Positioning hooks


MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSIONMost vehicle corrosion is caused by:• The accumulation of moisture-retaining

dirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

• Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic collisions.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially those ar-eas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing and where atmospheric pollutionexists and road salt is used.

TemperatureHigh temperatures accelerate the rate ofcorrosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse accelerates the corrosion process.Road salt also accelerates the disintegra-tion of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean.• Always check for minor damage to the

paint and repair it as soon as possible.• Keep drain holes at the bottom of the

doors open to avoid water accumulation.• Check the underbody for accumulation

of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

• NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-bris from the passenger compart-ment by washing it out with a hose.Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaneror broom.

• Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic com-ponents inside the vehicle as thismay damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor panand fenders.In winter, the underbody must becleaned periodically.For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION


MEMO


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Changing engine oil and oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Passenger compartment(with electronic parking brake) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol-lowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

• Park the vehicle on a level surface,apply the parking brake securely andblock the wheels to prevent the ve-hicle from moving. Move the shift le-ver to P (Park).

• Be sure the ignition switch is in theOFF or LOCK position when perform-ing any parts replacement or repairs.

• If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans,belts and any other moving parts.

• It is advisable to secure or removeany loose clothing and remove anyjewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.before working on your vehicle.

• Always wear eye protection when-ever you work on your vehicle.

• Your vehicle is equipped with an au-tomatic engine cooling fan. It maycome on at any time without

warning, even if the ignition switch isin the OFF position and the engine isnot running. To avoid injury, alwaysdisconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

• If you must run the engine in an en-closed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

• Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is nec-essary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

• Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank andbattery.

• Because the fuel lines on gasolineengine models are under high pres-sure even when the engine is off, it isrecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for service of the fuelfilter or fuel lines.

CAUTION

• Do not work under the hood whilethe engine is hot. Turn the engine offand wait until it cools down.

• Avoid contact with used engine oiland coolant. Improperly disposedengine oil, engine coolant and/orother vehicle fluids can damage theenvironment. Always conform to lo-cal regulations for disposal of vehiclefluid.

• Never leave the engine or Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT) re-lated component harnesses discon-nected while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

• Never connect or disconnect the bat-tery or any transistorized compo-nent while the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

This “Do-it-yourself ” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.A Genuine NISSAN service manual is alsoavailable. For additional information, see“Owner's Manual/Service Manual order in-formation” (P. 10-23).You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect warranty coverage. If in doubtabout any servicing, it is recommendedthat you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

1.6L 4 cylinder (HR16DE engine model)1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Engine oil dipstick5. Brake fluid reservoir6. Fuse box7. Battery

8. Fuse box9. Air cleaner10. Engine drive belt locationNOTE:

Your vehicle may not be equipped withan engine cover.

LDI3471

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Do-it-yourself 8-3

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round antifreeze and coolant protec-tion. The antifreeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are notnecessary.

WARNING

• Never remove the coolant reservoircap when the engine is hot. Wait untilthe engine and radiator cool down.Serious burns could be caused byhigh pressure fluid escaping from theradiator. For additional informationon precautions, see “If your vehicleoverheats” (P. 6-12).

• The coolant reservoir is equippedwith a pressure type coolant reser-voir cap. To prevent engine damage,use only a Genuine NISSAN coolantreservoir cap.

CAUTION

• Never use any cooling system addi-tives such as radiator sealer. Addi-tives may clog the cooling systemand cause damage to the engine,transmission and/or cooling system.

• When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to provide antifreeze protec-tion to -34° F (-37° C). If additionalfreeze protection is needed due toweather where you operate your ve-hicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) concen-trate following the directions on thecontainer. If an equivalent coolantother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’s in-structions to maintain minimum an-tifreeze protection to -34° F (-37° C).The use of other types of coolant so-lutions other than Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent may damage the en-gine cooling system.

• The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type ofcoolant other than Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)(or equivalent coolant), includingGenuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (green), or theuse of non-distilled water may re-duce the life expectancy of thefactory-fill coolant. For additional in-formation, refer to the “Maintenanceand schedules” section of thismanual.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-4 Do-it-yourself

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below the MIN level OB , add coolantup to the MAX level OA .If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor this service.For additional information on the locationof the engine coolant reservoir, see “Enginecompartment check locations” (P. 8-3).

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTA NISSAN dealer can change the enginecoolant. The service procedure can befound in the NISSAN Service Manual.Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engineoverheating.

WARNING

• To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

• Never remove the coolant reservoircap when the engine is hot. Seriousburns could be caused by high pres-sure fluid escaping from the coolantreservoir.

• Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of prop-erly. Check your local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and warm it up until theengine temperature reaches the nor-mal operating temperature (approxi-mately 5 minutes).

3. Stop the engine.

4. Wait at least 10 minutes for the engine oilto drain back to the oil pan.

5. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.

6. Reinsert the dipstick all the way.

LDI3221 LDI3468

ENGINE OIL

Do-it-yourself 8-5

7. Remove the dipstick and check the oillevel. It should be within the range OB .

8. If the oil level is below OA , remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilinto the opening. Do not overfill OC .When filling the engine oil, do not re-move the dipstick.

9. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during thebreak-in period, depending on the sever-ity of operating conditions or dependingon the property of the engine oil used.More engine oil is consumed by frequentacceleration/deceleration especiallywhen engine rpm is high. Consumptionis likely to be higher when the engine isnew. if the rate of oil consumption, afterdriving for 3,000 miles (5,000 km), ismore than 0.5 liter per 600 miles (1,000km), consult a NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insuffi-cient amount of oil can damage the en-gine, and such damage is not coveredby warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OILFILTERFor additional information on engine oiland oil filter change, refer to the instruc-tions outlined in this section.

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for 15minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.

• Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

• A suitable adapter should be attached tothe jack stand saddle.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and sup-port points are used to avoid vehicledamage.

LDI0371

8-6 Do-it-yourself

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain

plug and oil filter.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and com-pletely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

LDI3434

O1 Oil filler capLDI3457

O2 Oil drain plugLDI3458

O3 Oil filter

Do-it-yourself 8-7

WARNING

• Prolonged and repeated contactwith used engine oil may cause skincancer.

• Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or handcleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench by turning it counterclockwise.Remove the oil filter by turning it byhand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasket ma-terial remaining on the sealing surfaceof the engine. Failure to do so couldlead to an oil leak and engine damage.• The dipstick must be inserted in

place to prevent oil spillage from thedipstick hole when filling the enginewith oil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tighten addi-tionally more than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:

11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.6 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench. Do not use exces-sive force.Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb (29.4 to 39.2 N·m)

9. Refill the engine with the recommendedoil through the oil filler opening, and in-stall the oil filler cap securely.

For additional information about drain andrefill capacity, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2). Thedrain and refill capacity depends on the oiltemperature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Alwaysuse the dipstick to determine the properamount of oil in the engine.

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required. Turn the engine offand wait more than 15 minutes. Checkthe oil level with the dipstick. Add en-gine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

2. Reset oil and oil filter maintenance re-minder (if so equipped). For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-24).

• Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.• Check your local regulations.

8-8 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

• NISSAN recommends using GenuineNISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equiva-lent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mixwith other fluids.

• Do not use Automatic TransmissionFluid (ATF) or manual transmissionfluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may dam-age the CVT. Damage caused by theuse of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered underNISSAN's New Vehicle Limited War-ranty outlined in your Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

• Using fluids that are not equivalentto Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3may also damage the CVT. Damagecaused by the use of fluids other thanas recommended is not covered un-der NISSAN's New Vehicle LimitedWarranty outlined in your WarrantyInformation Booklet.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluidis required, it is recommended that you visita NISSAN dealer for this service.

For additional information on brake fluidspecification, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2).

WARNING

• Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system.The use of improper fluids can dam-age the brake system and affect thevehicle's stopping ability.

• Clean the filler cap before removing.

• Brake fluid is poisonous and shouldbe stored carefully in marked con-tainers out of reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluidis spilled, immediately wash the sur-face with water.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thebrake fluid is below the MIN line OB , thebrake warning light will illuminate. Addbrake fluid up to the MAX line OA . For addi-tional information on recommended typeof brake fluid, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2).If the brake fluid must be added frequently,the brake system should be thoroughlychecked. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

LDI3459

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-9

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIRFill the windshield-washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add windshield-washer fluidwhen the low windshield-washer fluidwarning light (if so equipped) comes on.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir and pour thewindshield-washer fluid into the reservoiropening.Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield-washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer's instructions for the mix-ture ratio.Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of windshield-washer fluid.Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield-Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

• Do not substitute engine antifreezecoolant for windshield-washer solu-tion. This may result in damage to thepaint.

• Do not fill the windshield-washerreservoir with washer fluid concen-trates at full strength. Some methylalcohol based washer fluid concen-trates may permanently stain thegrille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer reservoir.

• Pre-mix washer fluid concentrateswith water to the manufacturer'srecommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the windshield-washerreservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer reservoir to mix the washerfluid concentrate and water.

LDI3223

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

Caution symbols for battery WARNING

O1No smoking, No exposed flames,

No SparksDo not expose the battery to electrical sparks, flames or smoking. Hydrogen gas generated by the

battery is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

O2 Shield eyes Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion orbattery acid.

O3 Keep away from children Never allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

O4 Battery acid

Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid cancause blindness or severe burns. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your

eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediatelyflush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the

battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it could cause loss of your eyesight or burns.

O5 Note operating instructions Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.

O6 Explosive gas Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

BATTERY

Do-it-yourself 8-11

• If the battery is labeled “do not open” it ismaintenance free and battery fluidshould not be checked. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer ora qualified specialist workshop to con-firm the battery’s performance.

• Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bak-ing soda and water.

• Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

• If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (-) bat-tery terminal cable to prevent discharge.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.

WARNING

• Do not expose the battery to flames,an electrical spark or a cigarette. Hy-drogen gas generated by the batteryis explosive. Explosive gases cancause blindness or injury. Do not al-low battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sul-furic acid can cause blindness or in-jury. After touching a battery or bat-tery cap, do not touch or rub youreyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. Ifthe acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush with wa-ter for at least 15 minutes and seekmedical attention.

• When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectionand remove all jewelry.

• Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands afterhandling.

• Keep battery out of the reach ofchildren.

• Do not tip the battery.

NOTE:

Do not try to open the top of the battery.This battery is not equipped with remov-able vent caps.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P. 6-10). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

LDI3302

8-12 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

• Do not ground accessories directly tothe battery terminal. Doing so willbypass the variable voltage controlsystem and the vehicle battery maynot charge completely.

• Use electrical accessories with theengine running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

Your vehicle is equipped with a variablevoltage control system. This system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltage gen-erated by the generator.The current sensor OA is located near thebattery along the negative battery cable. Ifyou add electrical accessories to your ve-hicle, be sure to ground them to a suitablebody ground such as the frame or engineblock area.

1. Automatic tensioner pulley2. Generator pulley3. Water pump pulley4. Air conditioner compressor pulley5. Crankshaft pulley

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF or LOCK position before servic-ing drive belt. The engine could rotateunexpectedly.

LDI3246 LDI3028

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM

DRIVE BELT

Do-it-yourself 8-13

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, or fraying. If the belt is inpoor condition, have it replaced or ad-justed. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

2. Have the belt checked regularly forcondition.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped OA spark plugs as frequently as con-ventional type spark plugs because theylast much longer. Follow the maintenancelog shown in the "Maintenance and sched-ules" section of this manual. Do not serviceiridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning orregapping.• Always replace spark plugs with rec-

ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to re-move the spark plugs. An incorrectsocket can damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.SDI1895

SPARK PLUGS

8-14 Do-it-yourself

WARNING

• Operating the engine with the aircleaner filter off can cause you orothers to be burned. The air cleanerfilter not only cleans the intake air, italso stops the flame if the enginebackfires. If the air cleaner is not in-stalled and the engine backfires, youcould be burned. Never drive with theair cleaner filter off. Be cautiousworking on the engine when the aircleaner is off.

• Never pour fuel into the throttle bodyor attempt to start the engine withthe air cleaner removed. Doing socould result in serious injury.

To remove the filter from the air cleaner,release the retaining clips OA , then releasethe holders at the back of the unit. Pull theunit upward OB .The viscous paper type filter elementshould not be cleaned and reused. Replacethe air filter according to the maintenancelog shown in the “Maintenance and sched-ules” section of this manual.When replacing the air filter, wipe the insideof the air cleaner housing and the coverwith a damp cloth.

NOTE:After installing a new air cleaner filter,make sure the air cleaner cover isseated in the housing and latch theclips OA .

IN-CABIN MICROFILTERThe in-cabin microfilter restricts the entryof airborne dust and pollen particles andreduces some objectionable outsideodors. The filter is located behind the glovebox. For additional information, refer to the“Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual for change intervals.If replacement is required, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

LDI2991

AIR CLEANER

Do-it-yourself 8-15

CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield–washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other mate-rial may be on the blade or windshield.Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher fluid or a mild detergent. Your wind-shield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer fluid or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blades with clear wa-ter. If your windshield is still not clear aftercleaning the blades and using the wiper,install new windshield wiper blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.To replace the windshield wiper blades, fol-low the procedure below:1. Lift the wiper arm away from the

windshield.

2. Lift the release tab OA .

3. Move the wiper blade OB down andremove.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm.

5. Push the release tab down until it clicks.

6. Push wiper on to windshield.

CAUTION

• After wiper blade replacement, re-turn the wiper arm to its original po-sition; otherwise it may be damagedwhen the hood is opened.

• Make sure the wiper blades contactthe glass; otherwise the arms may bedamaged from wind pressure.

If you wax the surface of the hood, be care-ful not to let wax get into the washer nozzleOD . This may cause clogging or improperwindshield-washer operation. If wax getsinto the nozzle, remove it with a needle orsmall pin OC .

Rear window wiper bladeIf checking or replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LDI2584

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-16 Do-it-yourself

If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked. It is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer for thisservice.

Self-adjusting brakesYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.The front and rear (if so equipped) disc-type brakes self-adjust every time thebrake pedal is applied. The rear drum-typebrakes (if so equipped) self-adjust everytime the parking brake is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return tonormal. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicatorsThe disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, a high pitchedscraping or screeching sound will be heardwhen the vehicle is in motion. The noise willbe heard whether or not the brake pedal isdepressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops is nor-mal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information re-garding brake inspections, refer to the ap-propriate maintenance schedule informa-tion in the "Maintenance and schedules"section of this manual.

LDI2710

BRAKES

Do-it-yourself 8-17

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.Fuses are used in the passenger compart-ment and engine compartment. Sparefuses are provided and can be found in thepassenger compartment fuse box.When installing a fuse make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

NOTE:

Your vehicle may not be equipped withall fuses listed on the fuse label.

ENGINE COMPARTMENTWARNING

Never use a fuse of higher or lower am-perage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not comeon, check for an open fuse.1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-

light switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushingthe tab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the center ofthe fuse block in the passengercompartment.

LDI2997 LDI3440

FUSES

8-18 Do-it-yourself

5. If the fuse is open OA , replace it with anew fuse OB .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec-trical system checked and repaired. It isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not oper-ate and the fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links in the holder. If any ofthe fusible links are melted, replace onlywith Genuine NISSAN parts.For checking and replacing the fusible links,it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LDI3232

Do-it-yourself 8-19

PASSENGER COMPARTMENTWARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The fuse box is located on the left wall ofthe driver's side foot well, below the fueldoor and hood release levers.1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-


2. Remove the fuse box cover OA with asuitable tool. Use a cloth to avoid dam-aging the trim.

3. Locate the fuse that needs to bereplaced.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller OB .

5. If the fuse is open OC , replace it with anequivalent good fuse OD .

6. Push the fuse box cover to install.If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

NOTE:


LDI3087 LDI2998

8-20 Do-it-yourself

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT (withelectronic parking brake)

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified onthe fuse box cover. This could damagethe electrical system or electronic con-trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The fuse box is located on the passen-ger’s side of the instrument panel.1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-


2. Remove the fuse box cover OA with asuitable tool. Use a cloth to avoid dam-aging the trim.

3. Locate the fuse that needs to bereplaced.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller OB .5. If the fuse is open OC , replace it with an

equivalent good fuse OD .

6. Push the fuse box cover to install.If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.

NOTE:


LDI3571 LDI3572

Do-it-yourself 8-21

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does not oper-ate and the fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links in the holder. If any ofthe fusible links are melted, replace onlywith Genuine NISSAN parts.For checking and replacing the fusible links,it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swal-low the battery or removed parts.• An improperly disposed battery can

harm the environment. Always con-firm local regulations for batterydisposal.

• When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the components.

• There is danger of explosion if thelithium battery is incorrectly re-placed. Replace only with the sameor equivalent type.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

LDI2998

LDI2001

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-22 Do-it-yourself

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:1. Remove the mechanical key from the

Intelligent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver OA

into the slit OB of the corner and twist itto separate the upper part from thelower part. Place a cloth over the screw-driver to protect the casing.

CAUTION

To prevent damage of the IntelligentKey, do not compress the screwdrivertoo hard when you insert the screw-driver into the slit.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.• Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so couldcause a malfunction.

• Hold the battery by the edges. Holdingthe battery across the contact pointswill seriously deplete the storagecapacity.

• Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated withOC and OD .

5. Operate the buttons to check theoperation.

If you need assistance for replacement, it isrecommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.FCC Notice:For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

LDI2637

Do-it-yourself 8-23

NOTE:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.For Canada:This device contains licence-exempttransmitter(s)/receiver(s) that complywith Innovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment Canada’s licence-exemptRSS(s). Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause interference. (2) This de-vice must accept any interference, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

HEADLIGHTSFor additional information on headlightbulb replacement, refer to the instructionsoutlined in this section.

Replacing the halogen headlightbulb (if so equipped)The headlight is a semi-sealed beam typewhich uses a replaceable headlight (halo-gen) bulb. They can be replaced from insidethe engine compartment without remov-ing the headlight assembly.If headlight bulb replacement is required, Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

CAUTION

• Aiming is not necessary after replac-ing the bulb. When aiming adjust-ment is necessary, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

• Do not leave the headlight assemblyopen without a bulb installed for along period of time. Dust, moisture,smoke, etc. entering the headlightbody may affect bulb performance.Remove the bulb from the headlightassembly just before a replacementbulb is installed.

• Only touch the base when handlingthe bulb. Never touch the glass enve-lope. Touching the glass could sig-nificantly affect bulb life and/orheadlight performance.

• High pressure halogen gas is sealedinside the halogen bulb. The bulbmay break if the glass envelope isscratched or the bulb is dropped.

• Use the same number and wattageas shown in the chart.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lensof the exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction. Iflarge drops of water collect inside the lens,it is recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.

LIGHTS

8-24 Do-it-yourself

Replacing the LED headlight bulb(if so equipped)If LED headlight bulb replacement is re-quired, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)For additional information on fog light bulbreplacement, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Replacing the LED fog light bulbIf LED fog light bulb replacement is re-quired, it is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.*¹Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*

High 65 H9Low 55 H11Turn/Park 27/7 3457NAKSide marker — —

Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)*High — —Low — —Daytime Running Light (DRL)/Park — —Turn — —Side marker — —

Fog light (if so equipped)* — —Daytime Running Light (DRL) (if so equipped)* — —Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)* — —Map light* 10 —Room light* 8 —Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)* 5 —Cargo light* 5 W5WHigh-mounted stop light* — —Rear combination light*

Stop/Tail — —Turn 21 WY21WBackup (reversing) 16 W16WSide marker — —

Tail light* — —License plate light* 5 W5W

* If replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest partsinformation.

Do-it-yourself 8-25

1. Room light2. Map light3. Fog light (if so equipped)4. Daytime Running Light (DRL) (if so

equipped)5. Headlight assembly6. Door mirror turn signal light (if so

equipped)

7. License plate light8. High-mounted stop light9. Tail light10. Rear combination light

Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C or D.When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens, lamp and/or cover.

Indicates bulb removalIndicates bulb installation

LDI3665 SDI1805

8-26 Do-it-yourself

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire”(P. 6-3).

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely af-fect electric medical equipment.Those who use a pacemakershould contact the electric medi-cal equipment manufacturer forthe possible influences beforeuse.

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS).It monitors tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare. When the low tirepressure warning light is lit and the“CHECK TIRE PRES” (vehicles withouta vehicle information display) alsoappears in the trip computer or the“Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” warning

(vehicles with a vehicle informationdisplay) appears in the vehicle infor-mation display, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displayspressure of all tires (except the sparetire) on the display screen by send-ing a signal from a sensor that isinstalled in each wheel.The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16mph (25 km/h). Also, this systemmay not detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).For additional information, see “Lowtire pressure warning light” (P. 2-18),“Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and “Flat tire” (P. 6-3).

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressures (includingthe spare) often and always prior tolong distance trips. The recom-mended tire pressure specificationsare shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label or the Tire andLoading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tireand Loading Information label is af-fixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:• Most tires naturally lose air over

time.• Tires can lose air suddenly when

driven over potholes or other ob-jects or if the vehicle strikes a curbwhile parking.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Do-it-yourself 8-27

The tire pressures should bechecked when the tires are cold. Thetires are considered COLD after thevehicle has been parked for 3 ormore hours, or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alertprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating tiresto the recommended COLD tirepressure. For additional information,see “TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert”(P. 5-8).Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adversely af-fect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

• Improperly inflated tires canfail suddenly and cause anaccident.

• The Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing (GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weightcapacity is indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.Do not load your vehicle be-yond this capacity. Overload-ing your vehicle may result inreduced tire life, unsafe operat-ing conditions due to prema-ture tire failure, or unfavorablehandling characteristics andcould also lead to a serious ac-cident. Loading beyond thespecified capacity may also re-sult in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

• Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily loadyour vehicle, use a tire pressuregauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specifiedlevel.

• For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “Impor-tant Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

8-28 Do-it-yourself

Tire and Loading Informationlabel�1 Seating capacity: The maximum

number of occupants that canbe seated in the vehicle.

�2 Vehicle load limit: For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle loadinginformation” (P. 10-14).

�3 Original tire size: The size of thetires originally installed on the ve-hicle at the factory.

�4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tiresto this pressure when the tires arecold. Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parkedfor 3 or more hours, or driven lessthan 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderatespeeds. The recommended coldtire inflation is set by the manu-facturer to provide the best bal-ance of tire wear, vehicle handling,driveability, tire noise, etc., up tothe vehicle's GVWR.

�5 Tire size - For additional informa-tion, see “Tire labeling” (P. 8-30).

�6 Spare tire size.

LDI2007

Do-it-yourself 8-29

Checking tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.2. Press the pressure gauge squarely

onto the valve stem. Do not presstoo hard or force the valve stemsideways, or air will escape. If thehissing sound of air escaping fromthe tire is heard while checking thepressure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the coreof the valve stem briefly with thetip of the gauge stem to releasepressure. Recheck the pressureand add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.7. Check the pressure of all other

tires, including the spare.

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure

Front and RearOriginal Tire:P205/55R17 91VP205/60R16 92H

32 psi, 220 kPa

Spare Tire:(Temporary)T125/90D15T125/80D16

60 psi, 420 kPa

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized infor-mation on the sidewall of all tires.This information identifies and de-scribes the fundamental character-istics of the tire and also provides theTire Identification Number (TIN) forsafety standard certification. The TINcan be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

LDI0393 WDI0394Example

8-30 Do-it-yourself

O1 Tire size (example: P215/65R1595H)1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-

signed for passenger vehicles (notall tires have this information).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire's ratio of height towidth.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (15): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):This number is the tire's load in-dex. It is a measurement of howmuch weight each tire cansupport.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.

WDI0395Example

Do-it-yourself 8-31

O2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-

ment Of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left or right of the TireIdentification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer'sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional).

5. Four numbers represent theweek and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

LDI2786Example (Type A) (if so equipped)

8-32 Do-it-yourself

O2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XXXXXXXXX XXXX)1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-

ment Of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above, be-low or to the left of the Tire Identi-fication Number.

2. Three-digit code: Manufacturer'sidentification mark.

3. Six-digit code: Descriptive codeused to identify significant char-acteristics of the tire.

4. Four numbers represent theweek and year the tire was built.For example, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003.

O3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicatethe materials in the tire, which in-clude steel, nylon, polyester andothers.

O4 Maximum permissible inflationpressureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure.

O5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maxi-mum load in kilograms and poundsthat can be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle, al-ways use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

LDI3639Example (Type B) (if so equipped)

Do-it-yourself 8-33

O6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requiresan inner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

O7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown if the tirehas radial structure.

O8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other Tire-related TerminologyIn addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this section,Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/or modelname molding that is higher ordeeper than the same molding onthe other sidewall of the tire, or (2)the outward facing sidewall of anasymmetrical tire that has a particu-

lar side that must always face out-ward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

• When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow)and construction. A NISSAN dealermay be able to help you with infor-mation about tire type, size, speedrating and availability.

• Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factoryequipped tires, and may not matchthe potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

• Replacing tires with those not origi-nally specified by NISSAN could af-fect the proper operation of the lowtire pressure warning system.

• Always use tires of the same type,size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels. Failure todo so may result in a circumferencedifference between tires on the frontand rear axles which can cause theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem to malfunction resulting in per-sonal injury or death, excessive tirewear and may damage the transmis-sion and differential gears.

• For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

All season tiresNISSAN specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.Snow tires have better snow traction thanAll Season tires and may be more appropri-ate in some areas.

8-34 Do-it-yourself

Summer tiresNISSAN specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowyor icy conditions, NISSAN recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load rat-ing to the original equipment tires. If you donot, it can adversely affect the safety andhandling of your vehicle.Generally, snow tires have lower speed rat-ings than factory equipped tires and maynot match the potential maximum vehiclespeed. Never exceed the maximum speedrating of the tire.If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, some

states, provinces and territories prohibittheir use. Check local laws before installingstudded tires. Skid and traction capabilitiesof studded snow tires on wet or dry sur-faces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited ac-cording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When installingtire chains, make sure they are the propersize for the tires on your vehicle and areinstalled according to the chain manufac-turer's suggestions. Use only SAE class “S”chains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” chainsare designed to meet the minimum clear-ances between the tire and the closest ve-hicle suspension or body component re-quired to accommodate the use of awinter traction device (tire chains orcables). The minimum clearances are de-termined using the factory equipped tires.Other types may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended bythe tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damage

to the fenders or underbody. If possible,avoid fully loading your vehicle when usingtire chains. In addition, drive at a reducedspeed. Otherwise, your vehicle may bedamaged and/or vehicle handling andperformance may be adversely affected.Tire chains must be installed only on thefront wheels and not on the rear wheels.Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire.Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRESTire rotationNISSAN recommends rotating thetires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).For additional information on the tirereplacing procedures, see “Flat tire”(P. 6-3).As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight-ened to specifications at all times.It is recommended that wheel nutsbe tightened to specification ateach tire rotation interval.

WARNING

• After rotating the tires, checkand adjust the tire pressure.

• Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

• Do not include the spare tire inthe tire rotation.


Tire wear and damage1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WDI0258 WDI0259

8-36 Do-it-yourself

WARNING

• Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught inthe tread. If excessive wear,cracks, bulging or deep cutsare found, the tire(s) should bereplaced.

• The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. Whenthe wear indicators are visible,the tire(s) should be replaced.

• Tires degrade with age anduse. Have tires, including thespare, over 6 years old checkedby a qualified technician be-cause some tire damage maynot be obvious. Replace thetires as necessary to preventtire failure and possible per-sonal injury.

• Improper service of the sparetire may result in serious per-sonal injury. If it is necessary torepair the spare tire, it is rec-ommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carry-ing capacity as originally equipped. For ad-ditional information, see “Wheels and tires”(P. 10-9).

WARNING

• The use of tires other than those rec-ommended or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction(bias, bias-belted or radial), or treadpatterns can adversely affect theride, braking, handling, Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) system, groundclearance, body-to-tire clearance,tire chain clearance, speedometercalibration, headlight aim and bum-per height. Some of these effectsmay lead to accidents and could re-sult in serious personal injury.

• If your vehicle was originallyequipped with four tires that werethe same size and you are only re-placing two of the four tires, installthe new tires on the rear axle. Placingnew tires on the front axle may causeloss of vehicle control in some drivingconditions and cause an accidentand personal injury.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

• If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimen-sion. Wheels of a different off-setcould cause premature tire wear, de-grade vehicle handling characteris-tics, affect the VDC system and/or in-terference with the brake discs/drums. Such interference can lead todecreased braking efficiency and/orearly brake pad wear. For additionalinformation, see “Wheels and tires”(P. 10-9).

• When using a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tirepressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute. The light willremain on after 1 minute. Have yourtires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service.


• The TPMS sensor may be damaged ifit is not handled correctly. Be carefulwhen handling the TPMS sensor.

• When replacing the TPMS sensor, theID registration may be required. It isrecommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for ID registration.

• Do not use a valve stem cap that isnot specified by NISSAN. The valvestem cap may become stuck.

• Be sure that the valve stem caps arecorrectly fitted. Otherwise the valvemay be clogged up with dirt andcause a malfunction or loss ofpressure.

• Do not install a damaged or de-formed wheel or tire even if it hasbeen repaired. Such wheels or tirescould have structural damage andcould fail without warning.

• The use of retread tires is notrecommended.

• For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety In-formation” (Canada) in the WarrantyInformation Booklet.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

Care of wheels• Wash the wheels when washing the ve-

hicle to maintain their appearance.• Clean the inner side of the wheels when

the wheel is changed or the underside ofthe vehicle is washed.

• Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

• Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause lossof pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

• NISSAN recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt in ar-eas where it is used during winter.

8-38 Do-it-yourself

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire)When using a wheel without the TPMS suchas the spare tire, the TPMS will not function.Observe the following precautions if theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must beused. Otherwise, your vehicle could bedamaged or involved in an accident:

WARNING

• The spare tire should be used foremergency use only. It should be re-placed with the standard tire at thefirst opportunity to avoid possibletire or differential damage.

• Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

• Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressureof the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire at 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

• With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive the vehicleat speeds faster than 50 mph (80km/h).

• When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire should be used on therear wheels and the original tire usedon the front wheels (drive wheels).

• Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USEONLY spare tire will wear at a fasterrate than the standard tire. Replacethe spare tire as soon as the treadwear indicators appear.

• Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

• Do not use more than one spare tireat the same time.

• Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

• Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chainswill not fit properly and may causedamage to the vehicle.

• Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also, do notdrive the vehicle through an auto-matic car wash since it may getcaught.

Do-it-yourself 8-39

MEMO

8-40 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2Explanation of general maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5Emission control system maintenance: . . . . . . 9-6Chassis and body maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Additional Maintenance Items forsevere operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-71.6L 4 cylinder (HR16DE engine model) . . . . . . . . 9-8

Some day-to-day and regular mainte-nance is essential to maintain your vehiclegood mechanical condition, as well as itsemissions and engine performance.It is the owner's responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link inthe maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essentialfor proper vehicle operation. It is your re-sponsibility to perform these proceduresregularly as prescribed.Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, a NISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe maintenance items listed in this sec-tion are required to be serviced at regularintervals. However under severe drivingconditions, additional or more frequentmaintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up-to-date with thelatest service information through techni-cal bulletins, service tips and training pro-grams. They are fully qualified to work onNISSAN vehicles before work begins.If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it isrecommended that you ask your NISSANdealer where the nearest NISSAN CertifiedCollision Center is located, or go tohttp://collision.nissanusa.com.You can be confident that a NISSAN deal-er's service department can perform theservice needed to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smells, be sure tocheck for the cause or have it checkedpromptly. In addition, it is recommendedthat you visit a NISSAN dealer if you thinkthat repairs are required.When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-nance precautions” (P. 8-2).

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

WARNING

Failure to follow the procedures listedwithin this section may result in per-sonal injury.

Additional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Doors and engine hood: Check that thedoors and engine hood operate properly.Also ensure that all latches lock securely.Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollersand links if necessary. Make sure that thesecondary latch keeps the hood fromopening when the primary latch isreleased.When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.Check that the gas stays or struts properlyand securely hold the hood, trunk, or rearhatch fully open. If the hood, trunk, or rearhatch is not held open, have the gas staysor struts replaced.Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and in-stalled securely. Also check headlight aim.Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the specifiedinterval shown in the maintenanceschedule.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in alltires, including the spare, to the pressurespecified. Check carefully for damage, cutsor excessive wear.Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)tire pressure sensor: It is recommendedthat you replace the tire pressure sensorassembly when the tires are replaced dueto wear or age.Wheel alignment and balance: If the ve-hicle should pull to either side while drivingon a straight and level road, or if you detectuneven or abnormal tire wear, there maybe a need for wheel alignment. If the steer-ing wheel or seat vibrates at normal high-way speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield at leastevery six months for cracks or other dam-age. Have a damaged windshield repairedby a qualified repair facility. It is recom-mended that you have a damaged wind-

shield repaired by a NISSAN dealer, or aNISSAN Certified Collision Center. To locatea collision center in your area, refer tohttp://collision.nissanusa.com.Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing scheduled maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longerto stop, have your vehicle checked imme-diately. It is recommended that you visit aNISSAN dealer for this service. Keep thefloor mat away from the pedal.Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) P (Park) position mechanism: On afairly steep hill check that the vehicle is heldsecurely with the shift lever in the P (Park)position without applying any brakes.Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjustment, it is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer forthis service.Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., toensure they operate smoothly and alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints/headrestsmove up and down smoothly and the locks(if so equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjusters and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering system, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.Windshield wiper and washer*: Checkthat the wipers and washer operate prop-erly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).Battery*:This vehicle is equipped with asealed maintenance free battery. It is rec-ommended that you visit a NISSAN dealerfor service.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situa-tions that can lead to potential batterydischarge and potential no-start con-ditions such as:1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consume bat-tery power when the engine is notrunning (Phone chargers, GPS, DVDplayers, etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need tobe charged to maintain battery health.Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MIN and MAX lineson the reservoir.Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.Engine drive belt*: Make sure the drive beltis not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level surface withthe engine off. Wait more than 15 minutesfor the oil to drain back into the oil pan.Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only ifvalve noise increases.


Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, immedi-ately have the exhaust system inspected. Itis recommended that you visit a NISSANdealer for this service. For additional infor-mation, see “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-ide)” (P. 5-4).Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks or iffuel fumes are evident, check for the causeand have it corrected immediately.Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, defor-mation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust. Itis very important to remove these sub-stances from the underbody, otherwiserust may form on the floor pan, frame, fuellines and exhaust system. At the end ofwinter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, in thoseareas where mud and dirt may have accu-mulated. For additional information, see“Cleaning exterior” (P. 7-2).Windshield-washer fluid*: Check thatthere is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of thescheduled maintenance items that shouldbe regularly checked or replaced. Themaintenance schedule indicates at whichmileage/time intervals each item requiresservice.In addition to scheduled maintenance,your vehicle requires that some items bechecked during normal day-to-day opera-tion. For additional information, see “Gen-eral maintenance” (P. 9-2).Items marked with “*” are recommendedby NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.You are not required to perform mainte-nance on these items in order to maintainthe warranties which come with yourNISSAN. Other maintenance items and in-tervals are required.When applicable, additional informationcan be found in the “Do-it-yourself ” sectionof this manual.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


NOTE:

NISSAN does not advocate the use ofnon-OEM approved aftermarket flush-ing systems and strongly advisesagainst performing these services on aNISSAN product. Many of the aftermar-ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap-proved chemicals or solvents, the use ofwhich has not been validated by NISSAN.For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, see “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capaci-ties” (P. 10-2).

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE:Drive belt*: Check engine drive belt forwear, fraying or cracking and for propertension. Replace any damaged drive belt.Engine air filter: Replace at specified inter-vals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, check/replace the filtermore frequently.Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at thespecified interval. When adding or replac-ing coolant, be sure to use only GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)or equivalent with the proper mixture. For

additional information on the proper mix-ture for your area, see “Engine cooling sys-tem” (P. 8-4).NOTE: Mixing any other type of coolantor the use of non-distilled water may re-duce the recommended service intervalof the coolant.Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oiland oil filter at the specified intervals. Forrecommended oil grade and viscosity see“Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-pacities” (P. 10-2).Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, pipingand connections for leaks, looseness, ordeterioration. Tighten connections or re-place parts as necessary.Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals.Install new plugs of the type as originallyequipped.

CHASSIS AND BODYMAINTENANCE:Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect forproper installation. Check for chafing,cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking.Replace any deteriorated or damagedparts immediately.

Brake pads, rotors, drums and linings:Check for wear, deterioration and fluidleaks. Replace any deteriorated or dam-aged parts immediately.Exhaust system: Visually inspect the ex-haust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks,cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tightenconnections or replace parts as necessary.Steering gear and linkage, axle and sus-pension parts, drive shaft boots: Checkfor damage, looseness, and leakage of oilor grease. Under severe driving conditions,inspect more frequently.Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specifiedinterval shown in the maintenance sched-ule. When rotating tires, check for damageand uneven wear. Replace if necessary.Transmission fluid/oil: Visually inspect forsigns of leakage at specified intervals.If using a car-top carrier, or driving onrough or muddy roads, replace the CVTfluid every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or re-quest the dealer to inspect the fluid dete-rioration data using a CONSULT. If the dete-rioration data is more than 210000, replacethe CVT fluid.


To help ensure smooth, safe and economi-cal driving, NISSAN provides two mainte-nance schedules that may be used, de-pending upon the conditions in which youusually drive. These schedules containboth distance and time intervals, up to120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. Formost people, the odometer reading will in-dicate when service is needed. However, ifyou drive very little, your vehicle should beserviced at the regular time intervalsshown in the schedule.After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMSFOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONSAdditional maintenance items for severeoperating conditions should be per-formed on vehicles that are driven underespecially demanding conditions. Addi-tional maintenance items should be per-formed if you primarily operate your vehicleunder the following conditions:• Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles

(8 km).

• Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles(16 km) with outside temperatures re-maining below freezing.

• Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

• Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

• Driving in dusty conditions.• Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread

roads.• Using a car-top carrier.If your vehicle is mostly operated under thesevere conditions, follow the severe usemaintenance intervals shown in the main-tenance schedule.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES


1.6L 4 CYLINDER (HR16DE enginemodel)The following shows the maintenanceschedule.Choose the maintenance scheduleneeded based on your vehicle drivingconditions.After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96months, continue maintenance at thesame mileage/time interval.

5,000 miles/(8,000 km)/6 monthsPerform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe use maintenance:Inspections:• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Steering gear & linkage• Axle & suspension parts• Exhaust system• Drive shaft boots• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/

hood lift supports• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake,

power steering, coolant)• Engine drive belt and hose inspections• Engine air filter• Suspension components (shocks, sub-

frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine oil & filter


Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/



frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Tire rotation

Severe use maintenance:Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval







frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace brake fluid


Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/



frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Tire rotation









Essentials:• Replace engine oil & filter










Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Intelligent key battery• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/














Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Fuel tank vapor vent system*• Fuel lines/connections*• Exhaust system• Steering gear and linkage• Axle and suspension parts• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/





Essentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace engine air filter (1)• Replace brake fluid• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Tire rotation

Severe use maintenance:Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions,more frequent maintenance may berequired.* Maintenance items and intervals with “*”are recommended by NISSAN for reliablevehicle operation. The owner need not per-form such maintenance in order to main-tain the emission warranty or manufac-turer recall liability. Other maintenanceitems and intervals are required.

















Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/



frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Replace Intelligent Key battery• Tire rotation










Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Engine drive belt*• Fuel tank vapor vent system hoses*• Fuel lines/connections*• Exhaust system• Axle and suspension parts• Steering gear and linkage• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/


power steering, coolant)• Hose inspections• Engine air filter• Suspension components (shocks, sub-

frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test


• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine air filter (1)• Replace brake fluid• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Tire rotation








Essential:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace brake fluid• Replace CVT fluid













frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace Intelligent Key battery• Tire rotation











Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Engine drive belt*• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Drive shaft boots• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/





Essentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Tire rotation

Severe use maintenance:Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval* Maintenance items and intervals with “*”are recommended by NISSAN for reliablevehicle operation. The owner need not per-form such maintenance in order to main-tain the emission warranty or manufac-turer recall liability. Other maintenanceitems and intervals are required.

















Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Engine drive belt*• Fuel tank vapor vent system*• Fuel lines/connections*• Exhaust system• Steering gear and linkage• Axle and suspension parts• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/





• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine air filter (1)• Replace brake fluid• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Replace Intelligent Key battery• Tire rotation


















Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Engine drive belt*• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/



frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Replace spark plugs (1) (2)


• Replace engine coolant * (3)• Tire rotation

Severe use maintenance:Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval(1) Replace spark plug when the plug gapexceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if withinspecified replacement mileage.(2) Performed based on mileage only.(3) First replacement interval is 105,000miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After firstreplacement, replace every 75,000 miles(120,000 km) or 60 months.* Maintenance items and intervals with “*”are recommended by NISSAN for reliablevehicle operation. The owner need not per-form such maintenance in order to main-tain the emission warranty or manufac-turer recall liability. Other maintenanceitems and intervals are required.




















frame, tie rods)• Battery terminals and cables, battery test• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace Intelligent Key battery• Tire rotation











Standard maintenance:Inspections:• Brake lines & cables• Brake pads & rotors• Drums & linings• Engine drive belt*• Fuel tank vapor vent system*• Fuel lines/connections*• Exhaust system• Steering gear and linkage• Axle and suspension parts• Drive shaft boots• CVT fluid• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/





• Tire pressure, treadwear and depthEssentials:• Replace engine air filter (1)• Replace brake fluid• Replace engine oil & filter• Replace in-cabin microfilter• Tire rotation



MEMO


10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants andcapacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Engine oil and oil filterrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . . 10-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . 10-12Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Securing the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-20Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Owner's Manual/Service Manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the proceduredescribed in the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid TypeCapacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 41 L 10-7/8 gal 9 gal • For additional information, see “Fuel recommendation” (P. 10-3).

Engine oil*1Drain and refill1*: For additional informa-tion, see “Engine oil” (P. 8-5).

With oil filterchange 4.1 L 4-3/8 qt 3-5/8 qt

• Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SP” (or equivalent) is recommended.• If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic 0W-20GF-6 SP motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by theuse of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is not cov-ered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For additional infor-mation, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations” (P. 10-6).

Without oil filterchange 3.8 L 4 qt 3-3/8 qt

Engine coolantwith reservoir 6.95 L 1-7/8 gal 1-1/2 gal • Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or

equivalent

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluidFor additional information, see

“Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) fluid” (P. 8-9).

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (orequivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Usingfluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 maydamage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than asrecommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty outlined in your Warranty Information Booklet.

Brake fluid Refill to the proper level according tothe instructions, see "Brake fluid” (P. 8-9).

• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid, available in mainlandU.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer, or equivalent DOT 3.

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —• HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)• For additional information, see “Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations” (P. 10-7).

Air conditioning system oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type PAG or equivalent• For additional information, see “Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations” (P. 10-7).

Windshield-washer fluid 4.2 L 1 1/8 gal 7/8 gal • Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreezeor equivalent

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

10-2 Technical and consumer information

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONUse unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION

• Only vehicles with the E-85 filler doorlabel can operate on E-85. Fuel sys-tem or other damage can occur ifE-85 is used in vehicles that are notdesigned to run on E-85.

• Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

• Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-waycatalyst.

• Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specifi-cally designed for E-15 or E-85 fuelcan adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems of thevehicle. Damage caused by such fuelis not covered by the NISSAN New Ve-hicle Limited Warranty.

• Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadi-enyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT may ad-versely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

• U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common ab-breviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.

Gasoline specificationsNISSAN recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Many ofthe automobile manufacturers developedthis specification to improve emission con-trol system and vehicle performance. Askyour service station manager if the gaso-line meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producing re-formulated gasolines. These gasolines arespecially designed to reduce vehicle emis-sions. NISSAN supports efforts towardscleaner air and suggests that you use re-formulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MethylTert-butyl Ether (MTBE) and methanol withor without advertising their presence.NISSAN does not recommend the use offuels of which the oxygenate content andthe fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can-not be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

Technical and consumer information 10-3

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.• The fuel should be unleaded and have

an octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

• If an oxygenate-blend other thanmethanol blend is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%)

• E-15 fuel contains more than 10% oxy-genate. E-15 fuel will adversely affectthe emission control devices and sys-tems of the vehicle and should not beused. Damage caused by such fuel isnot covered by the NISSAN New VehicleLimited Warranty.

• If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is not avail-able to ensure that all methanol blendsare suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are expe-rienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels,immediately change to a non-oxygenatefuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.Take care not to spill gasoline during re-fueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E–15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.E-15 can only be used in vehicles designedto run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in yourvehicle. U.S. government regulations re-quire fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified with small, square, orange and

black label with the common abbreviationor the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

E–85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.E-85 can only be used in a Flexible FuelVehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your ve-hicle. U.S. government regulations requirefuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be iden-tified by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation or theappropriate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMTMMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting ad-ditive. NISSAN does not recommend theuse of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel mayadversely affect vehicle performance, in-cluding the emissions control system. Notethat while some fuel pumps label MMTcontent, not all do, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for moredetails.


Aftermarket fuel additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (for ex-ample, fuel injector cleaner, octanebooster, intake valve deposit removers,etc.) which are sold commercially. Many ofthese additives intended for gum, varnishor deposit removal may contain active sol-vents or similar ingredients that can beharmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended cancause persistent, heavy “spark knock.”(“Spark knock” is a metallic rappingnoise.) If severe, this can lead to enginedamage. If you detect a persistent heavyspark knock even when using gasolineof the stated octane rating, or if you hearsteady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, it is recom-mended that you have a NISSAN dealercorrect the condition. Failure to correctthe condition is misuse of the vehicle, forwhich NISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result inspark knock, after-run and/or overheating,which may cause excessive fuel consump-tion or engine damage. If any of the abovesymptoms are encountered, have your ve-hicle checked. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nota cause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONS

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.For additional information, see “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”(P. 10-2). NISSAN recommends the use of anenergy conserving oil in order to improvefuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Standard-ization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additivesNISSAN does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important to select the engine oilviscosity based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oil viscos-ity other than that recommended couldcause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter orits equivalent for the reason described in“Change intervals.”

LTI2587


Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Using en-gine oil and filters that are not of the speci-fied quality, or exceeding recommended oiland filter change intervals could reduceengine life. Damage to the engine causedby improper maintenance or use of incor-rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity isnot covered by the NISSAN New VehicleLimited Warranty.Your engine was filled with a high-qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how youuse your vehicle.Operation under the following conditionsmay require more frequent oil and filterchanges:• repeated short distance driving at cold

outside temperatures• driving in dusty conditions• extensive idling• stop and go commutingFor additional information, see “Mainte-nance and schedules” (P. 9-2).

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONSThe air conditioner system in yourNISSAN vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) andNISSAN A/C system oil Type PAG or theexact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oilwill cause severe damage to the airconditioning system and will requirethe replacement of all air conditionersystem components.

The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) inyour NISSAN vehicle does not harm theearth's ozone layer. Although this refriger-ant does not affect the earth's atmo-sphere, certain government regulations re-quire the recovery and recycling of anyrefrigerant during automotive air condi-tioner system service. Air conditioner sys-tem should only be serviced by trained andcertified technicians to ensure proper andsafe operation (SAE J2845). A NISSAN dealerhas the trained technicians and equip-ment needed to recover and recycle yourair conditioner system refrigerant. Only

new and SAEJ2842 certified evaporator(s)shall be used as replacement parts.A damaged or leaking air conditioningevaporator shall never be repaired or re-placed with one removed from a used orsalvaged vehicle. To replace a damaged orleaking evaporator, use only new and SAEJ2842 certified evaporator(s). It is recom-mended that you visit a NISSAN dealerwhen servicing your air conditionersystem.


ENGINEModel 1.6L 4 cylinder (HR16DE engine model)Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHCCylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, inlineBore x Stroke in (mm) 3.071 x 3.291 (78.0 x 83.6)Displacement cu in (cm 3) 97.51 (1,598)Firing order 1–3–4–2Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.CVT in N (Neutral) positionIgnition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)CO % at idleSpark plug DILKAR6K-11Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheel type Size Offset in (mm)Aluminum 17 x 6.5J 1.77 (45)Steel 16 x 6J 1.77 (45)T-type (Steel spare) 15 x 4T 1.18 (30)

16 x 4T 1.18 (30)Tire size

P205/60R16P205/55R17

Spare tire

TemporaryT125/90D15T125/80D16

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Units: in (mm)Overall length 169.6 (4,309)Overall width 69.3 (1,760)Overall height 63.4 (1,610)Track

Front 59.8 (1,520)Rear 60.4 (1,535)

Wheelbase 103.1 (2,620)

Gross vehicle weight rating lbs. (kg) For additional infor-mation, refer to the“F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label”on the center pillarbetween thedriver's side frontand rear doors.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lbs. (kg)

Rear lbs. (kg)


When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-hicle in another country, you should firstfind out if the fuel available is suitable foryour vehicle's engine.Using fuel with an octane rating that is toolow may cause engine damage. All gaso-line vehicles must be operated with un-leaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid takingyour vehicle to areas where appropriatefuel is not available.When transferring the registration ofyour vehicle to another country, state,province or district, it may be necessaryto modify the vehicle to meet local lawsand regulations.The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standardsvary according to the country, state, prov-ince or district; therefore, vehicle specifica-tions may differ.When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation and registration are the re-sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re-sponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)plate is attached as shown. This number isthe identification for your vehicle and isused in the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The vehicle identification number is lo-cated as shown.

LTI2050 LTI2258

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERINGIN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATIONLABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifi-cation label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), monthand year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifi-cation Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABELThe emission control information label isattached to the underside of the hood asshown.

LTI2469 WTI0172 WTI0173


TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. The label islocated as shown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label is af-fixed to the underside of the hood asshown.

LTI2251 LTI2233


Symbol Name Reference Graphic

Caution ISO 7000 0434

Air Conditioning System(MAC) ISO 2575 D01

MAC System Lubricant Type(PAG–POE)

Requires Registered Technician toService MAC System

Flammable Refrigerant

Air Conditioner Specification Label Symbols

For alignment purposes, there are twomarks on the radiator grille to indicate thecorrect position for each screw.To install the front license plate bracket:Use two 6 mm screws to attach front li-cense plate bracket to radiator grille.

NOTE:

Mounting screws are not supplied withvehicle.

LTI2540

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


WARNING

• It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside a ve-hicle. In a collision, people rid-ing in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured orkilled.

• Do not allow people to ride inany area of your vehicle that isnot equipped with seats andseat belts.

• Be sure everyone in your ve-hicle is in a seat and using aseat belt properly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:• Curb Weight (actual weight of your

vehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and sparetire assembly. This weight doesnot include passengers and cargo.

• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weightof passengers and cargo.

• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, cargo, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informationis located on the F.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label.

• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limitspecified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

• GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

• Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum to-tal weight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum com-bined weight of occupants andcargo that can be loaded into thevehicle. If the vehicle is used to towa trailer, the trailer tongue weightmust be included as part of thecargo load. This information is lo-cated on the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


• Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the subtractedweight of occupants from the loadlimit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYBefore driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. Both theGVWR and GAWR are located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.For additional information, see “Mea-surement of weights” (P. 10-19).Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Information la-bel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Ca-pacity” on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label.

To get “the combined weight of oc-cupants and cargo”, add the weightof all occupants, then add the totalcargo weight. Examples are shownin the following illustration.


Steps For Determining CorrectLoad Limit

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weightof the driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For ex-ample, if the “XXX” amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five 150lbs. passengers in your vehicle,the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650lbs. (1400-750 (5 X 150) = 650 lbs.)LTI2335

Example


5. Determine the combined weightof luggage and cargo beingloaded on the vehicle. That weightmay not safely exceed the avail-able cargo and luggage load ca-pacity calculated in step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Con-sult this manual to determinehow this reduces the availablecargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Towing a trailer with a vehicle that isnot intended for towing may result inan accident involving injury or death.

WARNING

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.Towing a trailer may result in an acci-dent involving injury or death.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed the(GVWR) or the (GAWR) for your ve-hicle. For additional information, see“Measurement of weights” (P. 10-19).Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. For additional informa-tion, see “Tire and Loading Informa-tion label” (P. 8-29).

SECURING THE LOADThere are luggage hooks located in thecargo area as shown. The hooks can beused to secure cargo with ropes or othertypes of straps.When securing items using luggagehooks, do not apply a load over morethan 110 lbs. (490 N) to a single hook.

LIC4300Cargo area luggage hooks


WARNING


• The child restraint top tether strapmay be damaged by contact withitems in the cargo area. Secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your childcould be seriously injured or killed ina collision if the top tether strap isdamaged.

• Do not load your vehicle any heavierthan the GVWR or the maximum frontand rear GAWRs. If you do, parts ofyour vehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. This could re-sult in loss of control and cause per-sonal injury.

LOADING TIPS• The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

• Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

• Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Donot place cargo higher than theseatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

• Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rearGAWRs. If you do, parts of yourvehicle can break, tire damagecould occur, or it can changethe way your vehicle handles.This could result in loss of con-trol and cause personal injury.

• Overloading and improperloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and thetire, but can also cause unsafevehicle handling and longerbraking distances. This maycause a premature tire failurewhich could result in a seriousaccident and personal injury.Failures caused by overloadingare not covered by the vehicle’swarranty.


MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to preventweight shifts that could affect thebalance of your vehicle. When the ve-hicle is loaded, drive to a scale andweigh the front and the rear wheelsseparately to determine axle loads.Individual axle loads should not ex-ceed either of the Gross Axle WeightRatings (GAWR). The total of the axleloads should not exceed the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). Theseratings are given on the vehicle cer-tification label. If weight ratings areexceeded, move or remove items tobring all weights below the ratings.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreational ve-hicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

• Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmissiondamage.

• Whenever flat towing your vehicle,always tow forward, never backward.

• Never tow your front wheel drive ve-hicle with the front tires on theground. Doing so may cause seriousand expensive damage to thepowertrain.

• DO NOT tow any continuously vari-able transmission vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground (flat tow-ing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE internaltransmission parts due to lack oftransmission lubrication.

• For emergency towing proceduressee “Towing recommended byNISSAN” (P. 6-13).

Continuously VariableTransmissionTo tow a vehicle equipped with a continu-ously variable transmission, an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle's drive wheels. Always followthe dolly manufacturer's recommenda-tions when using their product.

TOWING A TRAILER


DOT (Department of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature ATreadwearThe treadwear grade is a comparative rat-ing based on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions of their use,however, and may depart significantly fromthe norm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.Traction AA, A, B and CThe traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades repre-sent the tire's ability to stop on wet pave-ment as measured under controlled

conditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor tractionperformance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tireis based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not include ac-celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, orpeak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and CThe temperature grades are A (the high-est), B, and C, representing the tire’s resis-tance to the generation of heat, and itsability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-perature can cause the material of the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life, and ex-cessive temperature can lead to suddentire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the Federal Mo-tor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of performance onthe laboratory test wheel than the mini-mum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combi-nation, can cause heat build-up andpossible tire failure.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the fol-lowing emission warranties:For USA1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:• Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For CanadaEmission Control System WarrantyDetails of this warranty may be found withother vehicle warranties in your WarrantyInformation Booklet which comes withyour NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it is lost,you may obtain a replacement by writingto:• Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

For USAIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-fying NISSAN.If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a re-call and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov;or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington,D.C. 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehicle

safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.You may notify NISSAN by contact-ing our Consumer Affairs Depart-ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.For CanadaIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform Trans-port Canada in addition to notifyingNISSAN.If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that NISSAN conduct a recallcampaign. However, TransportCanada cannot become involved inindividual problems between you,your dealer, or NISSAN.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


You may contact Transport Cana-da's Defect Investigations and Re-calls Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safetydefects online at: http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/menu.htm(English speakers) or http://www.tc.gc.ca/fra/securiteautomobile/menu.htm(French speakers)Or contact Transport Canada bymail at:Transport Canada Motor VehicleSafety Investigations Laboratory80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z0A1Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be ob-tained from Transport Canada'sRoad Safety Information Centre at1-800-333-0371 or online atwww.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (Englishspeakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere (French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety con-cerns please contact our ConsumerInformation Centre toll free at1-800-387-0122.

Due to legal requirements in some statesand Canadian Provinces, your vehicle maybe required to be in what is called the“ready condition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of the emissioncontrol system.The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the ready condition canbe obtained by ordinary usage of thevehicle.If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready” condi-tion. Before taking the I/M test, check thevehicle's inspection/maintenance testreadiness condition. Place the ignitionswitch in the ON position without startingthe engine. If the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 secondsand then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M testcondition is “not ready”. If the MIL does notblink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condi-tion is “ready”. It is recommended that youvisit a NISSAN dealer to set the “ready con-dition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST


This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how a ve-hicle's systems performed. The EDR is de-signed to record data related to vehicle dy-namics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds or less.The EDR in this vehicle is designed to re-cord such data as:• How various systems in your vehicle were

operating;• Whether or not the driver and passenger

safety belts were buckled/fastened;• How far (if at all) the driver was depress-

ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal;and,

• How fast the vehicle was traveling.• Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a better un-derstanding of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR dataare recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normal drivingconditions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash location) arerecorded. However, other parties, such as

law enforcement, could combine the EDRdata with the type of personally identifyingdata routinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and NISSANdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.EDR data will only be accessed with theconsent of the vehicle owner or lessee oras otherwise required or permitted by law.

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. AGenuine NISSAN Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at NISSAN dealerships. GenuineNISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also bepurchased.For USAFor current pricing and availability ofGenuine NISSAN Service Manuals,contact:www.nissan-techinfo.comFor current pricing and availability ofGenuine NISSAN Owner's Manuals,contact:1-800-247-5321For CanadaTo purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSANService Manual or Owner’s Manual, for thismodel year and prior, please contact yournearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone num-ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in yourarea, call the NISSAN Information Center at1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN rep-resentative will assist you.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


MEMO


11 IndexA

Active Ride Control (ARC) . . . . . . . . .5-138Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact airbag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-51

Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . .1-64Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-16Air bag warning light,supplemental. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-16Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . .8-15Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation. . . . .4-35, 4-41Air conditioner specification label . .10-12Air conditioner system refrigerantrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Heater and air conditioner . . . . . . .4-40Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-41Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . .4-43

Air flow charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36Alarm system (See vehicle securitysystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . .1-26Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . .5-132Antifreeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-145Audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43

AM radio operation. . . . . . . . . . . .4-50AM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44AM/FM radio . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48, 4-50Auxiliary (AUX) devices operation . . .4-52Bluetooth® audio . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59FM radio operation . . . . . . . . . . . .4-51FM radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44iPod® Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56iPod® player operation . . . . . . . . .4-56Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43Steering wheel audio controlswitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62USB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-54USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-53

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45Automatic

Automatic power window switch . . .2-74Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . .3-29Automatic brake hold . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . .5-87Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) withPedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . .5-97

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-145, 8-11Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . .8-22Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . .5-15Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Blind Spot Warning (BSW). . . . . . . . . .5-34Blind Spot Warning (BSW) switch . . . . .2-53Bluetooth® audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-59Bluetooth® hands-free phonesystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66

Bluetooth® connections. . . . . . . . .4-79Connecting procedure . . . . . . . . . .4-71Phone indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-70Text messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-76Voice commands . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-72

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-40Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . .5-132Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . .8-25Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-132Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13Brake wear indicators . . . . . . .2-23, 8-17Parking brake operation. . . . . . . . .5-22Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-134Brake fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-132Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-128Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50Brightness/contrast button . . . . . . . . .4-7

Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . .2-13Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

C

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . .4-66Cargo(See vehicle loading information) . . . . .10-14Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Chassis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-137Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Child restraint with top tether strap . . . .1-26Child restraints. . . . . . . .1-18, 1-19, 1-21, 1-23

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . . . .1-21, 1-28, 1-35, 1-40Top tether strap anchor pointlocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26

Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4Clock set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-145Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT). . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Transmission shift selector lockrelease . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20

Control panel buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3Brightness/contrast button . . . . . . . .4-7

ControlsAudio controls (steering wheel) . . . . .4-62Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-41Heater and air conditioner controls(automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-40Heater and air conditioner controls(manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

D

Daytime Running Light System . . . . . .2-49Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43, 4-34, 4-42Rear window defroster switch . . . . .2-43

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . .10-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-50Display

Information display . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Display controls (see control panelbuttons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-5Door open warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13Drive Systems OFF switch. . . . . . . . . .2-54Driving

Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . .5-145Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT). . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

E

E-call (SOS) Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57Eco Drive Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-129Emergency engine shutoff . . . . . . .5-13, 6-2Emission control information label . . . .10-11Emission control system warranty . . . .10-21Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-15Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-5Engine compartment checklocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Engine cooling system. . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

11-2

Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-14Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . .10-11Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Engine Block Heater. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-146Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . .5-4Explanation of maintenance items . . . . .9-2Explanation of scheduled maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .2-60

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-11Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3, 6-4Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . .7-5Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-10

Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51

Forward Driving AidsSystem Temporarily Unavailable . . . .2-37,

5-72, 5-93, 5-105, 5-120Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . .1-51Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Front-door pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Fuel

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-129Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . .10-3Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-25

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . .5-128Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19, 8-22

G

GaugeFuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Speedometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5, 2-6Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5, 2-6

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Grocery hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67

H

Hands-free phone system, Bluetooth®. .4-66Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . .2-44Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . .2-44Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Heated mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Heated seat switches . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . .2-53Heater

Heater and air conditioner. . . . . . . .4-40Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-41Heater operation . . . . . . . . . .4-34, 4-41

Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . .5-139Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21Hook

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51

I

Ignition switchPush-button ignition switch . . . . . . .5-11

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . .2-40, 5-14Important vehicle information label . . .10-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . .5-129Indicator

NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13

Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . .3-29

11-3

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-50Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-50Intelligent Around View® Monitor. . . . . .4-16Intelligent Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . .5-57Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) . . . . .5-124Intelligent Engine Brake (I-EB) . . . . . . .5-138Intelligent Forward Collision Warning(I-FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-109Intelligent Key system

Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9Mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Remote keyless entry operation . . . .3-12Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . .3-15Warning signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15

Intelligent Trace Control (I-TC) . . . . . . .5-137Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75iPod® Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-56ISOFIX child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-12

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-22Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-12

Keys

NISSAN Intelligent Key®. . . . . . . . . . .3-6NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

L

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . .10-12Emission control information label . .10-11Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . .10-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .10-11Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-64

Lane Departure Warning (LDW). . . . . . .5-28Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch . .2-54LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23Launch bar menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7License plate

Installing the license plate. . . . . . . .10-13Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-16Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-25Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-13Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-14Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . .8-25Fog light switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-44

Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-44Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-75Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-18Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Luggage compartment lights . . . . . .2-77Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-16

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76

LockChild safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-5Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-25Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Low fuel warning light . .2-15, 2-18, 2-20, 2-33Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-18Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Luggage (See vehicle loadinginformation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-14Luggage compartment lights . . . . . . .2-77Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-67Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . .2-69, 2-70

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2

11-4

Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-18Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . .9-4

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . .9-2Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . .2-20Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76Map pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Menu button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-50Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . .3-29Heated mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30Rearview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-27

N

NISSAN Anti-Theft System . . . . . .2-39, 5-14NISSAN Intelligent Key®. . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-6NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dischargeindicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40, 5-14NissanConnect® Owner's Manual . . . . . .4-2

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . .10-5Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-5Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-30Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . .6-12Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-23Owner's manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23

P

ParkingParking brake operation . . . . . . . . .5-22Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-130

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . .2-14, 2-17, 2-22Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-76Phone, Bluetooth® hands-free system . .4-66Power

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59Power rear windows. . . . . . . . . . . .2-74Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-131

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-74

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-131Precautions

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Precautions on boosterseats. . . . . . . . . . . .1-21, 1-28, 1-35, 1-40Precautions on childrestraints . . . . . . . . .1-21, 1-28, 1-35, 1-40Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-10Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-66FM/AM radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-48Steering wheel audio controlswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-62

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-22Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . .5-80Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-46Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . .2-32, 2-33, 2-57Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-74Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

11-5

Rear Sonar System (RSS) . . . . . . . . . .5-140Rear sonar system OFF switch. . . . . . .2-55Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43, 4-34, 4-42Rear window defroster switch . . . . . . .2-43Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28RearView Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8

Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . .4-24Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-23Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . .10-7Registering a vehicle in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . .3-18, 5-16Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-21Roof rack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69, 2-70

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6Child seat belts . . . . .1-21, 1-28, 1-35, 1-40Reporting safety defects (US only) . . .10-21

Seat adjustmentFront manual seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3Rear seat adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Seat beltChild safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18Infants and small children . . . . . . . .1-19Injured person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13

Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-10Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-18Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10, 7-6Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-17Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-14

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . .1-13, 2-15Seatback pockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16Security system (NISSAN Anti-Theft System),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39, 5-14Security system (NISSAN Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), engine start . . . . . . . . .2-40, 5-14Security systems

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-38Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Service manual order form . . . . . . . .10-23Servicing air conditioner. . . . . . . . . . .4-43Shifting

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-17Siri® Eyes-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-63Sonar

Rear system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-140Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-14

Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5, 2-6SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-64Stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-134Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-15Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-12Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15Steering

Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-131Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Steering wheel audio control switch . . .4-62Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-64Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-16Supplemental front impact air bagsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-51Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels. . . . .1-64Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . .1-43

11-6

SwitchAutolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45Automatic power window switch. . . .2-74Fog light switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-44Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-44Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-50Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . .3-5Rear sonar system OFF switch . . . . .2-55Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43, 4-34, 4-42Rear window defroster switch . . . . .2-43Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Theft (NISSAN Anti-Theft System), enginestart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-39, 5-14Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40, 5-14Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3, 6-4Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-39Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-20Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . .8-27, 10-9

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-18

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-26Towing

2-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-14Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT). . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Travel (See registering a vehicle in anothercountry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5, 2-6Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-20USB (Universal Serial Bus) Connection Port(models without Navigation System) . . .4-53USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .2-59

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Variable voltage control system . . . . . .8-13Vehicle dimensions and weights. . . . . .10-9Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-134Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . .2-40, 5-14Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . .2-24Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-14Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-38Vehicle security system (NISSAN Anti-TheftSystem), engine start . . . . . . . . .2-39, 5-14Vehicle security system (NISSAN VehicleImmobilizer System), engine start .2-40, 5-14Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-31Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27Voice Prompt Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . .4-69

W

WarningAir bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-16Battery charge warning light . . . . . .2-14Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13

11-7

Door open warning light . . . . . . . . .2-14Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-14Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2Low fuel warninglight. . . . . . . . . . . .2-15, 2-18, 2-20, 2-33Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-18Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-20Seat belt warning light . . . . . . .1-13, 2-15Supplemental air bag warninglight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-65, 2-16Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-38Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-64

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-9, 2-11Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42

Weights (See dimensions and weights). .10-9Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27, 10-9When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72

Locking passengers' windows . . . . .2-74Power rear windows. . . . . . . . . . . .2-74Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-72Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-74

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

WiperRear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-41

11-8

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:Use unleaded regular gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number91).

CAUTION

• Only vehicles with the E-85 filler doorlabel can operate on E-85. Fuel sys-tem or other damage can occur ifE-85 is used in vehicles that are notdesigned to run on E-85.

• Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectthe warranty coverage.

• Under no circumstances should aleaded gasoline be used, becausethis will damage the three-waycatalyst.

• Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designedto run on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specifi-cally designed for E-15 or E-85 fuelcan adversely affect the emissioncontrol devices and systems of thevehicle. Damage caused by such fuelis not covered by the NISSAN New Ve-hicle Limited Warranty.

• Do not use fuel that contains the oc-tane booster methylcyclopentadi-enyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).Using fuel containing MMT may ad-versely affect vehicle performanceand vehicle emissions. Not all fueldispensers are labeled to indicateMMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use ofMMT in reformulated gasoline.

• U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to beidentified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common ab-breviation or the appropriate per-centage for that region.

For additional information, see “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”(P. 10-2).

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:For additional information, see “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”(P. 10-2).

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:For additional information, see “Tire andLoading Information label” (P. 10-12).The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver's door. Foradditional information, see “Wheels andtires” (P. 8-27).

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the break-in procedurerecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. For ad-ditional information, see “Break-in sched-ule” (P. 5-128). Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in vehicle damageor shortened engine life.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

P15-D

Printing : January 2022Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM22EM 0P15U1

‘22

To view the digital NissanConnect manual, go to www.nissanquickguide.com/kicks/2022/browse

or snap this QR code with an appropriate QR code reader.

OWNER'S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

Documents

Transcript of OWNER'S MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION